1st Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
In November 2017, China’s largest online travel agent (OTA), Shanghai-based Ctrip.com International Limited (Ctrip), announced the acquisition of the US-based travel recommendation service, Trip.com (Trip), for an undisclosed sum. This was the latest among several moves by Ctrip that signaled its ambitions to expand beyond Asia. Earlier in 2016, Ctrip bought Skyscanner, a Scotland-based flight Search Company, for about US$1.74 billion, making the travel industry sit up and take notice. The Trip deal was expected to help Skyscanner leverage Trip.com’s capabilities on its own platform. Travis Katz, CEO and founder of Trip, said, “The idea of this deal is for Skyscanner to marry in-destination reviews content in Trip’s arsenal to Skyscanner’s platform. The aspiration is not to only add static details, such as about the opening times of restaurants or museums, but to also enable Skyscanner users to see and eventually add social reviews within Skyscanner’s website and apps,”
Founded in June 1999 by James Liang, Neil Shen, Min Fan, and Qi Ji, Ctrip started out as a trip advisor service provider. The company aggregated information on hotels and flights and enabled customers to make informed and cost-effective hotel and flight bookings. Its inception and growth coincided with the travel boom in China and its revenues increased from Renminbi (RMB)6.9 million in 2000 to RMB105.3 million (US$12.7 million) in 2002.
Even the outbreak of the Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS) in 2003 did not have a significant impact on Ctrip’s business. By October 2003, Ctrip had established room supply relationships with over 1,700 hotels in China and over 450 hotels internationally. It went public in December 2003, with its IPO soaring on the debut day. On Nasdaq, the shares opened at US$24.01, and at one point went up to US$37.35, thereby making Ctrip’s first IPO double its US$18 offer price on day one of trade.
COMPETING WITH TECHNOLOGY
Ctrip had constantly been acquiring new technologies to serve its customers. Artificial Intelligence, big data, and intelligent hardware employed by Ctrip were crucial in providing a superior travel experience. Jane Sun (Jane), Ctrip’s Chief Executive Officer, said, “For the user interface, we want to make sure that we know every customer who has purchased or searched on the Ctrip website. So when we list our products for them, it’s not millions of items that they have to search through -- the user experience wouldn’t be maximized. Hopefully we can personalize the display. All of that is in our design. When the customer purchases with us, they (may not) know what they want, but we know what would fit them. That’s a way technology will help us” .
CTRIP’S STRATEGIC INVESTMENTS AND ACQUISITIONS
Ctrip maintained its leading position through a series of strategic investments and acquisitions. From 2013, the company began expanding aggressively expanding internationally. Feifei Xu, Director of Brand Strategy, Labbrand, said, “Their international expansion aims to offer Chinese out-bound travelers or foreign companies in China an extension of their value-chain platform of tourism. By international expansion, they are mostly targeting outbound Chinese travelers.” In 2013, Ctrip invested in travel search engine Kuxun, hotel app Economy Hotel Manager, social trip sharing platform Chanyouji, and car rental services Yongche and eHi Car Services
CHALLENGES AND OPPORTUNITIES
The acquisition of Skyscanner, while contributing substantially to Ctrip’s growth, intensified both domestic and international competition. To compete effectively with Ctrip, other OTAs in China made attempts to attract large investments. Meituan Dianping raised US$4 billion in a funding round led by Tencent Holdings . Interestingly, Priceline, which was Ctrip’s largest shareholder, also participated in the funding round. Agoda.com, owned by the Priceline Group, established a strategic partnership with Meituan Dianping. This strategy of Priceline investing in Ctrip’s domestic competition indicated that it perhaps saw Ctrip as a potential threat and thus made an investment in Meituan Dianping that could lead to hedging its bets against Ctrip. However, analysts felt that Ctrip was strong enough to take a further share of the Chinese OTA market and its long-term growth prospects in China remained strong.
Adding Skyscanner’s revenue to Ctrip’s total boosted Ctrip’s Q3 2017 transportation-ticketing revenue by 41 percent to US$515 million. Cindy Wang, Chief Financial Officer, Ctrip, said, “The total number of transactions made by direct booking increased almost three-fold since May (2017), the month we launched the engine on Skyscanner, through September.”
Acquisition of US based Trip .com
Selling of Trip .com
Becoming a Parter of Trip.com
None of the options
On hotels and flights
on budget hotels
on international flights
both a & b
Customers
Technology
Offers
None of the options.
Artificial Intelligence, big data, and intelligent hardware
Excellent Software
Market Research
Both B&C
Knowing what would fit customers , as customers (may not) know what they want
Giving promotional offers
Giving discounts, customers always know what they want
None of the options
series of strategic investments only
a series of strategic investments and acquisitions
Focussing on Industry Competition
Focussing on Attracting maximum customers
Car rentals , Hotel Apps & travel search engines
Car rentals only
hotel app Economy Hotel Manager only
Both B & C
growth of international market
Growth in Foreign Lands
growth of both domestic and international markets
growth of domestic market
Selling of a Product Line
Competitor analysis
Scanning Environment
Acquisitions
Technology
Competitors
International Markets
Both B& C
2nd Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
Navroze Godrej (Navroze), the young executive director for Strategy and Innovation at Godrej and Boyce, the holding company of the India-based Godrej Group, is a fourth generation scion of the Godrej family. Keen on bringing about a major change in his company’s design thinking, he set himself the goal of changing the Godrej Group’s old-world, engineering driven mindset into a forward looking design driven mindset. He aimed to shape the Godrej Group into a company that inculcated a culture of open collaboration between different work groups and businesses. As part of his efforts to fulfill this aim, he created a suitable ambience and office infrastructure to break down the organizational hierarchies. He also started the Godrej Design Lab to encourage young designers to showcase their work. The selected designers were mentored and their designs displayed at national level exhibitions. The case discusses whether the initiatives taken by Navroze to bring about organizational transformation to make the Godrej Group design, innovation, and consumer focused can succeed. The case gives enough scope to analyze whether the influx of young talent is capable of bringing in novel ideas to shape the company’s future.
In 2005, Navroze Godrej (Navroze) was inducted as a management trainee into Godrej & Boyce (G&B), the holding company of the Godrej Group. Navroze, a fourth generation-scion of the Godrej family which owned the Godrej Group, was all of 23 years old when he joined Godrej. He was quite different from the previous generations of the family in terms of being more agile and wanting to bring in change within the company. When Navroze was in his early twenties, he met Professor Hemmant Jha, (Jha) of the Institute of Design, Chicago, US. It turned out to be a momentous meeting and was a turning point for Navroze as it kindled in him a love for design, which soon turned into a lasting passion. Navroze was so impressed after chatting with Jha that he persuaded the professor to join G&B. Analysts said this was a smart move by Navroze – one that drove G&B toward innovation. After hiring Jha, Navroze and his team at G&B brought out novel designs and innovations which were patented under Godrej.
Godrej, one of the largest Indian privately-held diversified industrial companies, was founded by Ardeshir Godrej (Ardeshir) in 1897. Ardeshir, a lawyer by profession, gave up his career in law to pursue his passion for making high quality locks and safes. The business was expanded further by Ardeshir’s youngest brother, Pirojsha Godrej (Pirojsha), who joined the company in 1906. In 1909, Godrej secured its first patent for spring-less locks which Ardeshir sold under the Anchor brand. During the 1920s, Ardeshir manufactured the first of Godrej’s sturdy steel cupboards branded as ‘Storwel,’ that became a trend in Indian homes. Ardeshir launched a washing soap as well and the world’s first vegetable oil based toilet soap. The toilet soap was considered to be the best in its time, as it revolutionized the manufacturing process. Up till then, soaps were made from animal fat. Godrej earned a name for itself with the superior quality of locks and soaps it sold. In 1952, Godrej bagged a contract to manufacture ballot boxes for India’s first general elections. Every day, 15,000 ballot boxes were made at its Vikhroli factory in Mumbai, to supply the target of 1.2 million boxes.
In 2013, after Navroze graduated with a Master’s in design, he returned to join G&B and spearheaded a pilot project on a disruptive business model. One of the things he changed was the layout of the (office) shop-floor. Unlike the previous directors who worked from their closed office space, he preferred to sit with his project teams around a big table and discuss matters with them. The new furniture layout was intended to support both individual and group work. Navroze felt traditional desk arrangements created a barrier and prevented openness and collaboration.
GODREJ INNOVATION CENTER
In 2013, Navroze took the bold move of setting up a 25,000 square foot ‘Innovation Center’ in Vikhroli, Mumbai. This was a research and development center to conduct explorative study in areas involving security, lifestyle, well-being, energy, productivity, and connectivity. The innovation center had a fixed 20-member full-time team, while at any given time there were at least a 100 other employees who belonged to other departments deputed to accomplish time-bound projects. As Navroze believed in diversity, the members in the teams came from different backgrounds such as, design, marketing, research, business, engineering, and others. The center had enough space for meetings and lectures, and the furniture was such that it could be reorganized for display of prototype product designs, a collection of material types, and for any other informal interaction as well.
SPRINT PROGRAM
Navroze led the Sprint program that caused a cultural transformation in the company. He facilitated a bottom-up approach, where he invited all the employees of Godrej to submit ideas at the innovation center. Based on their ideas, Navroze set up work groups. For the first time, people with 20 years of experience and those who had joined just six months earlier began working together. The groups came up with ideas that ranged from cooking appliances to recycling of waste, to looking at resources and services for transit population.
GODREJ DESIGNLAB
In 2013, Navroze set up the Godrej DesignLab, (GDL), which was established in collaboration with a Mumbai-based design studio, Elle Décor. GDL was a platform for designers to co-create, experiment, innovate, and challenge the boundaries of product design. GDL aimed at providing a holistic support system to designers who could give a whole new level of futuristic designs. GDL was a forum where designers could submit their work in four categories of furniture, furnishings, lighting and home décor, & accessories.
THE HUBBLE
In April 2014, Navroze spearheaded the development of a second innovation center, the Hubble. It was conceived to serve as a hub where people could interact informally to encourage the culture of creative thinking. The Hubble was built on a spacious 25,000 square foot space in the Vikhroli office itself, to function as an eat, work, and play space with a coffee-shop-kind-of-atmosphere. It encouraged both private and collaborative work among the employees.
REINFORCING THE DESIGN TRADITION
The Chief Design Officer, of GPL, Anubhav Gupta (Gupta), said that though there was no vertical on design in the Godrej group of companies, design was considered a business horizontal as it had become omnipresent in all aspects of the Godrej Group. He said innovation at GPL was not about playing it safe but it required an ability to tolerate failure before earning superlative success. Innovation, according to Gupta, was finding the best possible or the most optimal design.
Strategy related to innovation
strategy related to acquisitions
Strategy related to controlling systems
strategy related to diversifications
spring-less locks
Almirah’s
Safe’s
Refregirator’s
achieving greater market share
to attract more & more customers
Both A& B
None of the options
Animal fat based toilet soap
vegetable oil based toilet soap
Herbal Soaps
All
efficient working environment
Prevented positive work culture
Barrier ,prevented openness and collaboration
All
Research & Development
cost cutting strategies
strategies to attrat customers
None of the options
Refrigerators
superior quality of locks and soaps
Soaps Only
Electronic Appliances
the culture of creative thinking
collaborative work among the employees
Both A & B
None of the options
Creation of a suitable ambience and office infrastructure
Creation of a friendly environment
Creating a competitive Environment
Both b & C
to manufacture Lockers
to manufacture Soaps
to manufacture both ballot boxes & soaps
to manufacture ballot boxes
3rd Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
This case discusses about the acquisition of Florida-based Elizabeth Arden Inc, (Arden), a cosmetics, skin care, and fragrance major by Revlon Inc. (Revlon) another cosmetic giant. Post-merger, Revlon reported a 21.9% increase in its net sales in 2016. The case highlights the journey of both the businesses and also the tough time they faced prior to the merger. While Revlon had been weighed down by its debt, the sales of celebrity fragrances, a key part of Arden's portfolio, had declined. Arden's losses and increasing debt load left the company with few options to survive as a stand-alone business. Revlon pursued the deal largely in order to achieve scale.
Revlon bought Arden in a $870 mn deal in June 2016. The merger brought together the two cosmetics majors amidst hopes that a combined distribution network and marketing strategy could broaden their appeal. The industry showed a mixed response to the union. While some experts felt the synergy was not very realistic few other opined that it would revive the fortunes of Arden.
The case also discusses Revlon’s plans of restructuring the business. It headed towards shifting to a brand-centric structure aimed at identifying investment areas quicker and reacting faster to consumer needs in the domestic and international markets.
In March 2017, New York-based cosmetics, skin care, fragrance, and personal care company Revlon Inc, (Revlon) reported its net sales rose to $2.3 billion in 2016, a 21.9 percent increase compared to 2015. Revlon witnessed growth across all segments. This growth in sales came amidst Revlon’s plans to shift to a brand-centric structure after initiating a restructuring plan in 2016. The restructuring followed Revlon’s acquisition of Elizabeth Arden Inc, (Arden), a Florida-based, cosmetics, skin care, and fragrance major, for $ 870 million. The merged company was expected to leverage the strength of its brands and adapt to the changing behaviors and preferences of consumers to serve them better. In addition to expanding categories, channels, and geographies, Revlon expected to hit $5 billion in sales in the next five years. As part of the integration, it announced the elimination of 350 positions worldwide and streamlining of certain operations. In addition, project integration-related restructuring activities were estimated to cost between $65 million and $75 million by 2020.
THE JOURNEY OF ELIZABETH ARDEN
Born as Florence Nightingale Graham (Graham) in 1878 in Ontario, (Canada), Graham was the youngest of five children in a poverty stricken family. She dropped out of school due to a lack of finances and began training as a nurse. During nursing training she met a chemist experimenting with a facial cream that could help acne sufferers. The idea fascinated her, leading to her believing that most women would give anything for beauty. Graham took up a number of odd jobs that gave her an opportunity to display her salesmanship. While working briefly as a bookkeeper for the E R Squibb Pharmaceuticals Company in 1908, she spent hours in their lab learning about skincare. This further inspired her to fashion a small lab for beauty products of her own. To pursue her dream, she quit her job at Squibb and joined as an assistant in a newly established beauty parlor. Graham later worked for beautician Eleanor Adair as a “treatment girl” and gained valuable industry experience. In 1910, Graham borrowed money from her brother William and started ‘Red Door Salon’ with a partner, Elizabeth Hubbard . The first shop was opened on Fifth Avenue. The partnership soon dissolved and Graham became the sole proprietress. She decided to name her salon ‘Elizabeth Arden’. The name was derived from her former partner’s name and from Alfred, Lord Tennyson's poem ‘Enoch Arden’. The new name raised the prestige and glamor of not only the business but Graham as well. Thus, Graham changed her name to Elizabeth Arden (Arden) in 1915.
THE JOURNEY OF REVLON
The history of Revlon Inc, one of the world's leading cosmetics companies based in New York, can be traced back to 1932. Two brothers, Joseph Revson and Charles Revson, conceived of the idea of creating a nail enamel using pigments instead of the normal dyes. They collaborated with a local chemist named Charles Lachman (who contributed the ‘L’ to the Revlon name), to come up with their first product. Revlon developed a variety of new shades of nail polish. Seeing the booming beauty salons and the growing popularity of manicures they targeted beauty salons as a market to sell their nail polishes.
Arden was known for its fragrances including those licensed from celebrities like Marilyn Monroe, Catherine Zeta-Jones, Britney Spears, Justin Bieber, Taylor Swift, and many more. However, in 2014, the company posted the biggest ever quarterly loss in its history, a 28 per cent drop in revenue. The company was hit hard mainly because of a fall in the sales of its celebrity perfumes. The company statement said, “While the company had expected weaker sales comparisons due to the lower level of fragrance launch activity in fiscal 2014 versus fiscal 2013, the decline in sales of celebrity fragrances, particularly the Justin Bieber and Taylor Swift fragrances.
In June 2016, mired in financial woes, Revlon decided to pick up Arden. The company agreed to buy Arden in an $870 million deal. The wager was expected to create a beauty business with annual sales of $3 billion along with creating a platform in categories like mass, prestige, professional, color cosmetics, skin care, and fragrances. In addition to greater purchasing power, the merged entity was expected to benefit from cost savings of nearly $140 million by eliminating overlaps, integrated manufacturing, and distribution networks of both companies. Garcia said, “We see great opportunities for growth where they are strong and we are not.”
Some analysts expected a negative outcome from the union. They felt that Revlon was buying a troubled competitor with an elevated debt load. Although Revlon pointed to the expected synergies, experts found this unrealistic and opined that it could possibly result in higher leverage ratios. Wendy Liebmann, CEO of WSL Strategic Retail, stated, “There’s so little other business synergy. Arden is a fragrance and skin care house. Revlon is a color cosmetics and hair-color business. Different price points and distribution.
The deal not only marked a turnabout for investors, it also put an end to speculations that Revlon would be an acquisition target – rather than a buyer. Before the acquisition was announced, Arden's market capitalization was $280 million. Shares had fallen 40 percent off their 52-week high. But as soon as the news of the acquisition came in, Arden’s shares soared by as much as 50 per cent and closed at $14; Revlon rose about 6.6 percent to close at $33.25.
In January 2017, Revlon decided to divide and organize the business into four categories: the Revlon brand, Elizabeth Arden, fragrances and portfolio brands, (which included Almay, Mitchum, Gatineau, Sinful Colors and Pure Ice cosmetics. Each Revlon team was required to prepare a three-year growth plan and set priorities and strategies for their labels. The core corporate functions including finance, human resources, supply chain, research and development, legal, communications, and corporate social responsibility departments were to be reorganized to provide better support to the new brand-centric and regional structures.
Acquisition as growth strategy
Industry Analysis as growth Strategy
Leadership strategy
Competitor analysis strategy
Revlon International & Mac
Maybelline & MAC
Elizabeth Arden Inc & Revlon Inc
Mayabelline & Revlon
adapt to the changing behaviors & preferences of consumers
adapt to the changing Market conditions
adapt to the changing Political environment
adapt to the latest Technology
Restructuring the business
Closing the business
Both A& B
None of the options
the better condition of Elizabeth Arden Inc prior its acquisition
the journey of both the businesses and also the tough time they faced prior to the merger
the downfall of Revlon Inc . before the acquisition
None of the options
consumer needs in the domestic and international markets
consumer needs in the domestic market only
consumer needs in the international markets
None of the options
Nail enamel
Face Creams
fragrances
Both A & B
the Revlon brand
Elizabeth Arden brand
fragrances and portfolio brands
All of the options
three-year
Five Year
Ten years
seven Years
Increasing the sales
attracting More & More customers
Capturing Major Market Share
All of the Options
4th Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
When a new technology comes along that is capable of improving dramatically the products of a whole industry, every firm in that industry has vital strategic decisions to make. It must ask itself:
essential changes on our own?
Once taken, these key decisions have to be implemented.
Technological change > Strategic decisions > Strategic Implementation
All this makes for exciting times within the industry, for producers and also for consumers, who also have some adjusting to do.
Imaging is one of the world’s growth markets and new technology is making its mark; imaging has ‘gone digital’. It is not a complete transformation. Analogue imaging has not been abandoned and still has millions of satisfied consumers. However, the industry will move on. This is because the new technology:
The pace of change is accelerating. Abandoning former practices and establishing new ways of working is generating not only excitement, but also stresses and tensions. The new technology requires new skills, new attitudes and new approaches from both producers and consumers.
This case study looks at how AGFA, a leading player, is taking full advantage of the digital revolution. The company is using the new technology as:
Agfa
Agfa is a leading name in the imaging industry. The Agfa-Gevaert Group de-velops, produces and distributes an extensive range of analogue and digital imaging systems. Agfa has divided its operations into three segments.
Segment: Consumer imaging.
Activity/Products: Wide range of products using both digital and analogue technologies for taking, processing and manipulating photographs.
Segment: Graphic systems.
Activity/Products: A wide range of electronic and photographic systems for the graphics industry, including workflow management systems, scanners and laser image setters.
Segment: Technical imaging.
Activity/Products: Medical uses eg X-ray equipment; non-destructive fault-testing eg in aircraft and pipelines; industrial imaging for motion pictures; document management systems and micrographics.
Agfa’s operations involve a high level of innovation. The company’s willingness and ability to work at the leading edge of technology help to make it a leader in its field.
For Agfa to remain a market leader, its managers must concern themselves with the future and ask themselves:
With imaging, the answers currently are:
This approach requires a willingness to invest heavily in new projects that maximise the benefits of new technology.
- Every proposed project undergoes investment appraisal. This procedure establishes whether a particular project is worth taking forward. Managers will ask key questions about a proposal, including:
Risks for the imaging industry include:
Agfa must consider these factors as it contemplates large scale investment in new digitally based technologies.
During 2000 Agfa invested around 224 million Euros (equivalent to 4% of its sales revenue) in research and development. Part of this involved working with external partners eg universities and leading research centres. Much of the work reflected the need to move forward in:
Digital technologies are changing the way in which people take, process and use images. New processes allow customers to work with images quickly and efficiently, without requiring extensive expertise and knowledge. Take, for example, the newspaper world. With newspapers, speed is vital and editors want the best pictures to go with the latest stories.
significant in size with almost 70% of the market. However, with plenty of scope for further product developments and for repeat business. The growth of digital technology has not deterred Agfa and its competitors from bringing out new, improved products for use with ‘old’ technology.
On the other hand, digital technologies have helped to transform the work of hospital radiologists. For example, a software package developed by Agfa called MUSICA (Multiscale Image Contrast Amplification) enables radiologists to manipulate X-ray images in various ways. Edges can be sharpened up to reveal key details, and images can be rotated to offer alternative perspectives. Users can zoom in on details, and select and sort images in a search for recurring patterns. Images can be shared across a number of hospital workstations and can also be transmitted for immediate expert analysis elsewhere.
The best investment programmes are supported by painstaking research: market research into what consumers require and product research to establish what the new technology can and cannot do for them. Agfa is at the heart of changes in imaging brought about by new technology. It is leading. It is also listening and learning. In a highly competitive industry, Agfa’s thorough approach is enabling it to retain important competitive advantages over its closest and fiercest rivals.
How far and how quickly should we embrace the new technology
"Are we big enough and capable enough to accomplish all the essential changes on our own "
How far and how quickly should we amend or abandon our present products
All
External Environment
Internal Environment
Competitive Environment
Structural environment
analogue only
Analogue and digital
digital only
none of the options
Is innovative
Is reliable
good scope in long run
All
New technology becomes immediately popular
sale of older technology is not at all affected
sale of older technology is affected
All of the above
Yes, Investment is required
Investment is not at all required
Both A & B
None of the options
Identification of their needs or wants
identification of Competitors
Both A& B
None of the Options
technological Advantage
Competitive advantage
Economic Advantage
None of the Options
available for use immediately
can be transferred immediately from camera to other devices
can be downloaded and printed or transferred to CDs
ALL
Divisional Structure
Bureaurocratic structure
Line structure
Line & Staff Structure
90/100
5th Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
This case discusses how Beijing-based multinational technology giant, Lenovo Group Limited (Lenovo), emerged as a global brand from China. After becoming a market leader in the Chinese PC market, several international acquisitions helped the company establish a presence in global markets. The company’s 2005 acquisition of the PC division of US-based multinational technology giant International Business Machine (IBM) gave the Lenovo brand global recognition. Lenovo’s 2011 acquisition of German electronics manufacturer, Medion, in 2011 and a joint PC venture with Japanese multinational technology company NEC Corporation helped the company transform from a small Chinese electronics company into the world’s largest PC maker by shipping over 53 million units in 2013.
After some initial success with its ‘Protect and Attack’ strategy, Lenovo started to face reverses. In 2017, it lost its PC crown i.e. market leadership in the global personal computers (PCs) market, to its arch rival Hewlett-Packard (HP). Lenovo also found the going tough in the smartphone business that it entered in 2010 as part of its ‘PC Plus strategy’. Lenovo’s gamble of acquiring Motorola Mobility from Google failed to pay off, according to some analysts. By the end of 2015, Lenovo’s fortunes in the mobile market had dipped dramatically. It slipped to eighth position in China’s smartphone market as new and nimbler Chinese competitors such as Huawei, Xiaomi, Oppo, and Vivo continued to grow rapidly. Critics stated that Lenovo lacked innovation at a time when its rivals were upping their game in both the PC and smartphone markets. The challenge before Yang Yuanqing (Yang), CEO of Lenovo, was how to orchestrate a turnaround in the fortunes of the company and restore it to its past glory.
In August 2017, Beijing-based multinational technology giant, Lenovo Group Limited (Lenovo), reported a quarterly loss of US$ 72 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2017. It had made a profit of US$ 173 million for the same quarter of 2016. Lenovo also lost its market leadership in the global personal computers (PCs) market to its arch rival Hewlett-Packard (HP). HP led the global PC market with a 22.8% market share for the second quarter of 2017 while Lenovo stood second with a market share of 21.6%, according to International Data Corporation (IDC). Analysts attributed Lenovo’s troubles to the maturing PC market where demand was falling with consumers shifting to smart phones and tablets for daily activities including surfing the Internet. Critics opined that Lenovo’s products, be it PCs or smart phones, lacked innovation while HP had taken over the PC crown by launching a series of cool products targeted at gamers. In the smart phone market too, analysts felt that Lenovo had failed to read the market signals, while its competitors such as Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. (Huawei), Xiaomi Inc. (Xiaomi), Oppo Electronics Corp. (Oppo), and Vivo Electronic Corp. (Vivo) were rolling out stylish and inexpensive smart phones and gaining market share in China.
The history of Lenovo dates back to 1984 when it was started as New Technology Developer Inc., the predecessor of the Legend Group Ltd. (Legend), by Founder and Chairman, Liu Chuanzhi (Liu), along with ten colleagues at the government-owned Computing Institute of the Chinese Academy of Sciences (CAS) with US$ 25,000. The company was started with the aim of commercializing the research and development (R&D) activities conducted at CAS. In 1985, as its first business deal, the company took over the responsibility of receiving, checking, and maintaining IBM computers imported by CAS and of training CAS staff.
The company invested the profits of US$ 146,583 it had received from servicing IBM computers in the design, production, and marketing of its first product – the Chinese character card – HanCard. The Chinese character card, which translated English operating software into Chinese characteristics, was based on the original concept developed by the Institute of Computer Technology (ICT) of CAS. At that time, foreign vendors were not able to come out with such an operating system for PCs in China. The successful launch of the Chinese card boosted Lenovo’s growth in the early 1990s.
In the 1990s, Lenovo was the first company to introduce the home computer concept in China and it grew into a national company cornering a market share of 27% in the domestic market. Lenovo’s competency was its deep understanding of the domestic market and its quick response to the demands of local consumers. The success of Lenovo and other domestic computer makers in China confounded the predictions made by several market analysts. According to Business Week , “It wasn’t supposed to happen this way. A few years ago, most analysts were convinced that the global players would gobble up the Chinese market, with locals like Lenovo stuck in second tier status – at best.”
Lenovo believed that to become a global brand, it was not enough just to be identified as a global firm. Establishing a presence in more developed and highly globalized markets such as the US and Europe was essential for its overall strategy. By 2001, though Lenovo’s market share had reached 30% in China, it realized that it would not be able to grow much more given the stiff competition in the country. In addition to this, the domestic market for home PCs was shifting toward laptops rather than desktop PCs. This posed a challenge to Lenovo despite its recording profits of US$ 130 million for the FY 2002-2003, as laptops were not just costly to manufacture but also involved tough competition from rivals such as Dell and HP. In a bid to combat these challenges the company decided to step into international markets.
The global economic slowdown in mid-2008 led to Lenovo posting a loss of US$ 226 million. During this time, the company’s CEO William Amelio stepped down in favor of Yang, while Liu returned to assume the role of Chairman.
Lenovo’s Protect and Attack strategy helped the company taste success in China as well as in other global markets. For the FY ended 2013, the company also emerged as the number one PC company in global emerging markets, as well as three of the seven largest PC markets in the world – China, Japan, and Germany. For the quarter ended June 30, 2013, Lenovo’s smartphone business.
With the acquisition of Motorola, Lenovo had ambitious plans to capture a portion of the pie in the global smartphone market. However, the company’s fortunes declined when its smartphone shipments decreased by 53% in China with Lenovo maintaining a meager 3% market share for the Q4 of 2015, according to Canalys. In the global market for smartphones, the company stood at fifth position with a market share of 5.7%.
In a bid to arrest the decline in sales in its smart phone market, Lenovo planned to focus on its Moto brand. According to Yang, “Singular branding will benefit the business.” Stating that the new strategy might not bring in much success to Lenovo, Steven Tseng, an analyst at Daiwa Capital Markets, said, “Customers are also really confused by the company’s strategy.”
Despite the challenging outlook in the global smartphone market, Yang remained optimistic about turning around Lenovo’s struggling mobile business. He stated that there was a US$ 110 million sequential improvement in operational pretax income, attributable to improvements in the mobile and data center businesses in the quarter ended June 30, 2017. Yang added, “Not only did this gave me more confidence we will turn around our mobile business in the second half of FY2018, I think the entire Lenovo is entering a new phase of growth.” .
Protect Strategy
Protect and Attack strategy
Merger Strategy
None of the Options
Apple
Samsung
Hewlett-Packard (HP)
Sony
Innovation
strategic Decisions
Acquisition Strategy
Both B& C
Retrenchment Strategy
Internal Restructuring Strategy
Internationalization Strategy
Functional Level Strategy
Group of answer choices
Making product more stylish
attractive pricing strategies
Both A& B
Only B
Commercialization Of Research & Development activities
To beat the competitors
Both A& B
None of the Options
deep understanding of the domestic market
quick response to the demands of local consumers
Both A& B
Only B
Establishing a presence in more developed and highly globalized markets
Improvement in Client servicing
adherence to International Standards
Both B& C
Shifting of Domestic Market from Home PC’s to Laptop’s
Shifting of Domestic Market from Laptops to Home PC’s
Shifting of Market Demand to Other Electronic Items
None of the Options
Samsung Brand
VIVO Brand
Sony brand
Moto brand
Full Syllabus Assessment
CASE STUDY
Aggregate minerals are an important resource and their use is essential to national prosperity. They are vital for building new or improved housing, hospitals, schools, factories, roads and leisure facilities. Everything from a garden path to the Channel Tunnel. The processing of aggregates also provides materials for a whole range of non-construction uses: in agriculture, water purification, medicines, paint, toiletries, paper, plastics and steel making. Mineral working can have a significant effect on the landscape and on the living conditions of the people. It is essential that the industry operates to high environmental standards and manages its operations in a manner which minimises their impact on the environment. Business managers have to take these matters seriously as public awareness and concern has significantly increased over the last decade.
Companies are judged on the achievement of their “traditional” business objectives, such as return on investment, growth, market share etc. and now on their environmental performance and this is often looked for in specific statements, objectives and strategies set by a company. It is not only environmental campaigning groups or concerned consumers who realise the importance of the environment. Research has shown that three-quarters of managers feel that more emphasis should be placed on these issues. Where does this attitude spring from? There are a number of important influences and these include UK and EU environmental legislation, public opinion, pressure groups, influence of employees’ families and friends, the company’s own sense of social responsibility and, last but not least, market pressure from customers and end-users. These pressures are expected to grow, so a well managed company should prepare itself to respond to the concerns and take appropriate action.
The RMC Group has become the world’s largest producer of ready mixed concrete, also diversifying into a number of other construction material sectors. It employs the principle of vertical integration to secure raw materials - sand, gravel and crushed rock - required to sustain the production of ready mixed concrete and other added value finish
Security Analysis & Portfolio Management
1st Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
The need for corporate governance has arisen because of the increasing concern about the non-compliance of standards of financial reporting and accountability by boards of directors and management of corporate inflicting heavy losses on investors.
The collapse of international giants likes Enron, World Com of the US and Xerox of Japan are said to be due to the absence of good corporate governance and corrupt practices adopted by management of these companies and their financial consulting firms.The failures of these multinational giants bring out the importance of good corporate governance structure making clear the distinction of power between the Board of Directors and the management which can lead to appropriate governance processes and procedures under which management is free to manage and board of directors is free to monitor and give policy directions.
In India, SEBI realised the need for good corporate governance and for this purpose appointed several committees such as Kumar Manglam Birla Committee, Naresh Chandra Committee and Narayana Murthy Committee.Investors and shareholders of a corporate company need protection for their investment due to lack of adequate standards of financial reporting and accountability. It has been noticed in India that companies raised capital from the market at high valuation of their shares by projecting wrong picture of the company’s performance and profitability.The investors suffered a lot due to unscrupulous management of corporate that performed much less than reported at the time of raising capital. “Bad governance was also exemplified by allotment of promoters’ share at preferential prices disproportionate to market value affecting minority holders interest”.
There is increasing awareness and consensus among Indian investors to invest in companies which have a record of observing practices of good corporate governance. Therefore, for encouraging Indian investors to make adequate investment in the stock of corporate companies and thereby boosting up rate of growth of the economy, the protection of their interests from fraudulent practices of corporate of boards of directors and management are urgently needed.Corporate governance is considered as an important means for paying heed to investors’ grievances. Kumar Manglam Birla Committee on corporate governance found that companies were not paying adequate attention to the timely dissemination of required information to investors in by India.Investors will be willing to invest in the companies with a good record of corporate governance.
corporate governance
PR
QR
none of the above
……... realised the need for good corporate governance
Group of answer choices
power
politics
SEBI
all of the above
3.
Investors and shareholders of a corporate company need protection for their………... due to lack of adequate standards of financial reporting and accountability.
Group of answer choices
decision-making
efficiency
investment
none of the above
Group of answer choices
companies
informal
both of the above
none of the above
Group of answer choices
industrial engineering
operations management
Bad
none of the above
Group of answer choices
companies
trustee
AMC
none of the above
Group of answer choices
sponsor
trustee
Kumar Manglam Birla Committee
all of the above
8.
Therefore, for encouraging Indian .............. to make adequate investment in the stock of corporate companies and thereby boosting up rate of growth of the economy, the protection of their interests from fraudulent practices of corporate of boards of directors and management are urgently needed.
Group of answer choices
sponsor
investors
AMC
none of the above
Group of answer choices
Investors
PR
QR
none of the above
Group of answer choices
good corporate governance
trustee
AMC
none of the above
2nd Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
In financial markets, stock valuation is the method of calculating theoretical values of companies and their stocks. The main use of these methods is to predict future market prices, or more generally, potential market prices, and thus to profit from price movement – stocks that are judged undervalued (with respect to their theoretical value) are bought, while stocks that are judged overvalued are sold, in the expectation that undervalued stocks will overall rise in value, while overvalued stocks will generally decrease in value.
In the view of fundamental analysis, stock valuation based on fundamentals aims to give an estimate of the intrinsic value of a stock, based on predictions of the future cash flows and profitability of the business. Fundamental analysis may be replaced or augmented by market criteria – what the market will pay for the stock, disregarding intrinsic value. These can be combined as "predictions of future cash flows/profits (fundamental)", together with "what will the market pay for these profits?" These can be seen as "supply and demand" sides – what underlies the supply (of stock), and what drives the (market) demand for stock?
In the view of John Maynard Keynes, stock valuation is not a prediction but a convention, which serves to facilitate investment and ensure that stocks are liquid, despite being underpinned by an illiquid business and its illiquid investments, such as factories.The most theoretically sound stock valuation method, called income valuation or the discounted cash flow (DCF) method, involves discounting of the profits (dividends, earnings, or cash flows) the stock will bring to the stockholder in the foreseeable future, and a final value on disposal.[1] The discounted rate normally includes a risk premium which is commonly based on the capital asset pricing model.
In July 2010, a Delaware court ruled on appropriate inputs to use in discounted cash flow analysis in a dispute between shareholders and a company over the proper fair value of the stock. In this case the shareholders' model provided value of $139 per share and the company's model provided $89 per share. Contested inputs included the terminal growth rate, the equity risk premium, and beta.[2]
The fundamental valuation is the valuation that people use to justify stock prices. The most common example of this type of valuation methodology is P/E ratio, which stands for Price to Earnings Ratio. This form of valuation is based on historic ratios and statistics and aims to assign value to a stock based on measurable attributes. This form of valuation is typically what drives long-term stock prices.
The other way stocks are valued is based on supply and demand. The more people that want to buy the stock, the higher its price will be. And conversely, the more people that want to sell the stock, the lower the price will be. This form of valuation is very hard to understand or predict, and it often drives the short-term stock market trends.
There are many different ways to value stocks. The key is to take each approach into account while formulating an overall opinion of the stock. If the valuation of a company is lower or higher than other similar stocks, then the next step would be to determine the reasons.
1.………...is the method of calculating theoretical values of companies and their stocks.
Group of answer choices
stock valuation
maslow
fayol
all
Group of answer choices
public
management
employees
future
3.In the view of fundamental analysis, stock valuation based on fundamentals aims to give an estimate of the …………. of a stock
Group of answer choices
planning
organising
staffing
intrinsic value
Group of answer choices
economics
engineering
management
Fundamental
Group of answer choices
public
management
employees
stock
The most theoretically sound stock valuation method, called …………., involves discounting of the profits (dividends, earnings, or cash flows) the stock will bring to the stockholder in the foreseeable future, and a final value on disposal.
Group of answer choices
network flow problems
multi-commodity flow problems
income valuation or the discounted cash flow (DCF) method
none
The discounted rate normally includes a ………. which is commonly based on the capital asset pricing model.
Group of answer choices
planning
production
transportation
risk premium
The fundamental valuation is the valuation that people use to justify ………….prices.
Group of answer choices
stock
minimize
keep same
all
The other way stocks are valued is based on ………. and demand.
Group of answer choices
all
new
old
supply
If the…………. of a company is lower or higher than other similar stocks, then the next step would be to determine the reasons.
Group of answer choices
information
valuation
both
none
3rd Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
Fundamental analysts examine earnings, dividends, assets, quality, ratio, new products, research and the like. Technicians employ many methods, tools and techniques as well, one of which is the use of charts. Using charts, technical analysts seek to identify price patterns and market trends in financial markets and attempt to exploit those patterns.
Technicians using charts search for archetypal price chart patterns, such as the well-known head and shoulders or double top/bottom reversal patterns, study technical indicators, moving averages, and look for forms such as lines of support, resistance, channels, and more obscure formations such as flags, pennants, balance days and cup and handle patterns.
Technical analysts also widely use market indicators of many sorts, some of which are mathematical transformations of price, often including up and down volume, advance/decline data and other inputs. These indicators are used to help assess whether an asset is trending, and if it is, the probability of its direction and of continuation. Technicians also look for relationships between price/volume indices and market indicators. Examples include the moving average, relative strength index, and MACD. Other avenues of study include correlations between changes in Options (implied volatility) and put/call ratios with price. Also important are sentiment indicators such as Put/Call ratios, bull/bear ratios, short interest, Implied Volatility, etc.
There are many techniques in technical analysis. Adherents of different techniques (for example, Candlestick analysis -the oldest form of technical analysis developed by a Japanese grain trader-, Harmonics, Dow theory, and Elliott wave theory) may ignore the other approaches, yet many traders combine elements from more than one technique. Some technical analysts use subjective judgment to decide which pattern(s) a particular instrument reflects at a given time and what the interpretation of that pattern should be. Others employ a strictly mechanical or systematic approach to pattern identification and interpretation.
Contrasting with technical analysis is fundamental analysis, the study of economic factors that influence the way investors price financial markets. Technical analysis holds that prices already reflect all the underlying fundamental factors. Uncovering the trends is what technical indicators are designed to do, although neither technical nor fundamental indicators are perfect. Some traders use technical or fundamental analysis exclusively, while others use both types to make trading decisions.
Group of answer choices
earnings
dividend
assets
all of the above
Group of answer choices
efficiency
stick
charts
all of the above
Technicians using charts search for archetypal price chart …………., such as the well-known head and shoulders
Group of answer choices
physiologic
safety
belonging
patterns
Technical analysts also widely use ………...of many sorts, some of which are mathematical transformations of price, often including up and down volume, advance/decline data and other inputs.
Group of answer choices
primal simplex algorithm
auction algorithm.
market indicators
none of the above
These indicators are used to help assess whether an ……... is trending
Group of answer choices
asset
physiological
safety
belonging
Technicians also look for relationships between price/volume indices and ……….indicators.
Group of answer choices
sociology research
management training
secondary and higher psychology instruction
market
Some technical analysts use subjective judgment to decide which pattern(s) a particular instrument reflects at a given time and what the interpretation of that ………... should be.
Group of answer choices
pattern
tri
fri
hex
Contrasting with technical analysis is fundamental analysis, the study of ……….. factors that influence the way investors price financial markets.
Group of answer choices
after
equal to
economic
together
Technical analysis holds that prices already reflect all the underlying ……….factors.
Group of answer choices
25
20
fundamental
40
Some traders use technical or fundamental analysis exclusively, while others use both types to make …………...decisions.
Group of answer choices
20
economic
trading
correct
4th Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
In finance, arbitrage pricing theory (APT) is a general theory of asset pricing that holds that the expected return of a financial asset can be modelled as a linear function of various macro-economic factors or theoretical market indices, where sensitivity to changes in each factor is represented by a factor-specific beta coefficient. The model-derived rate of return will then be used to price the asset correctly—the asset price should equal the expected end of period price discounted at the rate implied by the model. If the price diverges, arbitrage should bring it back into line.
The theory was proposed by the economist Stephen Ross in 1976.In the APT context, arbitrage consists of trading in two assets – with at least one being mis-priced. The arbitrageur sells the asset which is relatively too expensive and uses the proceeds to buy one which is relatively too cheap.
Under the APT, an asset is mispriced if its current price diverges from the price predicted by the model. The asset price today should equal the sum of all future cash flows discounted at the APT rate, where the expected return of the asset is a linear function of various factors, and sensitivity to changes in each factor is represented by a factor-specific beta coefficient.
A correctly priced asset here may be in fact a synthetic asset - a portfolio consisting of other correctly priced assets. This portfolio has the same exposure to each of the macroeconomic factors as the mis-priced asset. The arbitrageur creates the portfolio by identifying x correctly priced assets (one per factor plus one) and then weighting the assets such that portfolio beta per factor is the same as for the mispriced asset.
When the investor is long the asset and short the portfolio (or vice versa) he has created a position which has a positive expected return (the difference between asset return and portfolio return) and which has a net-zero exposure to any macroeconomic factor and is, therefore, risk free (other than for firm-specific risk). The APT along with the capital asset pricing model (CAPM) is one of two influential theories on asset pricing. The APT differs from the CAPM in that it is less restrictive in its assumptions. It allows for an explanatory (as opposed to statistical) model of asset returns. It assumes that each investor will hold a unique portfolio with its own particular array of betas, as opposed to the identical "market portfolio". In some ways, the CAPM can be considered a "special case" of the APT in that the securities market line represents a single-factor model of the asset price, where beta is exposed to changes in value of the market.
Additionally, the APT can be seen as a "supply-side" model, since its beta coefficients reflect the sensitivity of the underlying asset to economic factors. Thus, factor shocks would cause structural changes in assets' expected returns, or in the case of stocks, in firms' profitability.
On the other side, the capital asset pricing model is considered a "demand side" model. Its results, although similar to those of the APT, arise from a maximization problem of each investor's utility function, and from the resulting market equilibrium (investors are considered to be the "consumers" of the assets).
Note: this is a timed quiz. You may check the remaining time you have at any point while taking the quiz by pressing the keyboard combination SHIFT, ALT, and T... Again: SHIFT, ALT, and T...
…………..is a general theory of asset pricing that holds that the expected return of a financial asset can be modeled as a linear function of various macro-economic factors or theoretical market indices, where sensitivity to changes in each factor is represented by a factor-specific beta coefficient.
Group of answer choices
APT
motivation
style
none of the above
is a general theory of asset pricing that holds that the expected return of a financial asset can be modeled as a linear function of various macro-economic factors or theoretical market indices, where sensitivity to changes in each factor is represented by a factor-specific beta coefficient.
Group of answer choices
economics
political science
psychology
APT
arbitrage consists of trading in two ………... – with at least one being mis-priced.
Group of answer choices
military bearing
physical fitness
confidence
assets
The arbitrageur sells the asset which is relatively too expensive and uses the proceeds to ………..one which is relatively too cheap.
Group of answer choices
buy
motivation
style
none of the above
Under the APT, an asset is mispriced if its……...diverges from the price predicted by the model.
Group of answer choices
same
current price
equal
relevant
The ............. today should equal the sum of all future cash flows discounted at the APT rate, where the expected return of the asset is a linear function of various factors, and sensitivity to changes in each factor is represented by a factor-specific beta coefficient.
Group of answer choices
physical
asset price
non-cooperative
emotional
A correctly priced ……….. here may be in fact a synthetic asset - a portfolio consisting of other correctly priced assets.
Group of answer choices
physical
cooperative
asset
all of the above
This ……... has the same exposure to each of the macroeconomic factors as the mispriced asset.
Group of answer choices
physical
portfolio
non-cooperative
emotional
The ……….. creates the portfolio by identifying x correctly priced assets (one per factor plus one) and then weighting the assets such that portfolio beta per factor is the same as for the mispriced asset.
Group of answer choices
physical
cooperative
arbitrageur
shares
The theory was proposed by the economist Stephen Ross in 1976.
Group of answer choices
APT
motivation
style
none of the above
5th Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
The Treynor ratio (sometimes called the reward-to-volatility ratio or Treynor measure), named after Jack L. Treynor, is a measurement of the returns earned in excess of that which could have been earned on an investment that has no diversifiable risk (e.g., Treasury bills or a completely diversified portfolio), per each unit of market risk assumed.
The Treynor ratio relates excess return over the risk-free rate to the additional risk taken; however, systematic risk is used instead of total risk. The higher the Treynor ratio, the better the performance of the portfolio under analysis.Like the Sharpe ratio, the Treynor ratio (T) does not quantify the value added, if any, of active portfolio management. It is a ranking criterion only. A ranking of portfolios based on the Treynor Ratio is only useful if the portfolios under consideration are sub-portfolios of a broader, fully diversified portfolio. If this is not the case, portfolios with identical systematic risk, but different total risk, will be rated the same. But the portfolio with a higher total risk is less diversified and therefore has a higher unsystematic risk which is not priced in the market.
An alternative method of ranking portfolio management is Jensen's alpha, which quantifies the added return as the excess return above the security market line in the capital asset pricing model. As these two methods both determine rankings based on systematic risk alone, they will rank portfolios identically.In finance, Jensen's alpha (or Jensen's Performance Index, ex-post alpha) is used to determine the abnormal return of a security or portfolio of securities over the theoretical expected return. It is a version of the standard alpha based on a theoretical performance index instead of a market index.
The security could be any asset, such as stocks, bonds, or derivatives. The theoretical return is predicted by a market model, most commonly the capital asset pricing model (CAPM). The market model uses statistical methods to predict the appropriate risk-adjusted return of an asset. The CAPM for instance uses beta as a multiplier.Jensen's alpha was first used as a measure in the evaluation of mutual fund managers by Michael Jensen in 1968. The CAPM return is supposed to be 'risk adjusted', which means it takes account of the relative riskiness of the asset.
This is based on the concept that riskier assets should have higher expected returns than less risky assets. If an asset's return is even higher than the risk adjusted return, that asset is said to have "positive alpha" or "abnormal returns". Investors are constantly seeking investments that have higher alpha.
Since Eugene Fama, many academics believe financial markets are too efficient to allow for repeatedly earning positive Alpha, unless by chance. Nevertheless, Alpha is still widely used to evaluate mutual fund and portfolio manager performance, often in conjunction with the Sharpe ratio and the Treynor ratio.
1 . ………...is a measurement of the returns earned in excess of that which could have been earned on an investment that has no diversifiable risk
Group of answer choices
Treynor ratio
leadership
motivation
all
Group of answer choices
history
product
market
risk-free rate
Group of answer choices
club
seminar
hotel
portfolio
4.
Like the ……….. ratio, the Treynor ratio (T) does not quantify the value added, if any, of active portfolio management.
Group of answer choices
performance optimization
safety engineering
testing
Sharpe
Group of answer choices
collective values,
beliefs
principles of organizational members
fully diversified
……………….is used to determine the abnormal return of a security or portfolio of securities over the theoretical expected return.
Group of answer choices
club
seminar
hotel
Jensen alpha
The security could be any asset, such as ,…………..
Group of answer choices
stock
assets
derivatives
all
The theoretical return is predicted by a market model, most commonly the …………
Group of answer choices
capital asset pricing model (CAPM).
different
unequal
relevant
The CAPM for instance uses …………. as a multiplier.
Group of answer choices
beta
leadership
motivation
all
It is a version of the standard alpha based on a theoretical performance index instead of a market index.
Group of answer choices
Jensen alpha
leadership
motivation
all
Full Syllabus Assessment
CASE STUDY
Mutual fund executives owe their livelihoods to shareholders, but most treat investors like ordinary customers rather than partners or bosses.
That’s why we get to this time of year and I feel a need to ask fund honchos to give shareholders some meaningful gifts for the holidays. The changes fund firms could make to help shareholders are endless — but I’m not greedy. Every year or two I create a wish list and would gladly settle for just a few upgrades at a time.
Fund companies should fulfill shareholder wishes not because ‘tis the season for it, but because it’s the right thing to do. Regulators know it; in the past, the things I have requested have become reality mostly when some wrongdoing came to light that required a slap on the wrist to the industry. These “reforms” have mostly been about injecting some common sense into the fund-ownership process.Funds provide investment objectives, but that’s a vague statement, more about methods than expectations. Rules prohibit funds from making projections.
But managers and fund directors know the background and they create targets that aren’t shared with the outside world; they understand that they created a fund because they felt they could achieve, say, “above-average results over time horizons of five years and longer.” Fund boards use those kinds of expectations to decide if a manager is doing the job well enough to be rehired, but they also give those managers a lot of slack. Shareholders, however, should be able to see whether the fund is achieving its internal goals. It would let them create clear expectations and measure whether a fund is meeting them.Many times, a fund’s biggest asset to the sponsor is that marketers can sell it, rather than that it can deliver superior performance. In those cases, it’s not in the shareholder’s best interests to keep things going.
Unfortunately, because mediocre funds create something of an annuity for the management company — regularly delivering fees from investors who are inert or simply oblivious to inferior, uninspired results — the fund world is not a meritocracy. Sponsors often keep lousy funds operating for decades.
If a fund doesn’t deserve to survive — if performance is undistinguished and second-rate — kill it off. Merge or liquidate it, but encourage shareholders to find worthwhile investments rather than subjecting them to second-rate, uninspired issues.The Internal Revenue Service does a better job of highlighting changes to tax codes and filing instructions than funds do of notifying shareholders whenever there are changes in the prospectus or operating rules. A simple, highlighted summary of what is new and different this year immediately alerts investors to changes; even if all they do is skim the documents, it enhances their understanding of the fund, and reduces the potential for surprises.
Mutual fund executives owe their livelihoods to shareholders, but most treat ………... like ordinary customers rather than partners or bosses.
Group of answer choices
Henri Fayol
Chester Barnard
Mary Parker Follet
Investors
……... companies should fulfill shareholder wishes
Group of answer choices
Fund
Henri Fayol
Chester Barnard
Mary Parker Follet
Funds provide ………... objectives, but that’s a vague statement, more about methods than expectations.
Group of answer choices
investment
culture
leadership
motivation
Rules prohibit funds from making ………....
Group of answer choices
social relationships
job content
projections
all
Shareholders, however, should be able to see whether the ………...is achieving its internal goals.
Group of answer choices
Lillian Gilbreth
Frank Gilbreth
fund
none of the above
a fund’s biggest asset to the ………. is that marketers can sell it
Group of answer choices
leadership
sponsor
style
none of the above
mediocre funds create something of an …………. for the management company
Group of answer choices
Henri Fayol
annuity
Chester Barnard
Mary Parker Follet
…………... often keep lousy funds operating for decades.
Group of answer choices
leadership
Sponsors
style
none of the above
Merge or liquidate it, but encourage …….to find worthwhile investments rather than subjecting them to second-rate, uninspired issues.
Group of answer choices
shareholders
culture
leadership
motivation
it’s not in the ……….. best interests to keep things going.
Group of answer choices
shareholder’s
Henri Fayol
Chester Barnard
Mary Parker Follet
1st Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
In November 2017, China’s largest online travel agent (OTA), Shanghai-based Ctrip.com International Limited (Ctrip), announced the acquisition of the US-based travel recommendation service, Trip.com (Trip), for an undisclosed sum. This was the latest among several moves by Ctrip that signaled its ambitions to expand beyond Asia. Earlier in 2016, Ctrip bought Skyscanner, a Scotland-based flight Search Company, for about US$1.74 billion, making the travel industry sit up and take notice. The Trip deal was expected to help Skyscanner leverage Trip.com’s capabilities on its own platform. Travis Katz, CEO and founder of Trip, said, “The idea of this deal is for Skyscanner to marry in-destination reviews content in Trip’s arsenal to Skyscanner’s platform. The aspiration is not to only add static details, such as about the opening times of restaurants or museums, but to also enable Skyscanner users to see and eventually add social reviews within Skyscanner’s website and apps,”
Founded in June 1999 by James Liang, Neil Shen, Min Fan, and Qi Ji, Ctrip started out as a trip advisor service provider. The company aggregated information on hotels and flights and enabled customers to make informed and cost-effective hotel and flight bookings. Its inception and growth coincided with the travel boom in China and its revenues increased from Renminbi (RMB)6.9 million in 2000 to RMB105.3 million (US$12.7 million) in 2002.
Even the outbreak of the Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS) in 2003 did not have a significant impact on Ctrip’s business. By October 2003, Ctrip had established room supply relationships with over 1,700 hotels in China and over 450 hotels internationally. It went public in December 2003, with its IPO soaring on the debut day. On Nasdaq, the shares opened at US$24.01, and at one point went up to US$37.35, thereby making Ctrip’s first IPO double its US$18 offer price on day one of trade.
COMPETING WITH TECHNOLOGY
Ctrip had constantly been acquiring new technologies to serve its customers. Artificial Intelligence, big data, and intelligent hardware employed by Ctrip were crucial in providing a superior travel experience. Jane Sun (Jane), Ctrip’s Chief Executive Officer, said, “For the user interface, we want to make sure that we know every customer who has purchased or searched on the Ctrip website. So when we list our products for them, it’s not millions of items that they have to search through -- the user experience wouldn’t be maximized. Hopefully we can personalize the display. All of that is in our design. When the customer purchases with us, they (may not) know what they want, but we know what would fit them. That’s a way technology will help us” .
CTRIP’S STRATEGIC INVESTMENTS AND ACQUISITIONS
Ctrip maintained its leading position through a series of strategic investments and acquisitions. From 2013, the company began expanding aggressively expanding internationally. Feifei Xu, Director of Brand Strategy, Labbrand, said, “Their international expansion aims to offer Chinese out-bound travelers or foreign companies in China an extension of their value-chain platform of tourism. By international expansion, they are mostly targeting outbound Chinese travelers.” In 2013, Ctrip invested in travel search engine Kuxun, hotel app Economy Hotel Manager, social trip sharing platform Chanyouji, and car rental services Yongche and eHi Car Services
CHALLENGES AND OPPORTUNITIES
The acquisition of Skyscanner, while contributing substantially to Ctrip’s growth, intensified both domestic and international competition. To compete effectively with Ctrip, other OTAs in China made attempts to attract large investments. Meituan Dianping raised US$4 billion in a funding round led by Tencent Holdings . Interestingly, Priceline, which was Ctrip’s largest shareholder, also participated in the funding round. Agoda.com, owned by the Priceline Group, established a strategic partnership with Meituan Dianping. This strategy of Priceline investing in Ctrip’s domestic competition indicated that it perhaps saw Ctrip as a potential threat and thus made an investment in Meituan Dianping that could lead to hedging its bets against Ctrip. However, analysts felt that Ctrip was strong enough to take a further share of the Chinese OTA market and its long-term growth prospects in China remained strong.
Adding Skyscanner’s revenue to Ctrip’s total boosted Ctrip’s Q3 2017 transportation-ticketing revenue by 41 percent to US$515 million. Cindy Wang, Chief Financial Officer, Ctrip, said, “The total number of transactions made by direct booking increased almost three-fold since May (2017), the month we launched the engine on Skyscanner, through September.”
Acquisition of US based Trip .com
Selling of Trip .com
Becoming a Parter of Trip.com
None of the options
On hotels and flights
on budget hotels
on international flights
both a & b
Customers
Technology
Offers
None of the options.
Artificial Intelligence, big data, and intelligent hardware
Excellent Software
Market Research
Both B&C
Knowing what would fit customers , as customers (may not) know what they want
Giving promotional offers
Giving discounts, customers always know what they want
None of the options
series of strategic investments only
a series of strategic investments and acquisitions
Focussing on Industry Competition
Focussing on Attracting maximum customers
Car rentals , Hotel Apps & travel search engines
Car rentals only
hotel app Economy Hotel Manager only
Both B & C
growth of international market
Growth in Foreign Lands
growth of both domestic and international markets
growth of domestic market
Selling of a Product Line
Competitor analysis
Scanning Environment
Acquisitions
Technology
Competitors
International Markets
Both B& C
2nd Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
Navroze Godrej (Navroze), the young executive director for Strategy and Innovation at Godrej and Boyce, the holding company of the India-based Godrej Group, is a fourth generation scion of the Godrej family. Keen on bringing about a major change in his company’s design thinking, he set himself the goal of changing the Godrej Group’s old-world, engineering driven mindset into a forward looking design driven mindset. He aimed to shape the Godrej Group into a company that inculcated a culture of open collaboration between different work groups and businesses. As part of his efforts to fulfill this aim, he created a suitable ambience and office infrastructure to break down the organizational hierarchies. He also started the Godrej Design Lab to encourage young designers to showcase their work. The selected designers were mentored and their designs displayed at national level exhibitions. The case discusses whether the initiatives taken by Navroze to bring about organizational transformation to make the Godrej Group design, innovation, and consumer focused can succeed. The case gives enough scope to analyze whether the influx of young talent is capable of bringing in novel ideas to shape the company’s future.
In 2005, Navroze Godrej (Navroze) was inducted as a management trainee into Godrej & Boyce (G&B), the holding company of the Godrej Group. Navroze, a fourth generation-scion of the Godrej family which owned the Godrej Group, was all of 23 years old when he joined Godrej. He was quite different from the previous generations of the family in terms of being more agile and wanting to bring in change within the company. When Navroze was in his early twenties, he met Professor Hemmant Jha, (Jha) of the Institute of Design, Chicago, US. It turned out to be a momentous meeting and was a turning point for Navroze as it kindled in him a love for design, which soon turned into a lasting passion. Navroze was so impressed after chatting with Jha that he persuaded the professor to join G&B. Analysts said this was a smart move by Navroze – one that drove G&B toward innovation. After hiring Jha, Navroze and his team at G&B brought out novel designs and innovations which were patented under Godrej.
Godrej, one of the largest Indian privately-held diversified industrial companies, was founded by Ardeshir Godrej (Ardeshir) in 1897. Ardeshir, a lawyer by profession, gave up his career in law to pursue his passion for making high quality locks and safes. The business was expanded further by Ardeshir’s youngest brother, Pirojsha Godrej (Pirojsha), who joined the company in 1906. In 1909, Godrej secured its first patent for spring-less locks which Ardeshir sold under the Anchor brand. During the 1920s, Ardeshir manufactured the first of Godrej’s sturdy steel cupboards branded as ‘Storwel,’ that became a trend in Indian homes. Ardeshir launched a washing soap as well and the world’s first vegetable oil based toilet soap. The toilet soap was considered to be the best in its time, as it revolutionized the manufacturing process. Up till then, soaps were made from animal fat. Godrej earned a name for itself with the superior quality of locks and soaps it sold. In 1952, Godrej bagged a contract to manufacture ballot boxes for India’s first general elections. Every day, 15,000 ballot boxes were made at its Vikhroli factory in Mumbai, to supply the target of 1.2 million boxes.
In 2013, after Navroze graduated with a Master’s in design, he returned to join G&B and spearheaded a pilot project on a disruptive business model. One of the things he changed was the layout of the (office) shop-floor. Unlike the previous directors who worked from their closed office space, he preferred to sit with his project teams around a big table and discuss matters with them. The new furniture layout was intended to support both individual and group work. Navroze felt traditional desk arrangements created a barrier and prevented openness and collaboration.
GODREJ INNOVATION CENTER
In 2013, Navroze took the bold move of setting up a 25,000 square foot ‘Innovation Center’ in Vikhroli, Mumbai. This was a research and development center to conduct explorative study in areas involving security, lifestyle, well-being, energy, productivity, and connectivity. The innovation center had a fixed 20-member full-time team, while at any given time there were at least a 100 other employees who belonged to other departments deputed to accomplish time-bound projects. As Navroze believed in diversity, the members in the teams came from different backgrounds such as, design, marketing, research, business, engineering, and others. The center had enough space for meetings and lectures, and the furniture was such that it could be reorganized for display of prototype product designs, a collection of material types, and for any other informal interaction as well.
SPRINT PROGRAM
Navroze led the Sprint program that caused a cultural transformation in the company. He facilitated a bottom-up approach, where he invited all the employees of Godrej to submit ideas at the innovation center. Based on their ideas, Navroze set up work groups. For the first time, people with 20 years of experience and those who had joined just six months earlier began working together. The groups came up with ideas that ranged from cooking appliances to recycling of waste, to looking at resources and services for transit population.
GODREJ DESIGNLAB
In 2013, Navroze set up the Godrej DesignLab, (GDL), which was established in collaboration with a Mumbai-based design studio, Elle Décor. GDL was a platform for designers to co-create, experiment, innovate, and challenge the boundaries of product design. GDL aimed at providing a holistic support system to designers who could give a whole new level of futuristic designs. GDL was a forum where designers could submit their work in four categories of furniture, furnishings, lighting and home décor, & accessories.
THE HUBBLE
In April 2014, Navroze spearheaded the development of a second innovation center, the Hubble. It was conceived to serve as a hub where people could interact informally to encourage the culture of creative thinking. The Hubble was built on a spacious 25,000 square foot space in the Vikhroli office itself, to function as an eat, work, and play space with a coffee-shop-kind-of-atmosphere. It encouraged both private and collaborative work among the employees.
REINFORCING THE DESIGN TRADITION
The Chief Design Officer, of GPL, Anubhav Gupta (Gupta), said that though there was no vertical on design in the Godrej group of companies, design was considered a business horizontal as it had become omnipresent in all aspects of the Godrej Group. He said innovation at GPL was not about playing it safe but it required an ability to tolerate failure before earning superlative success. Innovation, according to Gupta, was finding the best possible or the most optimal design.
Strategy related to innovation
strategy related to acquisitions
Strategy related to controlling systems
strategy related to diversifications
spring-less locks
Almirah’s
Safe’s
Refregirator’s
achieving greater market share
to attract more & more customers
Both A& B
None of the options
Animal fat based toilet soap
vegetable oil based toilet soap
Herbal Soaps
All
efficient working environment
Prevented positive work culture
Barrier ,prevented openness and collaboration
All
Research & Development
cost cutting strategies
strategies to attrat customers
None of the options
Refrigerators
superior quality of locks and soaps
Soaps Only
Electronic Appliances
the culture of creative thinking
collaborative work among the employees
Both A & B
None of the options
Creation of a suitable ambience and office infrastructure
Creation of a friendly environment
Creating a competitive Environment
Both b & C
to manufacture Lockers
to manufacture Soaps
to manufacture both ballot boxes & soaps
to manufacture ballot boxes
3rd Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
This case discusses about the acquisition of Florida-based Elizabeth Arden Inc, (Arden), a cosmetics, skin care, and fragrance major by Revlon Inc. (Revlon) another cosmetic giant. Post-merger, Revlon reported a 21.9% increase in its net sales in 2016. The case highlights the journey of both the businesses and also the tough time they faced prior to the merger. While Revlon had been weighed down by its debt, the sales of celebrity fragrances, a key part of Arden's portfolio, had declined. Arden's losses and increasing debt load left the company with few options to survive as a stand-alone business. Revlon pursued the deal largely in order to achieve scale.
Revlon bought Arden in a $870 mn deal in June 2016. The merger brought together the two cosmetics majors amidst hopes that a combined distribution network and marketing strategy could broaden their appeal. The industry showed a mixed response to the union. While some experts felt the synergy was not very realistic few other opined that it would revive the fortunes of Arden.
The case also discusses Revlon’s plans of restructuring the business. It headed towards shifting to a brand-centric structure aimed at identifying investment areas quicker and reacting faster to consumer needs in the domestic and international markets.
In March 2017, New York-based cosmetics, skin care, fragrance, and personal care company Revlon Inc, (Revlon) reported its net sales rose to $2.3 billion in 2016, a 21.9 percent increase compared to 2015. Revlon witnessed growth across all segments. This growth in sales came amidst Revlon’s plans to shift to a brand-centric structure after initiating a restructuring plan in 2016. The restructuring followed Revlon’s acquisition of Elizabeth Arden Inc, (Arden), a Florida-based, cosmetics, skin care, and fragrance major, for $ 870 million. The merged company was expected to leverage the strength of its brands and adapt to the changing behaviors and preferences of consumers to serve them better. In addition to expanding categories, channels, and geographies, Revlon expected to hit $5 billion in sales in the next five years. As part of the integration, it announced the elimination of 350 positions worldwide and streamlining of certain operations. In addition, project integration-related restructuring activities were estimated to cost between $65 million and $75 million by 2020.
THE JOURNEY OF ELIZABETH ARDEN
Born as Florence Nightingale Graham (Graham) in 1878 in Ontario, (Canada), Graham was the youngest of five children in a poverty stricken family. She dropped out of school due to a lack of finances and began training as a nurse. During nursing training she met a chemist experimenting with a facial cream that could help acne sufferers. The idea fascinated her, leading to her believing that most women would give anything for beauty. Graham took up a number of odd jobs that gave her an opportunity to display her salesmanship. While working briefly as a bookkeeper for the E R Squibb Pharmaceuticals Company in 1908, she spent hours in their lab learning about skincare. This further inspired her to fashion a small lab for beauty products of her own. To pursue her dream, she quit her job at Squibb and joined as an assistant in a newly established beauty parlor. Graham later worked for beautician Eleanor Adair as a “treatment girl” and gained valuable industry experience. In 1910, Graham borrowed money from her brother William and started ‘Red Door Salon’ with a partner, Elizabeth Hubbard . The first shop was opened on Fifth Avenue. The partnership soon dissolved and Graham became the sole proprietress. She decided to name her salon ‘Elizabeth Arden’. The name was derived from her former partner’s name and from Alfred, Lord Tennyson's poem ‘Enoch Arden’. The new name raised the prestige and glamor of not only the business but Graham as well. Thus, Graham changed her name to Elizabeth Arden (Arden) in 1915.
THE JOURNEY OF REVLON
The history of Revlon Inc, one of the world's leading cosmetics companies based in New York, can be traced back to 1932. Two brothers, Joseph Revson and Charles Revson, conceived of the idea of creating a nail enamel using pigments instead of the normal dyes. They collaborated with a local chemist named Charles Lachman (who contributed the ‘L’ to the Revlon name), to come up with their first product. Revlon developed a variety of new shades of nail polish. Seeing the booming beauty salons and the growing popularity of manicures they targeted beauty salons as a market to sell their nail polishes.
Arden was known for its fragrances including those licensed from celebrities like Marilyn Monroe, Catherine Zeta-Jones, Britney Spears, Justin Bieber, Taylor Swift, and many more. However, in 2014, the company posted the biggest ever quarterly loss in its history, a 28 per cent drop in revenue. The company was hit hard mainly because of a fall in the sales of its celebrity perfumes. The company statement said, “While the company had expected weaker sales comparisons due to the lower level of fragrance launch activity in fiscal 2014 versus fiscal 2013, the decline in sales of celebrity fragrances, particularly the Justin Bieber and Taylor Swift fragrances.
In June 2016, mired in financial woes, Revlon decided to pick up Arden. The company agreed to buy Arden in an $870 million deal. The wager was expected to create a beauty business with annual sales of $3 billion along with creating a platform in categories like mass, prestige, professional, color cosmetics, skin care, and fragrances. In addition to greater purchasing power, the merged entity was expected to benefit from cost savings of nearly $140 million by eliminating overlaps, integrated manufacturing, and distribution networks of both companies. Garcia said, “We see great opportunities for growth where they are strong and we are not.”
Some analysts expected a negative outcome from the union. They felt that Revlon was buying a troubled competitor with an elevated debt load. Although Revlon pointed to the expected synergies, experts found this unrealistic and opined that it could possibly result in higher leverage ratios. Wendy Liebmann, CEO of WSL Strategic Retail, stated, “There’s so little other business synergy. Arden is a fragrance and skin care house. Revlon is a color cosmetics and hair-color business. Different price points and distribution.
The deal not only marked a turnabout for investors, it also put an end to speculations that Revlon would be an acquisition target – rather than a buyer. Before the acquisition was announced, Arden's market capitalization was $280 million. Shares had fallen 40 percent off their 52-week high. But as soon as the news of the acquisition came in, Arden’s shares soared by as much as 50 per cent and closed at $14; Revlon rose about 6.6 percent to close at $33.25.
In January 2017, Revlon decided to divide and organize the business into four categories: the Revlon brand, Elizabeth Arden, fragrances and portfolio brands, (which included Almay, Mitchum, Gatineau, Sinful Colors and Pure Ice cosmetics. Each Revlon team was required to prepare a three-year growth plan and set priorities and strategies for their labels. The core corporate functions including finance, human resources, supply chain, research and development, legal, communications, and corporate social responsibility departments were to be reorganized to provide better support to the new brand-centric and regional structures.
Acquisition as growth strategy
Industry Analysis as growth Strategy
Leadership strategy
Competitor analysis strategy
Revlon International & Mac
Maybelline & MAC
Elizabeth Arden Inc & Revlon Inc
Mayabelline & Revlon
adapt to the changing behaviors & preferences of consumers
adapt to the changing Market conditions
adapt to the changing Political environment
adapt to the latest Technology
Restructuring the business
Closing the business
Both A& B
None of the options
the better condition of Elizabeth Arden Inc prior its acquisition
the journey of both the businesses and also the tough time they faced prior to the merger
the downfall of Revlon Inc . before the acquisition
None of the options
consumer needs in the domestic and international markets
consumer needs in the domestic market only
consumer needs in the international markets
None of the options
Nail enamel
Face Creams
fragrances
Both A & B
the Revlon brand
Elizabeth Arden brand
fragrances and portfolio brands
All of the options
three-year
Five Year
Ten years
seven Years
Increasing the sales
attracting More & More customers
Capturing Major Market Share
All of the Options
4th Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
When a new technology comes along that is capable of improving dramatically the products of a whole industry, every firm in that industry has vital strategic decisions to make. It must ask itself:
essential changes on our own?
Once taken, these key decisions have to be implemented.
Technological change > Strategic decisions > Strategic Implementation
All this makes for exciting times within the industry, for producers and also for consumers, who also have some adjusting to do.
Imaging is one of the world’s growth markets and new technology is making its mark; imaging has ‘gone digital’. It is not a complete transformation. Analogue imaging has not been abandoned and still has millions of satisfied consumers. However, the industry will move on. This is because the new technology:
The pace of change is accelerating. Abandoning former practices and establishing new ways of working is generating not only excitement, but also stresses and tensions. The new technology requires new skills, new attitudes and new approaches from both producers and consumers.
This case study looks at how AGFA, a leading player, is taking full advantage of the digital revolution. The company is using the new technology as:
Agfa
Agfa is a leading name in the imaging industry. The Agfa-Gevaert Group de-velops, produces and distributes an extensive range of analogue and digital imaging systems. Agfa has divided its operations into three segments.
Segment: Consumer imaging.
Activity/Products: Wide range of products using both digital and analogue technologies for taking, processing and manipulating photographs.
Segment: Graphic systems.
Activity/Products: A wide range of electronic and photographic systems for the graphics industry, including workflow management systems, scanners and laser image setters.
Segment: Technical imaging.
Activity/Products: Medical uses eg X-ray equipment; non-destructive fault-testing eg in aircraft and pipelines; industrial imaging for motion pictures; document management systems and micrographics.
Agfa’s operations involve a high level of innovation. The company’s willingness and ability to work at the leading edge of technology help to make it a leader in its field.
For Agfa to remain a market leader, its managers must concern themselves with the future and ask themselves:
With imaging, the answers currently are:
This approach requires a willingness to invest heavily in new projects that maximise the benefits of new technology.
- Every proposed project undergoes investment appraisal. This procedure establishes whether a particular project is worth taking forward. Managers will ask key questions about a proposal, including:
Risks for the imaging industry include:
Agfa must consider these factors as it contemplates large scale investment in new digitally based technologies.
During 2000 Agfa invested around 224 million Euros (equivalent to 4% of its sales revenue) in research and development. Part of this involved working with external partners eg universities and leading research centres. Much of the work reflected the need to move forward in:
Digital technologies are changing the way in which people take, process and use images. New processes allow customers to work with images quickly and efficiently, without requiring extensive expertise and knowledge. Take, for example, the newspaper world. With newspapers, speed is vital and editors want the best pictures to go with the latest stories.
significant in size with almost 70% of the market. However, with plenty of scope for further product developments and for repeat business. The growth of digital technology has not deterred Agfa and its competitors from bringing out new, improved products for use with ‘old’ technology.
On the other hand, digital technologies have helped to transform the work of hospital radiologists. For example, a software package developed by Agfa called MUSICA (Multiscale Image Contrast Amplification) enables radiologists to manipulate X-ray images in various ways. Edges can be sharpened up to reveal key details, and images can be rotated to offer alternative perspectives. Users can zoom in on details, and select and sort images in a search for recurring patterns. Images can be shared across a number of hospital workstations and can also be transmitted for immediate expert analysis elsewhere.
The best investment programmes are supported by painstaking research: market research into what consumers require and product research to establish what the new technology can and cannot do for them. Agfa is at the heart of changes in imaging brought about by new technology. It is leading. It is also listening and learning. In a highly competitive industry, Agfa’s thorough approach is enabling it to retain important competitive advantages over its closest and fiercest rivals.
How far and how quickly should we embrace the new technology
"Are we big enough and capable enough to accomplish all the essential changes on our own "
How far and how quickly should we amend or abandon our present products
All
External Environment
Internal Environment
Competitive Environment
Structural environment
analogue only
Analogue and digital
digital only
none of the options
Is innovative
Is reliable
good scope in long run
All
New technology becomes immediately popular
sale of older technology is not at all affected
sale of older technology is affected
All of the above
Yes, Investment is required
Investment is not at all required
Both A & B
None of the options
Identification of their needs or wants
identification of Competitors
Both A& B
None of the Options
technological Advantage
Competitive advantage
Economic Advantage
None of the Options
available for use immediately
can be transferred immediately from camera to other devices
can be downloaded and printed or transferred to CDs
ALL
Divisional Structure
Bureaurocratic structure
Line structure
Line & Staff Structure
90/100
5th Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
This case discusses how Beijing-based multinational technology giant, Lenovo Group Limited (Lenovo), emerged as a global brand from China. After becoming a market leader in the Chinese PC market, several international acquisitions helped the company establish a presence in global markets. The company’s 2005 acquisition of the PC division of US-based multinational technology giant International Business Machine (IBM) gave the Lenovo brand global recognition. Lenovo’s 2011 acquisition of German electronics manufacturer, Medion, in 2011 and a joint PC venture with Japanese multinational technology company NEC Corporation helped the company transform from a small Chinese electronics company into the world’s largest PC maker by shipping over 53 million units in 2013.
After some initial success with its ‘Protect and Attack’ strategy, Lenovo started to face reverses. In 2017, it lost its PC crown i.e. market leadership in the global personal computers (PCs) market, to its arch rival Hewlett-Packard (HP). Lenovo also found the going tough in the smartphone business that it entered in 2010 as part of its ‘PC Plus strategy’. Lenovo’s gamble of acquiring Motorola Mobility from Google failed to pay off, according to some analysts. By the end of 2015, Lenovo’s fortunes in the mobile market had dipped dramatically. It slipped to eighth position in China’s smartphone market as new and nimbler Chinese competitors such as Huawei, Xiaomi, Oppo, and Vivo continued to grow rapidly. Critics stated that Lenovo lacked innovation at a time when its rivals were upping their game in both the PC and smartphone markets. The challenge before Yang Yuanqing (Yang), CEO of Lenovo, was how to orchestrate a turnaround in the fortunes of the company and restore it to its past glory.
In August 2017, Beijing-based multinational technology giant, Lenovo Group Limited (Lenovo), reported a quarterly loss of US$ 72 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2017. It had made a profit of US$ 173 million for the same quarter of 2016. Lenovo also lost its market leadership in the global personal computers (PCs) market to its arch rival Hewlett-Packard (HP). HP led the global PC market with a 22.8% market share for the second quarter of 2017 while Lenovo stood second with a market share of 21.6%, according to International Data Corporation (IDC). Analysts attributed Lenovo’s troubles to the maturing PC market where demand was falling with consumers shifting to smart phones and tablets for daily activities including surfing the Internet. Critics opined that Lenovo’s products, be it PCs or smart phones, lacked innovation while HP had taken over the PC crown by launching a series of cool products targeted at gamers. In the smart phone market too, analysts felt that Lenovo had failed to read the market signals, while its competitors such as Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. (Huawei), Xiaomi Inc. (Xiaomi), Oppo Electronics Corp. (Oppo), and Vivo Electronic Corp. (Vivo) were rolling out stylish and inexpensive smart phones and gaining market share in China.
The history of Lenovo dates back to 1984 when it was started as New Technology Developer Inc., the predecessor of the Legend Group Ltd. (Legend), by Founder and Chairman, Liu Chuanzhi (Liu), along with ten colleagues at the government-owned Computing Institute of the Chinese Academy of Sciences (CAS) with US$ 25,000. The company was started with the aim of commercializing the research and development (R&D) activities conducted at CAS. In 1985, as its first business deal, the company took over the responsibility of receiving, checking, and maintaining IBM computers imported by CAS and of training CAS staff.
The company invested the profits of US$ 146,583 it had received from servicing IBM computers in the design, production, and marketing of its first product – the Chinese character card – HanCard. The Chinese character card, which translated English operating software into Chinese characteristics, was based on the original concept developed by the Institute of Computer Technology (ICT) of CAS. At that time, foreign vendors were not able to come out with such an operating system for PCs in China. The successful launch of the Chinese card boosted Lenovo’s growth in the early 1990s.
In the 1990s, Lenovo was the first company to introduce the home computer concept in China and it grew into a national company cornering a market share of 27% in the domestic market. Lenovo’s competency was its deep understanding of the domestic market and its quick response to the demands of local consumers. The success of Lenovo and other domestic computer makers in China confounded the predictions made by several market analysts. According to Business Week , “It wasn’t supposed to happen this way. A few years ago, most analysts were convinced that the global players would gobble up the Chinese market, with locals like Lenovo stuck in second tier status – at best.”
Lenovo believed that to become a global brand, it was not enough just to be identified as a global firm. Establishing a presence in more developed and highly globalized markets such as the US and Europe was essential for its overall strategy. By 2001, though Lenovo’s market share had reached 30% in China, it realized that it would not be able to grow much more given the stiff competition in the country. In addition to this, the domestic market for home PCs was shifting toward laptops rather than desktop PCs. This posed a challenge to Lenovo despite its recording profits of US$ 130 million for the FY 2002-2003, as laptops were not just costly to manufacture but also involved tough competition from rivals such as Dell and HP. In a bid to combat these challenges the company decided to step into international markets.
The global economic slowdown in mid-2008 led to Lenovo posting a loss of US$ 226 million. During this time, the company’s CEO William Amelio stepped down in favor of Yang, while Liu returned to assume the role of Chairman.
Lenovo’s Protect and Attack strategy helped the company taste success in China as well as in other global markets. For the FY ended 2013, the company also emerged as the number one PC company in global emerging markets, as well as three of the seven largest PC markets in the world – China, Japan, and Germany. For the quarter ended June 30, 2013, Lenovo’s smartphone business.
With the acquisition of Motorola, Lenovo had ambitious plans to capture a portion of the pie in the global smartphone market. However, the company’s fortunes declined when its smartphone shipments decreased by 53% in China with Lenovo maintaining a meager 3% market share for the Q4 of 2015, according to Canalys. In the global market for smartphones, the company stood at fifth position with a market share of 5.7%.
In a bid to arrest the decline in sales in its smart phone market, Lenovo planned to focus on its Moto brand. According to Yang, “Singular branding will benefit the business.” Stating that the new strategy might not bring in much success to Lenovo, Steven Tseng, an analyst at Daiwa Capital Markets, said, “Customers are also really confused by the company’s strategy.”
Despite the challenging outlook in the global smartphone market, Yang remained optimistic about turning around Lenovo’s struggling mobile business. He stated that there was a US$ 110 million sequential improvement in operational pretax income, attributable to improvements in the mobile and data center businesses in the quarter ended June 30, 2017. Yang added, “Not only did this gave me more confidence we will turn around our mobile business in the second half of FY2018, I think the entire Lenovo is entering a new phase of growth.” .
Protect Strategy
Protect and Attack strategy
Merger Strategy
None of the Options
Apple
Samsung
Hewlett-Packard (HP)
Sony
Innovation
strategic Decisions
Acquisition Strategy
Both B& C
Retrenchment Strategy
Internal Restructuring Strategy
Internationalization Strategy
Functional Level Strategy
Group of answer choices
Making product more stylish
attractive pricing strategies
Both A& B
Only B
Commercialization Of Research & Development activities
To beat the competitors
Both A& B
None of the Options
deep understanding of the domestic market
quick response to the demands of local consumers
Both A& B
Only B
Establishing a presence in more developed and highly globalized markets
Improvement in Client servicing
adherence to International Standards
Both B& C
Shifting of Domestic Market from Home PC’s to Laptop’s
Shifting of Domestic Market from Laptops to Home PC’s
Shifting of Market Demand to Other Electronic Items
None of the Options
Samsung Brand
VIVO Brand
Sony brand
Moto brand
Full Syllabus Assessment
CASE STUDY
Aggregate minerals are an important resource and their use is essential to national prosperity. They are vital for building new or improved housing, hospitals, schools, factories, roads and leisure facilities. Everything from a garden path to the Channel Tunnel. The processing of aggregates also provides materials for a whole range of non-construction uses: in agriculture, water purification, medicines, paint, toiletries, paper, plastics and steel making. Mineral working can have a significant effect on the landscape and on the living conditions of the people. It is essential that the industry operates to high environmental standards and manages its operations in a manner which minimises their impact on the environment. Business managers have to take these matters seriously as public awareness and concern has significantly increased over the last decade.
Companies are judged on the achievement of their “traditional” business objectives, such as return on investment, growth, market share etc. and now on their environmental performance and this is often looked for in specific statements, objectives and strategies set by a company. It is not only environmental campaigning groups or concerned consumers who realise the importance of the environment. Research has shown that three-quarters of managers feel that more emphasis should be placed on these issues. Where does this attitude spring from? There are a number of important influences and these include UK and EU environmental legislation, public opinion, pressure groups, influence of employees’ families and friends, the company’s own sense of social responsibility and, last but not least, market pressure from customers and end-users. These pressures are expected to grow, so a well managed company should prepare itself to respond to the concerns and take appropriate action.
The RMC Group has become the world’s largest producer of ready mixed concrete, also diversifying into a number of other construction material sectors. It employs the principle of vertical integration to secure raw materials - sand, gravel and crushed rock - required to sustain the production of ready mixed concrete and other added value finish
1st Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
Financial system refers to a set of complex and closely connected or interlinked |
financial institutions or organised and unorganised financial markets, financial instruments |
and services which facilitate the transfer of funds. |
Financial institutions are the intermediaries which facilitate smooth functioning of the |
financial system by making investors and borrowers meet. They mobilize savings of the |
surplus units and allocate them in productive activities promising a better rate of return. |
Financial institutions also provide services to entities seeking advice on various issues |
ranging from restructuring to diversification plans. |
Financial reforms of the 1990s were initiated with an objective to eliminate the |
financial despotism and create an efficient, productive and profitable financial sector. The |
Economic reforms best describe the post - 1991 consequences of various economic |
practices, as it ushered in substantial transformation and liberalization of the Indian |
financial system. |
In November 2009, India purchased 200 tonnes of gold valued at Rs $6.7 billion (Rs |
31, 380 crore) from the International Monetary Fund (IMF) . RBI bought nearly half of the |
gold sold by IMF under the latter's limited gold sales programme. By purchasing the gold, |
RBI now has more gold than the European Central Bank, thus becoming the 11th largest |
gold holder among various Central Banks, marking a remarkable turnaround from the crisis |
of 1991, when India had to airlift its gold to pledge for a loan. In 1991, when India faced |
its worst ever balance of payment (BoP) crisis, it had no alternative but to pledge 67 tonnes |
of gold to the Union Bank of Switzerland and Bank of England to raise a loan of $605 |
million. It intended to shore up its dwindling foreign exchange reserves, which were at |
a low of $1.2 billion in January 1991. |
The stabilization component in the 90's was aimed at reducing the balance of |
payment deficit. The steps were towards reducing the rate of fiscal growth, monetary |
tightening and curbing the excess demand on Indian foreign exchange reserves, which |
was supported by devaluation of India currency. |
Reforms in the Banking Sector During the early 1970s and 1980s, monetary policy |
had become almost non-existent. India followed a system of credit allocation, administered |
and differential interest rates for different purposes and automatic monetization of fiscal |
deficit. Also, financial repression was through pre-emption of banks' resources - both in |
terms of the statutory holding of Government Securities (Statutory Liquidity Ratio (SLR) |
and Cash Reserve Ratio (CRR)). These mechanisms distorted the interest rate mechanism |
and adversely affected the profitability of the banks by the end of 1980 and also their |
viability. |
What is the science that describes the management, creation and study of money, banking, credit, investments, assets and liabilities?
Group of answer choices
Finance
System
Market
All the above
Financial institutions are the intermediaries which facilitate smooth functioning of the financial system by ………..
Group of answer choices
Making investors
Borrowers meet
Both a and b
Perform a duty
A merchant bank is a financial institution conducting money market activities and:
Group of answer choices
Lending
Underwriting and financial advice
Investment service
All of the above
Formal merchant banking activity in India was originated in______.
Group of answer choices
1978
1969
1769
1987
Developmental activities of merchant banking:
Group of answer choices
Sources of funds forever
Expanding industry and trade
Leaving a widening gap unbridged between supply and demand of investible funds.
All of the above
when India faced its worst ever balance of payment (BoP) crisis.
Group of answer choices
1991
1978
1987
1998
India pledge …………. of gold to the Union Bank of Switzerland and Bank of England to raise a loan of $605 million.
Group of answer choices
167 tonnes
7 tonnes
67 tonnes
17 tonnes
Which of the following are correct regarding growth during the reform period? 1. The growth of agriculture declined. 2. The service sector reported fluctuation. 3. The growth of industrial sectors has gone up. 4. The growth during this phase was mainly driven by the growth in the service sector.
Group of answer choices
1, 2 and 3 only
2 and 4 only
1 and 4 only
1 and 3 only
Consider the below statements: 1. The foreign investment, which includes foreign direct investment (FDI) and foreign institutional investment (FII), has increased from about US $ 100 million in 1990-91 to US $ 467 billion in 2012-13. 2. There has been an increase in the foreign exchange reserves from about US $ 6 billion in 1990-91 to about US $ 304 billion in 2013-14. 3. India is one of the largest foreign exchange reserve holders in the world.
Group of answer choices
1 and 2 only
2 and 3 only
1 and 3 only
All are correct
Which of the following are correct with reference to economic reforms (LPG reforms) and public policies? 1. Economic reforms have placed limits on the growth of public expenditure especially in social sectors. 2. The reform policies involving tariff reduction have curtailed the scope for raising revenue through customs duties. 3. In order to attract foreign investment, tax incentives were provided to foreign investors which further reduced the scope for raising tax revenues.
Group of answer choices
1 and 2 only
2 and 3 only
1 and 3 only
All are correct
2nd Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
Issue management refers to managing issues of corporate securities like equity shares, preference shares and debentures or bonds. It involves marketing of capital issues, of existing companies including rights issues and dilution of shares by letter of offer. Management of issue also involves other issues. The decisions concerning size and timing of the public issue in the light of the market conditions are advised by the merchant bankers.
The public issues are managed by the involvement of various agencies i.e., under writers, brokers, bankers, advertising agencies, printers, auditors, legal advisers, registrar to the issue and merchant bankers providing specialized services to make the issue a success. However, merchant bank is the agency at the apex level, who plans, coordinates and controls the entire issue activity and directs different agencies to contribute to the successful marketing of securities.
Issue managers play vital role in fund raising through public issue of securities. Whether through book building (discussed later) or otherwise, their role is catalytic for the making of the issue a success. They are involved from cradle to grave in the issue. Hence companies coming with new issue of capital decide about Issue managers after due diligence and carefully analysing the competence and capabilities of the merchant banker to handle the issue.
Issue management is an important function of ______ and ______.
Group of answer choices
Merchant banker, lead manager
Public banker, Merchant banker
Lead banker, Private banking
None of the above
In simple terms, the management of issues for raising funds through various types of instruments by companies is known as:
Group of answer choices
Lead management
Merchant banking
Issue management
Public management
Categories of securities issue:
Group of answer choices
Public issue
Rights issue
Private placement
All of the above
Companies raise funds for the purposes of: 1. Financing new projects 2. Expansion of existing units 3. Modernization & diversification of existing units 4. Organizing long term resources for working capital purposes
Group of answer choices
1, 2, 3
2, 3, 4
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 3, 4
Private placement covers
Group of answer choices
Shares
Preference shares
Debentures
All of the above
Equity funding is preferable especially when the project is________.
Group of answer choices
Fund intensive
Finance intensive
Capital intensive
Application intensive
The _______ has to manage the post-issue activities.
Group of answer choices
Merchant banker
Lead manager
Bank promoter
All of the above
It is a process by which a demand for the securities proposed to be issued by a body corporate is elicited.
Group of answer choices
Book building
Share certificate
Promoter issue
Circular
Post issue management activities include:
Group of answer choices
Analysis of collection
Processing of data
Issue of refund orders
All of these.
Preâ€issue management activities include;
Group of answer choices
Lead manager
Underwriting
Overall supervision
None of these.
100/100
3rd Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
Fee income is the revenue taken in by financial institutions from account-related
charges to customers. Charges that generate fee income include non-sufficient funds fees,
overdraft charges, late fees, over-the-limit fees, wire transfer fees, monthly service charges,
account research fees and more.
Financial intermediaries provide services on the basis of non-fund activities also. This can also be called “fee based” activity. They expect more from financial service companies. Hence, a wide variety of service, are being provided under this head they including the following:
(i) Making arrangements for the placements of capital and debt instruments with investments institutions.
(ii) Arrangements of fund from financial institutions for the clients‟ project cost or his working capital requirements.
(iii) Assisting in the process of getting all government and other clearances.
Modern activities
Besides the above traditional services, the financial intermediaries render innumerable service in recent times. Most of them are in the nature of non-fund based activity. In view of the importance, these activities have been discussed in brief under the head „New financial products and services‟. However, some of the modern services provided by them are given in
brief here under:
(i) Rendering project advisory services right from the preparation of the project report till the raising of funds for starting the project with necessary government approval.
(ii) Planning for mergers and acquisitions and assisting for their smooth carry out.
(iii) Guiding corporate customers in capital restructuring.
(iv) Acting as trustees to the debenture-holders.
(v) Recommending suitable changes in the management structure and management style with a view to achieving better result.
Which of the following is not a feeâ€based financial service?
Group of answer choices
Corporate counseling
Lease financing
Profit management
Issue management.
â€â€â€â€â€â€â€â€â€â€â€â€â€â€â€â€â€ covers the entire range of services provided by a merchant banker.
Group of answer choices
Project counseling
Corporate counseling
Credit syndication
Market makers
Functions of financial services exclude â€â€â€â€â€â€â€â€â€â€â€â€â€â€â€â€â€â€â€â€â€â€.
Group of answer choices
Mobilization of savings
Allocation of fund
Specialized services
Collection of tax.
Fee income is the revenue taken in by financial institutions from account related charges to………
Group of answer choices
Banker
Customers
Government
All the above
In India Merchant banking along with management of public issues and loan syndication covering activities like- 1. Project counseling, 2. Portfolio management, 3. Investment counseling, 4. Mergers and amalgamation of the corporate firms, 5. Securities and exchange
Group of answer choices
1, 2, 4, 5
1,2, 3, 5
1, 2, 3, 4
2, 3, 4, 5
An acquisition is the same thing as:
Group of answer choices
a spin-off
a takeover
an amalgamation
a merger
he ways in which mergers and acquisitions (M&As) occur do not include:
Group of answer choices
vertical integration
diversification
horizontal integration
conglomerate takeover
Most favourable portfolio is proficient portfolio with the………..
Group of answer choices
lowest risk
highest risk
highest utility
least investment
which of the following service are fee based
Group of answer choices
Underwriting
Issue of Demand Draft
Credit Card
Education loan
which of the following service are fund based
Group of answer choices
Locker facility
Project preparation
Consultancy
None of the above
70/100
4th Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
Leasing is a process by which a firm can obtain the use of a certain fixed assets
for which it must pay a series of contractual, periodic, tax deductible payments. Leasing
is an alternative to purchase that’s used for apartments and houses, automobiles and
light trucks, and many types of equipment and machinery.
Hire purchase (HP) or known as installment plan in the United States is an
arrangement whereby a customer agrees to a contract to acquire an asset by paying
an initial installment (e.g. 40% of the total) and repays the balance of the price of the
asset plus interest over a period of time. Other analogous practices are described as
closed-end leasing or rent to own.
Operating Lease is where the asset is not wholly amortized during the noncancellable
period, if any, of the lease and where the lessor does not rely for is profit
on the rentals in the non- cancellable period. In this type of lease, the lessor who bears
the cost of insurance, machinery, maintenance, repair costs, etc. is unable to realize
the full cost of equipment and other incidental charges during the initial period of lease.
Leasing is a process by which a firm can obtain the use of a certain fixed assets for which it must pay a series of ……
Group of answer choices
Contractual payment
Periodic payment
Tax deductible payment
All the above
What is an arrangement whereby a customer agrees to a contract to acquire an asset by paying an initial installment?
Group of answer choices
Hire Purchasing
Contract
Leasing
All the above
What is an agreement enforceable by law?
Group of answer choices
Hire Purchasing
Contract
Leasing
All the above
The essential elements of a valid contract are …………….
Group of answer choices
Legal obligation
Lawful consideration
Free consent
All the above
Securitization is the financial practice of pooling various types of contractual debt such as………..
Group of answer choices
Residential mortgages
Commercial mortgages
Auto loans or credit card debt obligations
All the above
A refrigerator is priced at $10,000. A deposit of 16% on simple interest of 11% per year over 2 year and repayments paid monthly then the amount of deposit made is
Group of answer choices
$2,000
$2,150
$1,950
$1,600
The television is priced at $10,000. A deposit of 16% on simple interest of 11% per year over 2 year and repayments paid monthly then the additional amount to pay in 24 monthly installments after deposit is
Group of answer choices
$10,248
$11,248
$13,248
$14,248
One difference between a financial lease and operating lease is that:
Group of answer choices
there is a often a call option in a financial lease.
there is often an option to buy in an operating lease.
an operating lease is often cancellable by the lessee.
a financial lease is often cancellable by the lessee.
The principal reason for the existence of leasing is that:
Group of answer choices
intermediate-term loans are difficult to obtain.
this is a type of financing unaffected by changes in tax law.
companies, financial institutions, and individuals derive different benefits from owning assets.
leasing is a renewable source of intermediate-term funds.
A way to analyze whether debt or lease financing would be preferable is to:
Group of answer choices
compare the net present values under each alternative, using the cost of capital as the discount rate.
compare the net present values under each alternative, using the after-tax cost of borrowing as the discount rate.
compare the payback periods for each alternative.
compare the effective interest costs involved for each alternative.
100/100
5th Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
Consumer finance refers to the division of retail banking that deals with lending money
to consumers. This includes a wide variety of loans, including credit cards, mortgage
loans, and auto loans, and can also be used to refer to loans taken out at either the
prime rate or the subprime rate.
A credit rating is an evaluation of the credit risk of a prospective debtor (an individual,
a business, company or a government), predicting their ability to pay back the debt, and
an implicit forecast of the likelihood of the debtor defaulting.
Factoring is a financial transaction whereby a business sells its accounts receivable
(i.e., invoices) to a third party (called a factor) at a discount. Factoring is a method used
by some firms to obtain cash.
Forfeiting is a means of financing used by exporters that enables them to receive
cash immediately by selling their medium-term receivables (the amount an importer owes
the exporter) at a discount.
What refers to the division of retail banking that deals with lending money to consumers?
Group of answer choices
Consumer finance
Credit card
Hard money
All the above
What is a plastic card issued by a financial institution that allows its user to borrow pre-approved funds at the point of sale in order to complete a purchase?
Group of answer choices
Consumer finance
Credit card
Hard money
All the above
What is the trading or selling a bill of exchange prior to the maturity date at a value less than the par value of the bill?
Group of answer choices
Vehicle financing
Hard money
Credit card
Bills Discounting
Which of the following is not a reason for international investment?
Group of answer choices
To provide an expected risk-adjusted return in excess of that required.
To gain access to important raw materials.
To produce products and/or services more efficiently than possible domestically.
International investments have less political risk than domestic investments.
A trade agreement in which a domestic firm accepts whiskey for full payment on a sale of computer equipment is an example of __________.
Group of answer choices
export factoring
forfeiting
a scene from the classic movie "Animal House"
counter trade
Amer is an exporter who has sold outright their accounts receivable to another institution. This is an example of __________.
Group of answer choices
export factoring
forfeiting
striding
counter trade
The person who is having goods in his/her possession known as
Group of answer choices
brokers
middlemen
factors
agents
Credit management is an important tool used by finance managers. Credit management means
Group of answer choices
Managing the cash of the organization for the operational activities
To lend money to the borrower for more than a year
Granting money on credit basis while considering all the terms on which it is being granted on
Managing the credit system
A factor affecting the growth of Venture Capital (VC) finance
Group of answer choices
Culture and environment
Interest rates
Easing stock market barriers
Increased business banking finance
60/100
Full Syllabus Assessment
CASE STUDY
Before beginning the services of merchant bankers in India, the capital issues were managed and controlled by the managing agency houses as “Issue Houses”. The services included were managing issue of securities, advising on the capital restructuring, providing underwriting activities, arranging finance from various institutions, preparing prospectus and listing of issues in the stock exchanges* 2. Though merchant banking activity was initiated in about three decades ago, it was only in 1992 when SEBI was formed and the rules and regulations regarding merchant banking activities were redesigned for a more disciplined performance of these entities. The concept merchant banking assumed a serious concern only after SEBI thought it positively as a very important intermediary in the functioning of the capital markets and also performing other financial services.
The merchant banks in India basically have concentrated their activities on the following services:
1- Corporate counselling
2- Project counselling and pre-investment studies.
3- Credit syndication and project finance.
4 -Capital issue management.
5 -Underwriting of capital issues.
6- Portfolio management.
7 -Venture capital financing.
8 -Lease finance.
Group of answer choices
Lending
Underwriting and financial advice
Investment service
All of the above
In India Merchant banking along with management of public issues and loan syndication covering activities like?
Group of answer choices
Project counseling
Portfolio management
Investment counseling
All of the above
Formal merchant banking activity in India was originated in______?
Group of answer choices
1978
1969
1769
1987
In India, merchant-banking activity was originated with the merchant banking division set up by the __________?
Group of answer choices
Barclays bank
Grind lays bank
Yes bank
None of the above
The early growth of merchant banking in the country is assigned to the_______?
Group of answer choices
FEMA
Foreign Exchange Regulation Act, 1973
Securities Contracts Act
Income-tax Act
The term ‘Merchant Bank’ is used in?
Group of answer choices
United Kingdom
United States
India
Non of the above
Banks implement the RBI’s _______ policies.
Group of answer choices
Monetary
Credit
Commercial
Both a and b
The criteria for authorization of merchant bankers includes: 1. Professional qualification in finance, law or business management 2. Infrastructure like adequate office space, equipment and manpower 3. Employment of two persons who have the experience to conduct business of merchant bankers 4. Capital adequacy 5. Past track record, experience, general expectation and fairness in all transaction
Group of answer choices
1, 2, 4, 5
2, 3, 4, 5
1, 2, 3, 4, 5
None of the above
The four categories of merchant bankers issued by SEBI: Minimum net worth for first category is ______, second category is ______ and third category is ______.
Group of answer choices
Rs.1 crore, Rs. 50 lakhs, Rs.20 lakhs
Rs.20 lakhs, Rs.1 crore, Rs.50lakhs
Rs.2 crore, Rs.50lakhs, Rs.25lakhs
None of the above
Financial services through the network of elements such as ________, serve the needs of individuals, institutions and Corporate.
Group of answer choices
Financial institutions
Financial markets
Financial instruments
All of the above
1st Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
In November 2017, China’s largest online travel agent (OTA), Shanghai-based Ctrip.com International Limited (Ctrip), announced the acquisition of the US-based travel recommendation service, Trip.com (Trip), for an undisclosed sum. This was the latest among several moves by Ctrip that signaled its ambitions to expand beyond Asia. Earlier in 2016, Ctrip bought Skyscanner, a Scotland-based flight Search Company, for about US$1.74 billion, making the travel industry sit up and take notice. The Trip deal was expected to help Skyscanner leverage Trip.com’s capabilities on its own platform. Travis Katz, CEO and founder of Trip, said, “The idea of this deal is for Skyscanner to marry in-destination reviews content in Trip’s arsenal to Skyscanner’s platform. The aspiration is not to only add static details, such as about the opening times of restaurants or museums, but to also enable Skyscanner users to see and eventually add social reviews within Skyscanner’s website and apps,”
Founded in June 1999 by James Liang, Neil Shen, Min Fan, and Qi Ji, Ctrip started out as a trip advisor service provider. The company aggregated information on hotels and flights and enabled customers to make informed and cost-effective hotel and flight bookings. Its inception and growth coincided with the travel boom in China and its revenues increased from Renminbi (RMB)6.9 million in 2000 to RMB105.3 million (US$12.7 million) in 2002.
Even the outbreak of the Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS) in 2003 did not have a significant impact on Ctrip’s business. By October 2003, Ctrip had established room supply relationships with over 1,700 hotels in China and over 450 hotels internationally. It went public in December 2003, with its IPO soaring on the debut day. On Nasdaq, the shares opened at US$24.01, and at one point went up to US$37.35, thereby making Ctrip’s first IPO double its US$18 offer price on day one of trade.
COMPETING WITH TECHNOLOGY
Ctrip had constantly been acquiring new technologies to serve its customers. Artificial Intelligence, big data, and intelligent hardware employed by Ctrip were crucial in providing a superior travel experience. Jane Sun (Jane), Ctrip’s Chief Executive Officer, said, “For the user interface, we want to make sure that we know every customer who has purchased or searched on the Ctrip website. So when we list our products for them, it’s not millions of items that they have to search through -- the user experience wouldn’t be maximized. Hopefully we can personalize the display. All of that is in our design. When the customer purchases with us, they (may not) know what they want, but we know what would fit them. That’s a way technology will help us” .
CTRIP’S STRATEGIC INVESTMENTS AND ACQUISITIONS
Ctrip maintained its leading position through a series of strategic investments and acquisitions. From 2013, the company began expanding aggressively expanding internationally. Feifei Xu, Director of Brand Strategy, Labbrand, said, “Their international expansion aims to offer Chinese out-bound travelers or foreign companies in China an extension of their value-chain platform of tourism. By international expansion, they are mostly targeting outbound Chinese travelers.” In 2013, Ctrip invested in travel search engine Kuxun, hotel app Economy Hotel Manager, social trip sharing platform Chanyouji, and car rental services Yongche and eHi Car Services
CHALLENGES AND OPPORTUNITIES
The acquisition of Skyscanner, while contributing substantially to Ctrip’s growth, intensified both domestic and international competition. To compete effectively with Ctrip, other OTAs in China made attempts to attract large investments. Meituan Dianping raised US$4 billion in a funding round led by Tencent Holdings . Interestingly, Priceline, which was Ctrip’s largest shareholder, also participated in the funding round. Agoda.com, owned by the Priceline Group, established a strategic partnership with Meituan Dianping. This strategy of Priceline investing in Ctrip’s domestic competition indicated that it perhaps saw Ctrip as a potential threat and thus made an investment in Meituan Dianping that could lead to hedging its bets against Ctrip. However, analysts felt that Ctrip was strong enough to take a further share of the Chinese OTA market and its long-term growth prospects in China remained strong.
Adding Skyscanner’s revenue to Ctrip’s total boosted Ctrip’s Q3 2017 transportation-ticketing revenue by 41 percent to US$515 million. Cindy Wang, Chief Financial Officer, Ctrip, said, “The total number of transactions made by direct booking increased almost three-fold since May (2017), the month we launched the engine on Skyscanner, through September.”
Acquisition of US based Trip .com
Selling of Trip .com
Becoming a Parter of Trip.com
None of the options
On hotels and flights
on budget hotels
on international flights
both a & b
Customers
Technology
Offers
None of the options.
Artificial Intelligence, big data, and intelligent hardware
Excellent Software
Market Research
Both B&C
Knowing what would fit customers , as customers (may not) know what they want
Giving promotional offers
Giving discounts, customers always know what they want
None of the options
series of strategic investments only
a series of strategic investments and acquisitions
Focussing on Industry Competition
Focussing on Attracting maximum customers
Car rentals , Hotel Apps & travel search engines
Car rentals only
hotel app Economy Hotel Manager only
Both B & C
growth of international market
Growth in Foreign Lands
growth of both domestic and international markets
growth of domestic market
Selling of a Product Line
Competitor analysis
Scanning Environment
Acquisitions
Technology
Competitors
International Markets
Both B& C
2nd Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
Navroze Godrej (Navroze), the young executive director for Strategy and Innovation at Godrej and Boyce, the holding company of the India-based Godrej Group, is a fourth generation scion of the Godrej family. Keen on bringing about a major change in his company’s design thinking, he set himself the goal of changing the Godrej Group’s old-world, engineering driven mindset into a forward looking design driven mindset. He aimed to shape the Godrej Group into a company that inculcated a culture of open collaboration between different work groups and businesses. As part of his efforts to fulfill this aim, he created a suitable ambience and office infrastructure to break down the organizational hierarchies. He also started the Godrej Design Lab to encourage young designers to showcase their work. The selected designers were mentored and their designs displayed at national level exhibitions. The case discusses whether the initiatives taken by Navroze to bring about organizational transformation to make the Godrej Group design, innovation, and consumer focused can succeed. The case gives enough scope to analyze whether the influx of young talent is capable of bringing in novel ideas to shape the company’s future.
In 2005, Navroze Godrej (Navroze) was inducted as a management trainee into Godrej & Boyce (G&B), the holding company of the Godrej Group. Navroze, a fourth generation-scion of the Godrej family which owned the Godrej Group, was all of 23 years old when he joined Godrej. He was quite different from the previous generations of the family in terms of being more agile and wanting to bring in change within the company. When Navroze was in his early twenties, he met Professor Hemmant Jha, (Jha) of the Institute of Design, Chicago, US. It turned out to be a momentous meeting and was a turning point for Navroze as it kindled in him a love for design, which soon turned into a lasting passion. Navroze was so impressed after chatting with Jha that he persuaded the professor to join G&B. Analysts said this was a smart move by Navroze – one that drove G&B toward innovation. After hiring Jha, Navroze and his team at G&B brought out novel designs and innovations which were patented under Godrej.
Godrej, one of the largest Indian privately-held diversified industrial companies, was founded by Ardeshir Godrej (Ardeshir) in 1897. Ardeshir, a lawyer by profession, gave up his career in law to pursue his passion for making high quality locks and safes. The business was expanded further by Ardeshir’s youngest brother, Pirojsha Godrej (Pirojsha), who joined the company in 1906. In 1909, Godrej secured its first patent for spring-less locks which Ardeshir sold under the Anchor brand. During the 1920s, Ardeshir manufactured the first of Godrej’s sturdy steel cupboards branded as ‘Storwel,’ that became a trend in Indian homes. Ardeshir launched a washing soap as well and the world’s first vegetable oil based toilet soap. The toilet soap was considered to be the best in its time, as it revolutionized the manufacturing process. Up till then, soaps were made from animal fat. Godrej earned a name for itself with the superior quality of locks and soaps it sold. In 1952, Godrej bagged a contract to manufacture ballot boxes for India’s first general elections. Every day, 15,000 ballot boxes were made at its Vikhroli factory in Mumbai, to supply the target of 1.2 million boxes.
In 2013, after Navroze graduated with a Master’s in design, he returned to join G&B and spearheaded a pilot project on a disruptive business model. One of the things he changed was the layout of the (office) shop-floor. Unlike the previous directors who worked from their closed office space, he preferred to sit with his project teams around a big table and discuss matters with them. The new furniture layout was intended to support both individual and group work. Navroze felt traditional desk arrangements created a barrier and prevented openness and collaboration.
GODREJ INNOVATION CENTER
In 2013, Navroze took the bold move of setting up a 25,000 square foot ‘Innovation Center’ in Vikhroli, Mumbai. This was a research and development center to conduct explorative study in areas involving security, lifestyle, well-being, energy, productivity, and connectivity. The innovation center had a fixed 20-member full-time team, while at any given time there were at least a 100 other employees who belonged to other departments deputed to accomplish time-bound projects. As Navroze believed in diversity, the members in the teams came from different backgrounds such as, design, marketing, research, business, engineering, and others. The center had enough space for meetings and lectures, and the furniture was such that it could be reorganized for display of prototype product designs, a collection of material types, and for any other informal interaction as well.
SPRINT PROGRAM
Navroze led the Sprint program that caused a cultural transformation in the company. He facilitated a bottom-up approach, where he invited all the employees of Godrej to submit ideas at the innovation center. Based on their ideas, Navroze set up work groups. For the first time, people with 20 years of experience and those who had joined just six months earlier began working together. The groups came up with ideas that ranged from cooking appliances to recycling of waste, to looking at resources and services for transit population.
GODREJ DESIGNLAB
In 2013, Navroze set up the Godrej DesignLab, (GDL), which was established in collaboration with a Mumbai-based design studio, Elle Décor. GDL was a platform for designers to co-create, experiment, innovate, and challenge the boundaries of product design. GDL aimed at providing a holistic support system to designers who could give a whole new level of futuristic designs. GDL was a forum where designers could submit their work in four categories of furniture, furnishings, lighting and home décor, & accessories.
THE HUBBLE
In April 2014, Navroze spearheaded the development of a second innovation center, the Hubble. It was conceived to serve as a hub where people could interact informally to encourage the culture of creative thinking. The Hubble was built on a spacious 25,000 square foot space in the Vikhroli office itself, to function as an eat, work, and play space with a coffee-shop-kind-of-atmosphere. It encouraged both private and collaborative work among the employees.
REINFORCING THE DESIGN TRADITION
The Chief Design Officer, of GPL, Anubhav Gupta (Gupta), said that though there was no vertical on design in the Godrej group of companies, design was considered a business horizontal as it had become omnipresent in all aspects of the Godrej Group. He said innovation at GPL was not about playing it safe but it required an ability to tolerate failure before earning superlative success. Innovation, according to Gupta, was finding the best possible or the most optimal design.
Strategy related to innovation
strategy related to acquisitions
Strategy related to controlling systems
strategy related to diversifications
spring-less locks
Almirah’s
Safe’s
Refregirator’s
achieving greater market share
to attract more & more customers
Both A& B
None of the options
Animal fat based toilet soap
vegetable oil based toilet soap
Herbal Soaps
All
efficient working environment
Prevented positive work culture
Barrier ,prevented openness and collaboration
All
Research & Development
cost cutting strategies
strategies to attrat customers
None of the options
Refrigerators
superior quality of locks and soaps
Soaps Only
Electronic Appliances
the culture of creative thinking
collaborative work among the employees
Both A & B
None of the options
Creation of a suitable ambience and office infrastructure
Creation of a friendly environment
Creating a competitive Environment
Both b & C
to manufacture Lockers
to manufacture Soaps
to manufacture both ballot boxes & soaps
to manufacture ballot boxes
3rd Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
This case discusses about the acquisition of Florida-based Elizabeth Arden Inc, (Arden), a cosmetics, skin care, and fragrance major by Revlon Inc. (Revlon) another cosmetic giant. Post-merger, Revlon reported a 21.9% increase in its net sales in 2016. The case highlights the journey of both the businesses and also the tough time they faced prior to the merger. While Revlon had been weighed down by its debt, the sales of celebrity fragrances, a key part of Arden's portfolio, had declined. Arden's losses and increasing debt load left the company with few options to survive as a stand-alone business. Revlon pursued the deal largely in order to achieve scale.
Revlon bought Arden in a $870 mn deal in June 2016. The merger brought together the two cosmetics majors amidst hopes that a combined distribution network and marketing strategy could broaden their appeal. The industry showed a mixed response to the union. While some experts felt the synergy was not very realistic few other opined that it would revive the fortunes of Arden.
The case also discusses Revlon’s plans of restructuring the business. It headed towards shifting to a brand-centric structure aimed at identifying investment areas quicker and reacting faster to consumer needs in the domestic and international markets.
In March 2017, New York-based cosmetics, skin care, fragrance, and personal care company Revlon Inc, (Revlon) reported its net sales rose to $2.3 billion in 2016, a 21.9 percent increase compared to 2015. Revlon witnessed growth across all segments. This growth in sales came amidst Revlon’s plans to shift to a brand-centric structure after initiating a restructuring plan in 2016. The restructuring followed Revlon’s acquisition of Elizabeth Arden Inc, (Arden), a Florida-based, cosmetics, skin care, and fragrance major, for $ 870 million. The merged company was expected to leverage the strength of its brands and adapt to the changing behaviors and preferences of consumers to serve them better. In addition to expanding categories, channels, and geographies, Revlon expected to hit $5 billion in sales in the next five years. As part of the integration, it announced the elimination of 350 positions worldwide and streamlining of certain operations. In addition, project integration-related restructuring activities were estimated to cost between $65 million and $75 million by 2020.
THE JOURNEY OF ELIZABETH ARDEN
Born as Florence Nightingale Graham (Graham) in 1878 in Ontario, (Canada), Graham was the youngest of five children in a poverty stricken family. She dropped out of school due to a lack of finances and began training as a nurse. During nursing training she met a chemist experimenting with a facial cream that could help acne sufferers. The idea fascinated her, leading to her believing that most women would give anything for beauty. Graham took up a number of odd jobs that gave her an opportunity to display her salesmanship. While working briefly as a bookkeeper for the E R Squibb Pharmaceuticals Company in 1908, she spent hours in their lab learning about skincare. This further inspired her to fashion a small lab for beauty products of her own. To pursue her dream, she quit her job at Squibb and joined as an assistant in a newly established beauty parlor. Graham later worked for beautician Eleanor Adair as a “treatment girl” and gained valuable industry experience. In 1910, Graham borrowed money from her brother William and started ‘Red Door Salon’ with a partner, Elizabeth Hubbard . The first shop was opened on Fifth Avenue. The partnership soon dissolved and Graham became the sole proprietress. She decided to name her salon ‘Elizabeth Arden’. The name was derived from her former partner’s name and from Alfred, Lord Tennyson's poem ‘Enoch Arden’. The new name raised the prestige and glamor of not only the business but Graham as well. Thus, Graham changed her name to Elizabeth Arden (Arden) in 1915.
THE JOURNEY OF REVLON
The history of Revlon Inc, one of the world's leading cosmetics companies based in New York, can be traced back to 1932. Two brothers, Joseph Revson and Charles Revson, conceived of the idea of creating a nail enamel using pigments instead of the normal dyes. They collaborated with a local chemist named Charles Lachman (who contributed the ‘L’ to the Revlon name), to come up with their first product. Revlon developed a variety of new shades of nail polish. Seeing the booming beauty salons and the growing popularity of manicures they targeted beauty salons as a market to sell their nail polishes.
Arden was known for its fragrances including those licensed from celebrities like Marilyn Monroe, Catherine Zeta-Jones, Britney Spears, Justin Bieber, Taylor Swift, and many more. However, in 2014, the company posted the biggest ever quarterly loss in its history, a 28 per cent drop in revenue. The company was hit hard mainly because of a fall in the sales of its celebrity perfumes. The company statement said, “While the company had expected weaker sales comparisons due to the lower level of fragrance launch activity in fiscal 2014 versus fiscal 2013, the decline in sales of celebrity fragrances, particularly the Justin Bieber and Taylor Swift fragrances.
In June 2016, mired in financial woes, Revlon decided to pick up Arden. The company agreed to buy Arden in an $870 million deal. The wager was expected to create a beauty business with annual sales of $3 billion along with creating a platform in categories like mass, prestige, professional, color cosmetics, skin care, and fragrances. In addition to greater purchasing power, the merged entity was expected to benefit from cost savings of nearly $140 million by eliminating overlaps, integrated manufacturing, and distribution networks of both companies. Garcia said, “We see great opportunities for growth where they are strong and we are not.”
Some analysts expected a negative outcome from the union. They felt that Revlon was buying a troubled competitor with an elevated debt load. Although Revlon pointed to the expected synergies, experts found this unrealistic and opined that it could possibly result in higher leverage ratios. Wendy Liebmann, CEO of WSL Strategic Retail, stated, “There’s so little other business synergy. Arden is a fragrance and skin care house. Revlon is a color cosmetics and hair-color business. Different price points and distribution.
The deal not only marked a turnabout for investors, it also put an end to speculations that Revlon would be an acquisition target – rather than a buyer. Before the acquisition was announced, Arden's market capitalization was $280 million. Shares had fallen 40 percent off their 52-week high. But as soon as the news of the acquisition came in, Arden’s shares soared by as much as 50 per cent and closed at $14; Revlon rose about 6.6 percent to close at $33.25.
In January 2017, Revlon decided to divide and organize the business into four categories: the Revlon brand, Elizabeth Arden, fragrances and portfolio brands, (which included Almay, Mitchum, Gatineau, Sinful Colors and Pure Ice cosmetics. Each Revlon team was required to prepare a three-year growth plan and set priorities and strategies for their labels. The core corporate functions including finance, human resources, supply chain, research and development, legal, communications, and corporate social responsibility departments were to be reorganized to provide better support to the new brand-centric and regional structures.
Acquisition as growth strategy
Industry Analysis as growth Strategy
Leadership strategy
Competitor analysis strategy
Revlon International & Mac
Maybelline & MAC
Elizabeth Arden Inc & Revlon Inc
Mayabelline & Revlon
adapt to the changing behaviors & preferences of consumers
adapt to the changing Market conditions
adapt to the changing Political environment
adapt to the latest Technology
Restructuring the business
Closing the business
Both A& B
None of the options
the better condition of Elizabeth Arden Inc prior its acquisition
the journey of both the businesses and also the tough time they faced prior to the merger
the downfall of Revlon Inc . before the acquisition
None of the options
consumer needs in the domestic and international markets
consumer needs in the domestic market only
consumer needs in the international markets
None of the options
Nail enamel
Face Creams
fragrances
Both A & B
the Revlon brand
Elizabeth Arden brand
fragrances and portfolio brands
All of the options
three-year
Five Year
Ten years
seven Years
Increasing the sales
attracting More & More customers
Capturing Major Market Share
All of the Options
4th Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
When a new technology comes along that is capable of improving dramatically the products of a whole industry, every firm in that industry has vital strategic decisions to make. It must ask itself:
essential changes on our own?
Once taken, these key decisions have to be implemented.
Technological change > Strategic decisions > Strategic Implementation
All this makes for exciting times within the industry, for producers and also for consumers, who also have some adjusting to do.
Imaging is one of the world’s growth markets and new technology is making its mark; imaging has ‘gone digital’. It is not a complete transformation. Analogue imaging has not been abandoned and still has millions of satisfied consumers. However, the industry will move on. This is because the new technology:
The pace of change is accelerating. Abandoning former practices and establishing new ways of working is generating not only excitement, but also stresses and tensions. The new technology requires new skills, new attitudes and new approaches from both producers and consumers.
This case study looks at how AGFA, a leading player, is taking full advantage of the digital revolution. The company is using the new technology as:
Agfa
Agfa is a leading name in the imaging industry. The Agfa-Gevaert Group de-velops, produces and distributes an extensive range of analogue and digital imaging systems. Agfa has divided its operations into three segments.
Segment: Consumer imaging.
Activity/Products: Wide range of products using both digital and analogue technologies for taking, processing and manipulating photographs.
Segment: Graphic systems.
Activity/Products: A wide range of electronic and photographic systems for the graphics industry, including workflow management systems, scanners and laser image setters.
Segment: Technical imaging.
Activity/Products: Medical uses eg X-ray equipment; non-destructive fault-testing eg in aircraft and pipelines; industrial imaging for motion pictures; document management systems and micrographics.
Agfa’s operations involve a high level of innovation. The company’s willingness and ability to work at the leading edge of technology help to make it a leader in its field.
For Agfa to remain a market leader, its managers must concern themselves with the future and ask themselves:
With imaging, the answers currently are:
This approach requires a willingness to invest heavily in new projects that maximise the benefits of new technology.
- Every proposed project undergoes investment appraisal. This procedure establishes whether a particular project is worth taking forward. Managers will ask key questions about a proposal, including:
Risks for the imaging industry include:
Agfa must consider these factors as it contemplates large scale investment in new digitally based technologies.
During 2000 Agfa invested around 224 million Euros (equivalent to 4% of its sales revenue) in research and development. Part of this involved working with external partners eg universities and leading research centres. Much of the work reflected the need to move forward in:
Digital technologies are changing the way in which people take, process and use images. New processes allow customers to work with images quickly and efficiently, without requiring extensive expertise and knowledge. Take, for example, the newspaper world. With newspapers, speed is vital and editors want the best pictures to go with the latest stories.
significant in size with almost 70% of the market. However, with plenty of scope for further product developments and for repeat business. The growth of digital technology has not deterred Agfa and its competitors from bringing out new, improved products for use with ‘old’ technology.
On the other hand, digital technologies have helped to transform the work of hospital radiologists. For example, a software package developed by Agfa called MUSICA (Multiscale Image Contrast Amplification) enables radiologists to manipulate X-ray images in various ways. Edges can be sharpened up to reveal key details, and images can be rotated to offer alternative perspectives. Users can zoom in on details, and select and sort images in a search for recurring patterns. Images can be shared across a number of hospital workstations and can also be transmitted for immediate expert analysis elsewhere.
The best investment programmes are supported by painstaking research: market research into what consumers require and product research to establish what the new technology can and cannot do for them. Agfa is at the heart of changes in imaging brought about by new technology. It is leading. It is also listening and learning. In a highly competitive industry, Agfa’s thorough approach is enabling it to retain important competitive advantages over its closest and fiercest rivals.
How far and how quickly should we embrace the new technology
"Are we big enough and capable enough to accomplish all the essential changes on our own "
How far and how quickly should we amend or abandon our present products
All
External Environment
Internal Environment
Competitive Environment
Structural environment
analogue only
Analogue and digital
digital only
none of the options
Is innovative
Is reliable
good scope in long run
All
New technology becomes immediately popular
sale of older technology is not at all affected
sale of older technology is affected
All of the above
Yes, Investment is required
Investment is not at all required
Both A & B
None of the options
Identification of their needs or wants
identification of Competitors
Both A& B
None of the Options
technological Advantage
Competitive advantage
Economic Advantage
None of the Options
available for use immediately
can be transferred immediately from camera to other devices
can be downloaded and printed or transferred to CDs
ALL
Divisional Structure
Bureaurocratic structure
Line structure
Line & Staff Structure
90/100
5th Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
This case discusses how Beijing-based multinational technology giant, Lenovo Group Limited (Lenovo), emerged as a global brand from China. After becoming a market leader in the Chinese PC market, several international acquisitions helped the company establish a presence in global markets. The company’s 2005 acquisition of the PC division of US-based multinational technology giant International Business Machine (IBM) gave the Lenovo brand global recognition. Lenovo’s 2011 acquisition of German electronics manufacturer, Medion, in 2011 and a joint PC venture with Japanese multinational technology company NEC Corporation helped the company transform from a small Chinese electronics company into the world’s largest PC maker by shipping over 53 million units in 2013.
After some initial success with its ‘Protect and Attack’ strategy, Lenovo started to face reverses. In 2017, it lost its PC crown i.e. market leadership in the global personal computers (PCs) market, to its arch rival Hewlett-Packard (HP). Lenovo also found the going tough in the smartphone business that it entered in 2010 as part of its ‘PC Plus strategy’. Lenovo’s gamble of acquiring Motorola Mobility from Google failed to pay off, according to some analysts. By the end of 2015, Lenovo’s fortunes in the mobile market had dipped dramatically. It slipped to eighth position in China’s smartphone market as new and nimbler Chinese competitors such as Huawei, Xiaomi, Oppo, and Vivo continued to grow rapidly. Critics stated that Lenovo lacked innovation at a time when its rivals were upping their game in both the PC and smartphone markets. The challenge before Yang Yuanqing (Yang), CEO of Lenovo, was how to orchestrate a turnaround in the fortunes of the company and restore it to its past glory.
In August 2017, Beijing-based multinational technology giant, Lenovo Group Limited (Lenovo), reported a quarterly loss of US$ 72 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2017. It had made a profit of US$ 173 million for the same quarter of 2016. Lenovo also lost its market leadership in the global personal computers (PCs) market to its arch rival Hewlett-Packard (HP). HP led the global PC market with a 22.8% market share for the second quarter of 2017 while Lenovo stood second with a market share of 21.6%, according to International Data Corporation (IDC). Analysts attributed Lenovo’s troubles to the maturing PC market where demand was falling with consumers shifting to smart phones and tablets for daily activities including surfing the Internet. Critics opined that Lenovo’s products, be it PCs or smart phones, lacked innovation while HP had taken over the PC crown by launching a series of cool products targeted at gamers. In the smart phone market too, analysts felt that Lenovo had failed to read the market signals, while its competitors such as Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. (Huawei), Xiaomi Inc. (Xiaomi), Oppo Electronics Corp. (Oppo), and Vivo Electronic Corp. (Vivo) were rolling out stylish and inexpensive smart phones and gaining market share in China.
The history of Lenovo dates back to 1984 when it was started as New Technology Developer Inc., the predecessor of the Legend Group Ltd. (Legend), by Founder and Chairman, Liu Chuanzhi (Liu), along with ten colleagues at the government-owned Computing Institute of the Chinese Academy of Sciences (CAS) with US$ 25,000. The company was started with the aim of commercializing the research and development (R&D) activities conducted at CAS. In 1985, as its first business deal, the company took over the responsibility of receiving, checking, and maintaining IBM computers imported by CAS and of training CAS staff.
The company invested the profits of US$ 146,583 it had received from servicing IBM computers in the design, production, and marketing of its first product – the Chinese character card – HanCard. The Chinese character card, which translated English operating software into Chinese characteristics, was based on the original concept developed by the Institute of Computer Technology (ICT) of CAS. At that time, foreign vendors were not able to come out with such an operating system for PCs in China. The successful launch of the Chinese card boosted Lenovo’s growth in the early 1990s.
In the 1990s, Lenovo was the first company to introduce the home computer concept in China and it grew into a national company cornering a market share of 27% in the domestic market. Lenovo’s competency was its deep understanding of the domestic market and its quick response to the demands of local consumers. The success of Lenovo and other domestic computer makers in China confounded the predictions made by several market analysts. According to Business Week , “It wasn’t supposed to happen this way. A few years ago, most analysts were convinced that the global players would gobble up the Chinese market, with locals like Lenovo stuck in second tier status – at best.”
Lenovo believed that to become a global brand, it was not enough just to be identified as a global firm. Establishing a presence in more developed and highly globalized markets such as the US and Europe was essential for its overall strategy. By 2001, though Lenovo’s market share had reached 30% in China, it realized that it would not be able to grow much more given the stiff competition in the country. In addition to this, the domestic market for home PCs was shifting toward laptops rather than desktop PCs. This posed a challenge to Lenovo despite its recording profits of US$ 130 million for the FY 2002-2003, as laptops were not just costly to manufacture but also involved tough competition from rivals such as Dell and HP. In a bid to combat these challenges the company decided to step into international markets.
The global economic slowdown in mid-2008 led to Lenovo posting a loss of US$ 226 million. During this time, the company’s CEO William Amelio stepped down in favor of Yang, while Liu returned to assume the role of Chairman.
Lenovo’s Protect and Attack strategy helped the company taste success in China as well as in other global markets. For the FY ended 2013, the company also emerged as the number one PC company in global emerging markets, as well as three of the seven largest PC markets in the world – China, Japan, and Germany. For the quarter ended June 30, 2013, Lenovo’s smartphone business.
With the acquisition of Motorola, Lenovo had ambitious plans to capture a portion of the pie in the global smartphone market. However, the company’s fortunes declined when its smartphone shipments decreased by 53% in China with Lenovo maintaining a meager 3% market share for the Q4 of 2015, according to Canalys. In the global market for smartphones, the company stood at fifth position with a market share of 5.7%.
In a bid to arrest the decline in sales in its smart phone market, Lenovo planned to focus on its Moto brand. According to Yang, “Singular branding will benefit the business.” Stating that the new strategy might not bring in much success to Lenovo, Steven Tseng, an analyst at Daiwa Capital Markets, said, “Customers are also really confused by the company’s strategy.”
Despite the challenging outlook in the global smartphone market, Yang remained optimistic about turning around Lenovo’s struggling mobile business. He stated that there was a US$ 110 million sequential improvement in operational pretax income, attributable to improvements in the mobile and data center businesses in the quarter ended June 30, 2017. Yang added, “Not only did this gave me more confidence we will turn around our mobile business in the second half of FY2018, I think the entire Lenovo is entering a new phase of growth.” .
Protect Strategy
Protect and Attack strategy
Merger Strategy
None of the Options
Apple
Samsung
Hewlett-Packard (HP)
Sony
Innovation
strategic Decisions
Acquisition Strategy
Both B& C
Retrenchment Strategy
Internal Restructuring Strategy
Internationalization Strategy
Functional Level Strategy
Group of answer choices
Making product more stylish
attractive pricing strategies
Both A& B
Only B
Commercialization Of Research & Development activities
To beat the competitors
Both A& B
None of the Options
deep understanding of the domestic market
quick response to the demands of local consumers
Both A& B
Only B
Establishing a presence in more developed and highly globalized markets
Improvement in Client servicing
adherence to International Standards
Both B& C
Shifting of Domestic Market from Home PC’s to Laptop’s
Shifting of Domestic Market from Laptops to Home PC’s
Shifting of Market Demand to Other Electronic Items
None of the Options
Samsung Brand
VIVO Brand
Sony brand
Moto brand
Full Syllabus Assessment
CASE STUDY
Aggregate minerals are an important resource and their use is essential to national prosperity. They are vital for building new or improved housing, hospitals, schools, factories, roads and leisure facilities. Everything from a
1st Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
In November 2017, China’s largest online travel agent (OTA), Shanghai-based Ctrip.com International Limited (Ctrip), announced the acquisition of the US-based travel recommendation service, Trip.com (Trip), for an undisclosed sum. This was the latest among several moves by Ctrip that signaled its ambitions to expand beyond Asia. Earlier in 2016, Ctrip bought Skyscanner, a Scotland-based flight Search Company, for about US$1.74 billion, making the travel industry sit up and take notice. The Trip deal was expected to help Skyscanner leverage Trip.com’s capabilities on its own platform. Travis Katz, CEO and founder of Trip, said, “The idea of this deal is for Skyscanner to marry in-destination reviews content in Trip’s arsenal to Skyscanner’s platform. The aspiration is not to only add static details, such as about the opening times of restaurants or museums, but to also enable Skyscanner users to see and eventually add social reviews within Skyscanner’s website and apps,”
Founded in June 1999 by James Liang, Neil Shen, Min Fan, and Qi Ji, Ctrip started out as a trip advisor service provider. The company aggregated information on hotels and flights and enabled customers to make informed and cost-effective hotel and flight bookings. Its inception and growth coincided with the travel boom in China and its revenues increased from Renminbi (RMB)6.9 million in 2000 to RMB105.3 million (US$12.7 million) in 2002.
Even the outbreak of the Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS) in 2003 did not have a significant impact on Ctrip’s business. By October 2003, Ctrip had established room supply relationships with over 1,700 hotels in China and over 450 hotels internationally. It went public in December 2003, with its IPO soaring on the debut day. On Nasdaq, the shares opened at US$24.01, and at one point went up to US$37.35, thereby making Ctrip’s first IPO double its US$18 offer price on day one of trade.
COMPETING WITH TECHNOLOGY
Ctrip had constantly been acquiring new technologies to serve its customers. Artificial Intelligence, big data, and intelligent hardware employed by Ctrip were crucial in providing a superior travel experience. Jane Sun (Jane), Ctrip’s Chief Executive Officer, said, “For the user interface, we want to make sure that we know every customer who has purchased or searched on the Ctrip website. So when we list our products for them, it’s not millions of items that they have to search through -- the user experience wouldn’t be maximized. Hopefully we can personalize the display. All of that is in our design. When the customer purchases with us, they (may not) know what they want, but we know what would fit them. That’s a way technology will help us” .
CTRIP’S STRATEGIC INVESTMENTS AND ACQUISITIONS
Ctrip maintained its leading position through a series of strategic investments and acquisitions. From 2013, the company began expanding aggressively expanding internationally. Feifei Xu, Director of Brand Strategy, Labbrand, said, “Their international expansion aims to offer Chinese out-bound travelers or foreign companies in China an extension of their value-chain platform of tourism. By international expansion, they are mostly targeting outbound Chinese travelers.” In 2013, Ctrip invested in travel search engine Kuxun, hotel app Economy Hotel Manager, social trip sharing platform Chanyouji, and car rental services Yongche and eHi Car Services
CHALLENGES AND OPPORTUNITIES
The acquisition of Skyscanner, while contributing substantially to Ctrip’s growth, intensified both domestic and international competition. To compete effectively with Ctrip, other OTAs in China made attempts to attract large investments. Meituan Dianping raised US$4 billion in a funding round led by Tencent Holdings . Interestingly, Priceline, which was Ctrip’s largest shareholder, also participated in the funding round. Agoda.com, owned by the Priceline Group, established a strategic partnership with Meituan Dianping. This strategy of Priceline investing in Ctrip’s domestic competition indicated that it perhaps saw Ctrip as a potential threat and thus made an investment in Meituan Dianping that could lead to hedging its bets against Ctrip. However, analysts felt that Ctrip was strong enough to take a further share of the Chinese OTA market and its long-term growth prospects in China remained strong.
Adding Skyscanner’s revenue to Ctrip’s total boosted Ctrip’s Q3 2017 transportation-ticketing revenue by 41 percent to US$515 million. Cindy Wang, Chief Financial Officer, Ctrip, said, “The total number of transactions made by direct booking increased almost three-fold since May (2017), the month we launched the engine on Skyscanner, through September.”
Acquisition of US based Trip .com
Selling of Trip .com
Becoming a Parter of Trip.com
None of the options
On hotels and flights
on budget hotels
on international flights
both a & b
Customers
Technology
Offers
None of the options.
Artificial Intelligence, big data, and intelligent hardware
Excellent Software
Market Research
Both B&C
Knowing what would fit customers , as customers (may not) know what they want
Giving promotional offers
Giving discounts, customers always know what they want
None of the options
series of strategic investments only
a series of strategic investments and acquisitions
Focussing on Industry Competition
Focussing on Attracting maximum customers
Car rentals , Hotel Apps & travel search engines
Car rentals only
hotel app Economy Hotel Manager only
Both B & C
growth of international market
Growth in Foreign Lands
growth of both domestic and international markets
growth of domestic market
Selling of a Product Line
Competitor analysis
Scanning Environment
Acquisitions
Technology
Competitors
International Markets
Both B& C
2nd Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
Navroze Godrej (Navroze), the young executive director for Strategy and Innovation at Godrej and Boyce, the holding company of the India-based Godrej Group, is a fourth generation scion of the Godrej family. Keen on bringing about a major change in his company’s design thinking, he set himself the goal of changing the Godrej Group’s old-world, engineering driven mindset into a forward looking design driven mindset. He aimed to shape the Godrej Group into a company that inculcated a culture of open collaboration between different work groups and businesses. As part of his efforts to fulfill this aim, he created a suitable ambience and office infrastructure to break down the organizational hierarchies. He also started the Godrej Design Lab to encourage young designers to showcase their work. The selected designers were mentored and their designs displayed at national level exhibitions. The case discusses whether the initiatives taken by Navroze to bring about organizational transformation to make the Godrej Group design, innovation, and consumer focused can succeed. The case gives enough scope to analyze whether the influx of young talent is capable of bringing in novel ideas to shape the company’s future.
In 2005, Navroze Godrej (Navroze) was inducted as a management trainee into Godrej & Boyce (G&B), the holding company of the Godrej Group. Navroze, a fourth generation-scion of the Godrej family which owned the Godrej Group, was all of 23 years old when he joined Godrej. He was quite different from the previous generations of the family in terms of being more agile and wanting to bring in change within the company. When Navroze was in his early twenties, he met Professor Hemmant Jha, (Jha) of the Institute of Design, Chicago, US. It turned out to be a momentous meeting and was a turning point for Navroze as it kindled in him a love for design, which soon turned into a lasting passion. Navroze was so impressed after chatting with Jha that he persuaded the professor to join G&B. Analysts said this was a smart move by Navroze – one that drove G&B toward innovation. After hiring Jha, Navroze and his team at G&B brought out novel designs and innovations which were patented under Godrej.
Godrej, one of the largest Indian privately-held diversified industrial companies, was founded by Ardeshir Godrej (Ardeshir) in 1897. Ardeshir, a lawyer by profession, gave up his career in law to pursue his passion for making high quality locks and safes. The business was expanded further by Ardeshir’s youngest brother, Pirojsha Godrej (Pirojsha), who joined the company in 1906. In 1909, Godrej secured its first patent for spring-less locks which Ardeshir sold under the Anchor brand. During the 1920s, Ardeshir manufactured the first of Godrej’s sturdy steel cupboards branded as ‘Storwel,’ that became a trend in Indian homes. Ardeshir launched a washing soap as well and the world’s first vegetable oil based toilet soap. The toilet soap was considered to be the best in its time, as it revolutionized the manufacturing process. Up till then, soaps were made from animal fat. Godrej earned a name for itself with the superior quality of locks and soaps it sold. In 1952, Godrej bagged a contract to manufacture ballot boxes for India’s first general elections. Every day, 15,000 ballot boxes were made at its Vikhroli factory in Mumbai, to supply the target of 1.2 million boxes.
In 2013, after Navroze graduated with a Master’s in design, he returned to join G&B and spearheaded a pilot project on a disruptive business model. One of the things he changed was the layout of the (office) shop-floor. Unlike the previous directors who worked from their closed office space, he preferred to sit with his project teams around a big table and discuss matters with them. The new furniture layout was intended to support both individual and group work. Navroze felt traditional desk arrangements created a barrier and prevented openness and collaboration.
GODREJ INNOVATION CENTER
In 2013, Navroze took the bold move of setting up a 25,000 square foot ‘Innovation Center’ in Vikhroli, Mumbai. This was a research and development center to conduct explorative study in areas involving security, lifestyle, well-being, energy, productivity, and connectivity. The innovation center had a fixed 20-member full-time team, while at any given time there were at least a 100 other employees who belonged to other departments deputed to accomplish time-bound projects. As Navroze believed in diversity, the members in the teams came from different backgrounds such as, design, marketing, research, business, engineering, and others. The center had enough space for meetings and lectures, and the furniture was such that it could be reorganized for display of prototype product designs, a collection of material types, and for any other informal interaction as well.
SPRINT PROGRAM
Navroze led the Sprint program that caused a cultural transformation in the company. He facilitated a bottom-up approach, where he invited all the employees of Godrej to submit ideas at the innovation center. Based on their ideas, Navroze set up work groups. For the first time, people with 20 years of experience and those who had joined just six months earlier began working together. The groups came up with ideas that ranged from cooking appliances to recycling of waste, to looking at resources and services for transit population.
GODREJ DESIGNLAB
In 2013, Navroze set up the Godrej DesignLab, (GDL), which was established in collaboration with a Mumbai-based design studio, Elle Décor. GDL was a platform for designers to co-create, experiment, innovate, and challenge the boundaries of product design. GDL aimed at providing a holistic support system to designers who could give a whole new level of futuristic designs. GDL was a forum where designers could submit their work in four categories of furniture, furnishings, lighting and home décor, & accessories.
THE HUBBLE
In April 2014, Navroze spearheaded the development of a second innovation center, the Hubble. It was conceived to serve as a hub where people could interact informally to encourage the culture of creative thinking. The Hubble was built on a spacious 25,000 square foot space in the Vikhroli office itself, to function as an eat, work, and play space with a coffee-shop-kind-of-atmosphere. It encouraged both private and collaborative work among the employees.
REINFORCING THE DESIGN TRADITION
The Chief Design Officer, of GPL, Anubhav Gupta (Gupta), said that though there was no vertical on design in the Godrej group of companies, design was considered a business horizontal as it had become omnipresent in all aspects of the Godrej Group. He said innovation at GPL was not about playing it safe but it required an ability to tolerate failure before earning superlative success. Innovation, according to Gupta, was finding the best possible or the most optimal design.
Strategy related to innovation
strategy related to acquisitions
Strategy related to controlling systems
strategy related to diversifications
spring-less locks
Almirah’s
Safe’s
Refregirator’s
achieving greater market share
to attract more & more customers
Both A& B
None of the options
Animal fat based toilet soap
vegetable oil based toilet soap
Herbal Soaps
All
efficient working environment
Prevented positive work culture
Barrier ,prevented openness and collaboration
All
Research & Development
cost cutting strategies
strategies to attrat customers
None of the options
Refrigerators
superior quality of locks and soaps
Soaps Only
Electronic Appliances
the culture of creative thinking
collaborative work among the employees
Both A & B
None of the options
Creation of a suitable ambience and office infrastructure
Creation of a friendly environment
Creating a competitive Environment
Both b & C
to manufacture Lockers
to manufacture Soaps
to manufacture both ballot boxes & soaps
to manufacture ballot boxes
3rd Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
This case discusses about the acquisition of Florida-based Elizabeth Arden Inc, (Arden), a cosmetics, skin care, and fragrance major by Revlon Inc. (Revlon) another cosmetic giant. Post-merger, Revlon reported a 21.9% increase in its net sales in 2016. The case highlights the journey of both the businesses and also the tough time they faced prior to the merger. While Revlon had been weighed down by its debt, the sales of celebrity fragrances, a key part of Arden's portfolio, had declined. Arden's losses and increasing debt load left the company with few options to survive as a stand-alone business. Revlon pursued the deal largely in order to achieve scale.
Revlon bought Arden in a $870 mn deal in June 2016. The merger brought together the two cosmetics majors amidst hopes that a combined distribution network and marketing strategy could broaden their appeal. The industry showed a mixed response to the union. While some experts felt the synergy was not very realistic few other opined that it would revive the fortunes of Arden.
The case also discusses Revlon’s plans of restructuring the business. It headed towards shifting to a brand-centric structure aimed at identifying investment areas quicker and reacting faster to consumer needs in the domestic and international markets.
In March 2017, New York-based cosmetics, skin care, fragrance, and personal care company Revlon Inc, (Revlon) reported its net sales rose to $2.3 billion in 2016, a 21.9 percent increase compared to 2015. Revlon witnessed growth across all segments. This growth in sales came amidst Revlon’s plans to shift to a brand-centric structure after initiating a restructuring plan in 2016. The restructuring followed Revlon’s acquisition of Elizabeth Arden Inc, (Arden), a Florida-based, cosmetics, skin care, and fragrance major, for $ 870 million. The merged company was expected to leverage the strength of its brands and adapt to the changing behaviors and preferences of consumers to serve them better. In addition to expanding categories, channels, and geographies, Revlon expected to hit $5 billion in sales in the next five years. As part of the integration, it announced the elimination of 350 positions worldwide and streamlining of certain operations. In addition, project integration-related restructuring activities were estimated to cost between $65 million and $75 million by 2020.
THE JOURNEY OF ELIZABETH ARDEN
Born as Florence Nightingale Graham (Graham) in 1878 in Ontario, (Canada), Graham was the youngest of five children in a poverty stricken family. She dropped out of school due to a lack of finances and began training as a nurse. During nursing training she met a chemist experimenting with a facial cream that could help acne sufferers. The idea fascinated her, leading to her believing that most women would give anything for beauty. Graham took up a number of odd jobs that gave her an opportunity to display her salesmanship. While working briefly as a bookkeeper for the E R Squibb Pharmaceuticals Company in 1908, she spent hours in their lab learning about skincare. This further inspired her to fashion a small lab for beauty products of her own. To pursue her dream, she quit her job at Squibb and joined as an assistant in a newly established beauty parlor. Graham later worked for beautician Eleanor Adair as a “treatment girl” and gained valuable industry experience. In 1910, Graham borrowed money from her brother William and started ‘Red Door Salon’ with a partner, Elizabeth Hubbard . The first shop was opened on Fifth Avenue. The partnership soon dissolved and Graham became the sole proprietress. She decided to name her salon ‘Elizabeth Arden’. The name was derived from her former partner’s name and from Alfred, Lord Tennyson's poem ‘Enoch Arden’. The new name raised the prestige and glamor of not only the business but Graham as well. Thus, Graham changed her name to Elizabeth Arden (Arden) in 1915.
THE JOURNEY OF REVLON
The history of Revlon Inc, one of the world's leading cosmetics companies based in New York, can be traced back to 1932. Two brothers, Joseph Revson and Charles Revson, conceived of the idea of creating a nail enamel using pigments instead of the normal dyes. They collaborated with a local chemist named Charles Lachman (who contributed the ‘L’ to the Revlon name), to come up with their first product. Revlon developed a variety of new shades of nail polish. Seeing the booming beauty salons and the growing popularity of manicures they targeted beauty salons as a market to sell their nail polishes.
Arden was known for its fragrances including those licensed from celebrities like Marilyn Monroe, Catherine Zeta-Jones, Britney Spears, Justin Bieber, Taylor Swift, and many more. However, in 2014, the company posted the biggest ever quarterly loss in its history, a 28 per cent drop in revenue. The company was hit hard mainly because of a fall in the sales of its celebrity perfumes. The company statement said, “While the company had expected weaker sales comparisons due to the lower level of fragrance launch activity in fiscal 2014 versus fiscal 2013, the decline in sales of celebrity fragrances, particularly the Justin Bieber and Taylor Swift fragrances.
In June 2016, mired in financial woes, Revlon decided to pick up Arden. The company agreed to buy Arden in an $870 million deal. The wager was expected to create a beauty business with annual sales of $3 billion along with creating a platform in categories like mass, prestige, professional, color cosmetics, skin care, and fragrances. In addition to greater purchasing power, the merged entity was expected to benefit from cost savings of nearly $140 million by eliminating overlaps, integrated manufacturing, and distribution networks of both companies. Garcia said, “We see great opportunities for growth where they are strong and we are not.”
Some analysts expected a negative outcome from the union. They felt that Revlon was buying a troubled competitor with an elevated debt load. Although Revlon pointed to the expected synergies, experts found this unrealistic and opined that it could possibly result in higher leverage ratios. Wendy Liebmann, CEO of WSL Strategic Retail, stated, “There’s so little other business synergy. Arden is a fragrance and skin care house. Revlon is a color cosmetics and hair-color business. Different price points and distribution.
The deal not only marked a turnabout for investors, it also put an end to speculations that Revlon would be an acquisition target – rather than a buyer. Before the acquisition was announced, Arden's market capitalization was $280 million. Shares had fallen 40 percent off their 52-week high. But as soon as the news of the acquisition came in, Arden’s shares soared by as much as 50 per cent and closed at $14; Revlon rose about 6.6 percent to close at $33.25.
In January 2017, Revlon decided to divide and organize the business into four categories: the Revlon brand, Elizabeth Arden, fragrances and portfolio brands, (which included Almay, Mitchum, Gatineau, Sinful Colors and Pure Ice cosmetics. Each Revlon team was required to prepare a three-year growth plan and set priorities and strategies for their labels. The core corporate functions including finance, human resources, supply chain, research and development, legal, communications, and corporate social responsibility departments were to be reorganized to provide better support to the new brand-centric and regional structures.
Acquisition as growth strategy
Industry Analysis as growth Strategy
Leadership strategy
Competitor analysis strategy
Revlon International & Mac
Maybelline & MAC
Elizabeth Arden Inc & Revlon Inc
Mayabelline & Revlon
adapt to the changing behaviors & preferences of consumers
adapt to the changing Market conditions
adapt to the changing Political environment
adapt to the latest Technology
Restructuring the business
Closing the business
Both A& B
None of the options
the better condition of Elizabeth Arden Inc prior its acquisition
the journey of both the businesses and also the tough time they faced prior to the merger
the downfall of Revlon Inc . before the acquisition
None of the options
consumer needs in the domestic and international markets
consumer needs in the domestic market only
consumer needs in the international markets
None of the options
Nail enamel
Face Creams
fragrances
Both A & B
the Revlon brand
Elizabeth Arden brand
fragrances and portfolio brands
All of the options
three-year
Five Year
Ten years
seven Years
Increasing the sales
attracting More & More customers
Capturing Major Market Share
All of the Options
4th Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
When a new technology comes along that is capable of improving dramatically the products of a whole industry, every firm in that industry has vital strategic decisions to make. It must ask itself:
essential changes on our own?
Once taken, these key decisions have to be implemented.
Technological change > Strategic decisions > Strategic Implementation
All this makes for exciting times within the industry, for producers and also for consumers, who also have some adjusting to do.
Imaging is one of the world’s growth markets and new technology is making its mark; imaging has ‘gone digital’. It is not a complete transformation. Analogue imaging has not been abandoned and still has millions of satisfied consumers. However, the industry will move on. This is because the new technology:
The pace of change is accelerating. Abandoning former practices and establishing new ways of working is generating not only excitement, but also stresses and tensions. The new technology requires new skills, new attitudes and new approaches from both producers and consumers.
This case study looks at how AGFA, a leading player, is taking full advantage of the digital revolution. The company is using the new technology as:
Agfa
Agfa is a leading name in the imaging industry. The Agfa-Gevaert Group de-velops, produces and distributes an extensive range of analogue and digital imaging systems. Agfa has divided its operations into three segments.
Segment: Consumer imaging.
Activity/Products: Wide range of products using both digital and analogue technologies for taking, processing and manipulating photographs.
Segment: Graphic systems.
Activity/Products: A wide range of electronic and photographic systems for the graphics industry, including workflow management systems, scanners and laser image setters.
Segment: Technical imaging.
Activity/Products: Medical uses eg X-ray equipment; non-destructive fault-testing eg in aircraft and pipelines; industrial imaging for motion pictures; document management systems and micrographics.
Agfa’s operations involve a high level of innovation. The company’s willingness and ability to work at the leading edge of technology help to make it a leader in its field.
For Agfa to remain a market leader, its managers must concern themselves with the future and ask themselves:
With imaging, the answers currently are:
This approach requires a willingness to invest heavily in new projects that maximise the benefits of new technology.
- Every proposed project undergoes investment appraisal. This procedure establishes whether a particular project is worth taking forward. Managers will ask key questions about a proposal, including:
Risks for the imaging industry include:
Agfa must consider these factors as it contemplates large scale investment in new digitally based technologies.
During 2000 Agfa invested around 224 million Euros (equivalent to 4% of its sales revenue) in research and development. Part of this involved working with external partners eg universities and leading research centres. Much of the work reflected the need to move forward in:
Digital technologies are changing the way in which people take, process and use images. New processes allow customers to work with images quickly and efficiently, without requiring extensive expertise and knowledge. Take, for example, the newspaper world. With newspapers, speed is vital and editors want the best pictures to go with the latest stories.
significant in size with almost 70% of the market. However, with plenty of scope for further product developments and for repeat business. The growth of digital technology has not deterred Agfa and its competitors from bringing out new, improved products for use with ‘old’ technology.
On the other hand, digital technologies have helped to transform the work of hospital radiologists. For example, a software package developed by Agfa called MUSICA (Multiscale Image Contrast Amplification) enables radiologists to manipulate X-ray images in various ways. Edges can be sharpened up to reveal key details, and images can be rotated to offer alternative perspectives. Users can zoom in on details, and select and sort images in a search for recurring patterns. Images can be shared across a number of hospital workstations and can also be transmitted for immediate expert analysis elsewhere.
The best investment programmes are supported by painstaking research: market research into what consumers require and product research to establish what the new technology can and cannot do for them. Agfa is at the heart of changes in imaging brought about by new technology. It is leading. It is also listening and learning. In a highly competitive industry, Agfa’s thorough approach is enabling it to retain important competitive advantages over its closest and fiercest rivals.
How far and how quickly should we embrace the new technology
"Are we big enough and capable enough to accomplish all the essential changes on our own "
How far and how quickly should we amend or abandon our present products
All
External Environment
Internal Environment
Competitive Environment
Structural environment
analogue only
Analogue and digital
digital only
none of the options
Is innovative
Is reliable
good scope in long run
All
New technology becomes immediately popular
sale of older technology is not at all affected
sale of older technology is affected
All of the above
Yes, Investment is required
Investment is not at all required
Both A & B
None of the options
Identification of their needs or wants
identification of Competitors
Both A& B
None of the Options
technological Advantage
Competitive advantage
Economic Advantage
None of the Options
available for use immediately
can be transferred immediately from camera to other devices
can be downloaded and printed or transferred to CDs
ALL
Divisional Structure
Bureaurocratic structure
Line structure
Line & Staff Structure
90/100
5th Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
This case discusses how Beijing-based multinational technology giant, Lenovo Group Limited (Lenovo), emerged as a global brand from China. After becoming a market leader in the Chinese PC market, several international acquisitions helped the company establish a presence in global markets. The company’s 2005 acquisition of the PC division of US-based multinational technology giant International Business Machine (IBM) gave the Lenovo brand global recognition. Lenovo’s 2011 acquisition of German electronics manufacturer, Medion, in 2011 and a joint PC venture with Japanese multinational technology company NEC Corporation helped the company transform from a small Chinese electronics company into the world’s largest PC maker by shipping over 53 million units in 2013.
After some initial success with its ‘Protect and Attack’ strategy, Lenovo started to face reverses. In 2017, it lost its PC crown i.e. market leadership in the global personal computers (PCs) market, to its arch rival Hewlett-Packard (HP). Lenovo also found the going tough in the smartphone business that it entered in 2010 as part of its ‘PC Plus strategy’. Lenovo’s gamble of acquiring Motorola Mobility from Google failed to pay off, according to some analysts. By the end of 2015, Lenovo’s fortunes in the mobile market had dipped dramatically. It slipped to eighth position in China’s smartphone market as new and nimbler Chinese competitors such as Huawei, Xiaomi, Oppo, and Vivo continued to grow rapidly. Critics stated that Lenovo lacked innovation at a time when its rivals were upping their game in both the PC and smartphone markets. The challenge before Yang Yuanqing (Yang), CEO of Lenovo, was how to orchestrate a turnaround in the fortunes of the company and restore it to its past glory.
In August 2017, Beijing-based multinational technology giant, Lenovo Group Limited (Lenovo), reported a quarterly loss of US$ 72 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2017. It had made a profit of US$ 173 million for the same quarter of 2016. Lenovo also lost its market leadership in the global personal computers (PCs) market to its arch rival Hewlett-Packard (HP). HP led the global PC market with a 22.8% market share for the second quarter of 2017 while Lenovo stood second with a market share of 21.6%, according to International Data Corporation (IDC). Analysts attributed Lenovo’s troubles to the maturing PC market where demand was falling with consumers shifting to smart phones and tablets for daily activities including surfing the Internet. Critics opined that Lenovo’s products, be it PCs or smart phones, lacked innovation while HP had taken over the PC crown by launching a series of cool products targeted at gamers. In the smart phone market too, analysts felt that Lenovo had failed to read the market signals, while its competitors such as Huawei T
1st Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
In November 2017, China’s largest online travel agent (OTA), Shanghai-based Ctrip.com International Limited (Ctrip), announced the acquisition of the US-based travel recommendation service, Trip.com (Trip), for an undisclosed sum. This was the latest among several moves by Ctrip that signaled its ambitions to expand beyond Asia. Earlier in 2016, Ctrip bought Skyscanner, a Scotland-based flight Search Company, for about US$1.74 billion, making the travel industry sit up and take notice. The Trip deal was expected to help Skyscanner leverage Trip.com’s capabilities on its own platform. Travis Katz, CEO and founder of Trip, said, “The idea of this deal is for Skyscanner to marry in-destination reviews content in Trip’s arsenal to Skyscanner’s platform. The aspiration is not to only add static details, such as about the opening times of restaurants or museums, but to also enable Skyscanner users to see and eventually add social reviews within Skyscanner’s website and apps,”
Founded in June 1999 by James Liang, Neil Shen, Min Fan, and Qi Ji, Ctrip started out as a trip advisor service provider. The company aggregated information on hotels and flights and enabled customers to make informed and cost-effective hotel and flight bookings. Its inception and growth coincided with the travel boom in China and its revenues increased from Renminbi (RMB)6.9 million in 2000 to RMB105.3 million (US$12.7 million) in 2002.
Even the outbreak of the Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS) in 2003 did not have a significant impact on Ctrip’s business. By October 2003, Ctrip had established room supply relationships with over 1,700 hotels in China and over 450 hotels internationally. It went public in December 2003, with its IPO soaring on the debut day. On Nasdaq, the shares opened at US$24.01, and at one point went up to US$37.35, thereby making Ctrip’s first IPO double its US$18 offer price on day one of trade.
COMPETING WITH TECHNOLOGY
Ctrip had constantly been acquiring new technologies to serve its customers. Artificial Intelligence, big data, and intelligent hardware employed by Ctrip were crucial in providing a superior travel experience. Jane Sun (Jane), Ctrip’s Chief Executive Officer, said, “For the user interface, we want to make sure that we know every customer who has purchased or searched on the Ctrip website. So when we list our products for them, it’s not millions of items that they have to search through -- the user experience wouldn’t be maximized. Hopefully we can personalize the display. All of that is in our design. When the customer purchases with us, they (may not) know what they want, but we know what would fit them. That’s a way technology will help us” .
CTRIP’S STRATEGIC INVESTMENTS AND ACQUISITIONS
Ctrip maintained its leading position through a series of strategic investments and acquisitions. From 2013, the company began expanding aggressively expanding internationally. Feifei Xu, Director of Brand Strategy, Labbrand, said, “Their international expansion aims to offer Chinese out-bound travelers or foreign companies in China an extension of their value-chain platform of tourism. By international expansion, they are mostly targeting outbound Chinese travelers.” In 2013, Ctrip invested in travel search engine Kuxun, hotel app Economy Hotel Manager, social trip sharing platform Chanyouji, and car rental services Yongche and eHi Car Services
CHALLENGES AND OPPORTUNITIES
The acquisition of Skyscanner, while contributing substantially to Ctrip’s growth, intensified both domestic and international competition. To compete effectively with Ctrip, other OTAs in China made attempts to attract large investments. Meituan Dianping raised US$4 billion in a funding round led by Tencent Holdings . Interestingly, Priceline, which was Ctrip’s largest shareholder, also participated in the funding round. Agoda.com, owned by the Priceline Group, established a strategic partnership with Meituan Dianping. This strategy of Priceline investing in Ctrip’s domestic competition indicated that it perhaps saw Ctrip as a potential threat and thus made an investment in Meituan Dianping that could lead to hedging its bets against Ctrip. However, analysts felt that Ctrip was strong enough to take a further share of the Chinese OTA market and its long-term growth prospects in China remained strong.
Adding Skyscanner’s revenue to Ctrip’s total boosted Ctrip’s Q3 2017 transportation-ticketing revenue by 41 percent to US$515 million. Cindy Wang, Chief Financial Officer, Ctrip, said, “The total number of transactions made by direct booking increased almost three-fold since May (2017), the month we launched the engine on Skyscanner, through September.”
Acquisition of US based Trip .com
Selling of Trip .com
Becoming a Parter of Trip.com
None of the options
On hotels and flights
on budget hotels
on international flights
both a & b
Customers
Technology
Offers
None of the options.
Artificial Intelligence, big data, and intelligent hardware
Excellent Software
Market Research
Both B&C
Knowing what would fit customers , as customers (may not) know what they want
Giving promotional offers
Giving discounts, customers always know what they want
None of the options
series of strategic investments only
a series of strategic investments and acquisitions
Focussing on Industry Competition
Focussing on Attracting maximum customers
Car rentals , Hotel Apps & travel search engines
Car rentals only
hotel app Economy Hotel Manager only
Both B & C
growth of international market
Growth in Foreign Lands
growth of both domestic and international markets
growth of domestic market
Selling of a Product Line
Competitor analysis
Scanning Environment
Acquisitions
Technology
Competitors
International Markets
Both B& C
2nd Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
Navroze Godrej (Navroze), the young executive director for Strategy and Innovation at Godrej and Boyce, the holding company of the India-based Godrej Group, is a fourth generation scion of the Godrej family. Keen on bringing about a major change in his company’s design thinking, he set himself the goal of changing the Godrej Group’s old-world, engineering driven mindset into a forward looking design driven mindset. He aimed to shape the Godrej Group into a company that inculcated a culture of open collaboration between different work groups and businesses. As part of his efforts to fulfill this aim, he created a suitable ambience and office infrastructure to break down the organizational hierarchies. He also started the Godrej Design Lab to encourage young designers to showcase their work. The selected designers were mentored and their designs displayed at national level exhibitions. The case discusses whether the initiatives taken by Navroze to bring about organizational transformation to make the Godrej Group design, innovation, and consumer focused can succeed. The case gives enough scope to analyze whether the influx of young talent is capable of bringing in novel ideas to shape the company’s future.
In 2005, Navroze Godrej (Navroze) was inducted as a management trainee into Godrej & Boyce (G&B), the holding company of the Godrej Group. Navroze, a fourth generation-scion of the Godrej family which owned the Godrej Group, was all of 23 years old when he joined Godrej. He was quite different from the previous generations of the family in terms of being more agile and wanting to bring in change within the company. When Navroze was in his early twenties, he met Professor Hemmant Jha, (Jha) of the Institute of Design, Chicago, US. It turned out to be a momentous meeting and was a turning point for Navroze as it kindled in him a love for design, which soon turned into a lasting passion. Navroze was so impressed after chatting with Jha that he persuaded the professor to join G&B. Analysts said this was a smart move by Navroze – one that drove G&B toward innovation. After hiring Jha, Navroze and his team at G&B brought out novel designs and innovations which were patented under Godrej.
Godrej, one of the largest Indian privately-held diversified industrial companies, was founded by Ardeshir Godrej (Ardeshir) in 1897. Ardeshir, a lawyer by profession, gave up his career in law to pursue his passion for making high quality locks and safes. The business was expanded further by Ardeshir’s youngest brother, Pirojsha Godrej (Pirojsha), who joined the company in 1906. In 1909, Godrej secured its first patent for spring-less locks which Ardeshir sold under the Anchor brand. During the 1920s, Ardeshir manufactured the first of Godrej’s sturdy steel cupboards branded as ‘Storwel,’ that became a trend in Indian homes. Ardeshir launched a washing soap as well and the world’s first vegetable oil based toilet soap. The toilet soap was considered to be the best in its time, as it revolutionized the manufacturing process. Up till then, soaps were made from animal fat. Godrej earned a name for itself with the superior quality of locks and soaps it sold. In 1952, Godrej bagged a contract to manufacture ballot boxes for India’s first general elections. Every day, 15,000 ballot boxes were made at its Vikhroli factory in Mumbai, to supply the target of 1.2 million boxes.
In 2013, after Navroze graduated with a Master’s in design, he returned to join G&B and spearheaded a pilot project on a disruptive business model. One of the things he changed was the layout of the (office) shop-floor. Unlike the previous directors who worked from their closed office space, he preferred to sit with his project teams around a big table and discuss matters with them. The new furniture layout was intended to support both individual and group work. Navroze felt traditional desk arrangements created a barrier and prevented openness and collaboration.
GODREJ INNOVATION CENTER
In 2013, Navroze took the bold move of setting up a 25,000 square foot ‘Innovation Center’ in Vikhroli, Mumbai. This was a research and development center to conduct explorative study in areas involving security, lifestyle, well-being, energy, productivity, and connectivity. The innovation center had a fixed 20-member full-time team, while at any given time there were at least a 100 other employees who belonged to other departments deputed to accomplish time-bound projects. As Navroze believed in diversity, the members in the teams came from different backgrounds such as, design, marketing, research, business, engineering, and others. The center had enough space for meetings and lectures, and the furniture was such that it could be reorganized for display of prototype product designs, a collection of material types, and for any other informal interaction as well.
SPRINT PROGRAM
Navroze led the Sprint program that caused a cultural transformation in the company. He facilitated a bottom-up approach, where he invited all the employees of Godrej to submit ideas at the innovation center. Based on their ideas, Navroze set up work groups. For the first time, people with 20 years of experience and those who had joined just six months earlier began working together. The groups came up with ideas that ranged from cooking appliances to recycling of waste, to looking at resources and services for transit population.
GODREJ DESIGNLAB
In 2013, Navroze set up the Godrej DesignLab, (GDL), which was established in collaboration with a Mumbai-based design studio, Elle Décor. GDL was a platform for designers to co-create, experiment, innovate, and challenge the boundaries of product design. GDL aimed at providing a holistic support system to designers who could give a whole new level of futuristic designs. GDL was a forum where designers could submit their work in four categories of furniture, furnishings, lighting and home décor, & accessories.
THE HUBBLE
In April 2014, Navroze spearheaded the development of a second innovation center, the Hubble. It was conceived to serve as a hub where people could interact informally to encourage the culture of creative thinking. The Hubble was built on a spacious 25,000 square foot space in the Vikhroli office itself, to function as an eat, work, and play space with a coffee-shop-kind-of-atmosphere. It encouraged both private and collaborative work among the employees.
REINFORCING THE DESIGN TRADITION
The Chief Design Officer, of GPL, Anubhav Gupta (Gupta), said that though there was no vertical on design in the Godrej group of companies, design was considered a business horizontal as it had become omnipresent in all aspects of the Godrej Group. He said innovation at GPL was not about playing it safe but it required an ability to tolerate failure before earning superlative success. Innovation, according to Gupta, was finding the best possible or the most optimal design.
Strategy related to innovation
strategy related to acquisitions
Strategy related to controlling systems
strategy related to diversifications
spring-less locks
Almirah’s
Safe’s
Refregirator’s
achieving greater market share
to attract more & more customers
Both A& B
None of the options
Animal fat based toilet soap
vegetable oil based toilet soap
Herbal Soaps
All
efficient working environment
Prevented positive work culture
Barrier ,prevented openness and collaboration
All
Research & Development
cost cutting strategies
strategies to attrat customers
None of the options
Refrigerators
superior quality of locks and soaps
Soaps Only
Electronic Appliances
the culture of creative thinking
collaborative work among the employees
Both A & B
None of the options
Creation of a suitable ambience and office infrastructure
Creation of a friendly environment
Creating a competitive Environment
Both b & C
to manufacture Lockers
to manufacture Soaps
to manufacture both ballot boxes & soaps
to manufacture ballot boxes
3rd Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
This case discusses about the acquisition of Florida-based Elizabeth Arden Inc, (Arden), a cosmetics, skin care, and fragrance major by Revlon Inc. (Revlon) another cosmetic giant. Post-merger, Revlon reported a 21.9% increase in its net sales in 2016. The case highlights the journey of both the businesses and also the tough time they faced prior to the merger. While Revlon had been weighed down by its debt, the sales of celebrity fragrances, a key part of Arden's portfolio, had declined. Arden's losses and increasing debt load left the company with few options to survive as a stand-alone business. Revlon pursued the deal largely in order to achieve scale.
Revlon bought Arden in a $870 mn deal in June 2016. The merger brought together the two cosmetics majors amidst hopes that a combined distribution network and marketing strategy could broaden their appeal. The industry showed a mixed response to the union. While some experts felt the synergy was not very realistic few other opined that it would revive the fortunes of Arden.
The case also discusses Revlon’s plans of restructuring the business. It headed towards shifting to a brand-centric structure aimed at identifying investment areas quicker and reacting faster to consumer needs in the domestic and international markets.
In March 2017, New York-based cosmetics, skin care, fragrance, and personal care company Revlon Inc, (Revlon) reported its net sales rose to $2.3 billion in 2016, a 21.9 percent increase compared to 2015. Revlon witnessed growth across all segments. This growth in sales came amidst Revlon’s plans to shift to a brand-centric structure after initiating a restructuring plan in 2016. The restructuring followed Revlon’s acquisition of Elizabeth Arden Inc, (Arden), a Florida-based, cosmetics, skin care, and fragrance major, for $ 870 million. The merged company was expected to leverage the strength of its brands and adapt to the changing behaviors and preferences of consumers to serve them better. In addition to expanding categories, channels, and geographies, Revlon expected to hit $5 billion in sales in the next five years. As part of the integration, it announced the elimination of 350 positions worldwide and streamlining of certain operations. In addition, project integration-related restructuring activities were estimated to cost between $65 million and $75 million by 2020.
THE JOURNEY OF ELIZABETH ARDEN
Born as Florence Nightingale Graham (Graham) in 1878 in Ontario, (Canada), Graham was the youngest of five children in a poverty stricken family. She dropped out of school due to a lack of finances and began training as a nurse. During nursing training she met a chemist experimenting with a facial cream that could help acne sufferers. The idea fascinated her, leading to her believing that most women would give anything for beauty. Graham took up a number of odd jobs that gave her an opportunity to display her salesmanship. While working briefly as a bookkeeper for the E R Squibb Pharmaceuticals Company in 1908, she spent hours in their lab learning about skincare. This further inspired her to fashion a small lab for beauty products of her own. To pursue her dream, she quit her job at Squibb and joined as an assistant in a newly established beauty parlor. Graham later worked for beautician Eleanor Adair as a “treatment girl” and gained valuable industry experience. In 1910, Graham borrowed money from her brother William and started ‘Red Door Salon’ with a partner, Elizabeth Hubbard . The first shop was opened on Fifth Avenue. The partnership soon dissolved and Graham became the sole proprietress. She decided to name her salon ‘Elizabeth Arden’. The name was derived from her former partner’s name and from Alfred, Lord Tennyson's poem ‘Enoch Arden’. The new name raised the prestige and glamor of not only the business but Graham as well. Thus, Graham changed her name to Elizabeth Arden (Arden) in 1915.
THE JOURNEY OF REVLON
The history of Revlon Inc, one of the world's leading cosmetics companies based in New York, can be traced back to 1932. Two brothers, Joseph Revson and Charles Revson, conceived of the idea of creating a nail enamel using pigments instead of the normal dyes. They collaborated with a local chemist named Charles Lachman (who contributed the ‘L’ to the Revlon name), to come up with their first product. Revlon developed a variety of new shades of nail polish. Seeing the booming beauty salons and the growing popularity of manicures they targeted beauty salons as a market to sell their nail polishes.
Arden was known for its fragrances including those licensed from celebrities like Marilyn Monroe, Catherine Zeta-Jones, Britney Spears, Justin Bieber, Taylor Swift, and many more. However, in 2014, the company posted the biggest ever quarterly loss in its history, a 28 per cent drop in revenue. The company was hit hard mainly because of a fall in the sales of its celebrity perfumes. The company statement said, “While the company had expected weaker sales comparisons due to the lower level of fragrance launch activity in fiscal 2014 versus fiscal 2013, the decline in sales of celebrity fragrances, particularly the Justin Bieber and Taylor Swift fragrances.
In June 2016, mired in financial woes, Revlon decided to pick up Arden. The company agreed to buy Arden in an $870 million deal. The wager was expected to create a beauty business with annual sales of $3 billion along with creating a platform in categories like mass, prestige, professional, color cosmetics, skin care, and fragrances. In addition to greater purchasing power, the merged entity was expected to benefit from cost savings of nearly $140 million by eliminating overlaps, integrated manufacturing, and distribution networks of both companies. Garcia said, “We see great opportunities for growth where they are strong and we are not.”
Some analysts expected a negative outcome from the union. They felt that Revlon was buying a troubled competitor with an elevated debt load. Although Revlon pointed to the expected synergies, experts found this unrealistic and opined that it could possibly result in higher leverage ratios. Wendy Liebmann, CEO of WSL Strategic Retail, stated, “There’s so little other business synergy. Arden is a fragrance and skin care house. Revlon is a color cosmetics and hair-color business. Different price points and distribution.
The deal not only marked a turnabout for investors, it also put an end to speculations that Revlon would be an acquisition target – rather than a buyer. Before the acquisition was announced, Arden's market capitalization was $280 million. Shares had fallen 40 percent off their 52-week high. But as soon as the news of the acquisition came in, Arden’s shares soared by as much as 50 per cent and closed at $14; Revlon rose about 6.6 percent to close at $33.25.
In January 2017, Revlon decided to divide and organize the business into four categories: the Revlon brand, Elizabeth Arden, fragrances and portfolio brands, (which included Almay, Mitchum, Gatineau, Sinful Colors and Pure Ice cosmetics. Each Revlon team was required to prepare a three-year growth plan and set priorities and strategies for their labels. The core corporate functions including finance, human resources, supply chain, research and development, legal, communications, and corporate social responsibility departments were to be reorganized to provide better support to the new brand-centric and regional structures.
Acquisition as growth strategy
Industry Analysis as growth Strategy
Leadership strategy
Competitor analysis strategy
Revlon International & Mac
Maybelline & MAC
Elizabeth Arden Inc & Revlon Inc
Mayabelline & Revlon
adapt to the changing behaviors & preferences of consumers
adapt to the changing Market conditions
adapt to the changing Political environment
adapt to the latest Technology
Restructuring the business
Closing the business
Both A& B
None of the options
the better condition of Elizabeth Arden Inc prior its acquisition
the journey of both the businesses and also the tough time they faced prior to the merger
the downfall of Revlon Inc . before the acquisition
None of the options
consumer needs in the domestic and international markets
consumer needs in the domestic market only
consumer needs in the international markets
None of the options
Nail enamel
Face Creams
fragrances
Both A & B
the Revlon brand
Elizabeth Arden brand
fragrances and portfolio brands
All of the options
three-year
Five Year
Ten years
seven Years
Increasing the sales
attracting More & More customers
Capturing Major Market Share
All of the Options
4th Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
When a new technology comes along that is capable of improving dramatically the products of a whole industry, every firm in that industry has vital strategic decisions to make. It must ask itself:
essential changes on our own?
Once taken, these key decisions have to be implemented.
Technological change > Strategic decisions > Strategic Implementation
All this makes for exciting times within the industry, for producers and also for consumers, who also have some adjusting to do.
Imaging is one of the world’s growth markets and new technology is making its mark; imaging has ‘gone digital’. It is not a complete transformation. Analogue imaging has not been abandoned and still has millions of satisfied consumers. However, the industry will move on. This is because the new technology:
The pace of change is accelerating. Abandoning former practices and establishing new ways of working is generating not only excitement, but also stresses and tensions. The new technology requires new skills, new attitudes and new approaches from both producers and consumers.
This case study looks at how AGFA, a leading player, is taking full advantage of the digital revolution. The company is using the new technology as:
Agfa
Agfa is a leading name in the imaging industry. The Agfa-Gevaert Group de-velops, produces and distributes an extensive range of analogue and digital imaging systems. Agfa has divided its operations into three segments.
Segment: Consumer imaging.
Activity/Products: Wide range of products using both digital and analogue technologies for taking, processing and manipulating photographs.
Segment: Graphic systems.
Activity/Products: A wide range of electronic and photographic systems for the graphics industry, including workflow management systems, scanners and laser image setters.
Segment: Technical imaging.
Activity/Products: Medical uses eg X-ray equipment; non-destructive fault-testing eg in aircraft and pipelines; industrial imaging for motion pictures; document management systems and micrographics.
Agfa’s operations involve a high level of innovation. The company’s willingness and ability to work at the leading edge of technology help to make it a leader in its field.
For Agfa to remain a market leader, its managers must concern themselves with the future and ask themselves:
With imaging, the answers currently are:
This approach requires a willingness to invest heavily in new projects that maximise the benefits of new technology.
- Every proposed project undergoes investment appraisal. This procedure establishes whether a particular project is worth taking forward. Managers will ask key questions about a proposal, including:
Risks for the imaging industry include:
Agfa must consider these factors as it contemplates large scale investment in new digitally based technologies.
During 2000 Agfa invested around 224 million Euros (equivalent to 4% of its sales revenue) in research and development. Part of this involved working with external partners eg universities and leading research centres. Much of the work reflected the need to move forward in:
Digital technologies are changing the way in which people take, process and use images. New processes allow customers to work with images quickly and efficiently, without requiring extensive expertise and knowledge. Take, for example, the newspaper world. With newspapers, speed is vital and editors want the best pictures to go with the latest stories.
significant in size with almost 70% of the market. However, with plenty of scope for further product developments and for repeat business. The growth of digital technology has not deterred Agfa and its competitors from bringing out new, improved products for use with ‘old’ technology.
On the other hand, digital technologies have helped to transform the work of hospital radiologists. For example, a software package developed by Agfa called MUSICA (Multiscale Image Contrast Amplification) enables radiologists to manipulate X-ray images in various ways. Edges can be sharpened up to reveal key details, and images can be rotated to offer alternative perspectives. Users can zoom in on details, and select and sort images in a search for recurring patterns. Images can be shared across a number of hospital workstations and can also be transmitted for immediate expert analysis elsewhere.
The best investment programmes are supported by painstaking research: market research into what consumers require and product research to establish what the new technology can and cannot do for them. Agfa is at the heart of changes in imaging brought about by new technology. It is leading. It is also listening and learning. In a highly competitive industry, Agfa’s thorough approach is enabling it to retain important competitive advantages over its closest and fiercest rivals.
How far and how quickly should we embrace the new technology
"Are we big enough and capable enough to accomplish all the essential changes on our own "
How far and how quickly should we amend or abandon our present products
All
External Environment
Internal Environment
Competitive Environment
Structural environment
analogue only
Analogue and digital
digital only
none of the options
Is innovative
Is reliable
good scope in long run
All
New technology becomes immediately popular
sale of older technology is not at all affected
sale of older technology is affected
All of the above
Yes, Investment is required
Investment is not at all required
Both A & B
None of the options
Identification of their needs or wants
identification of Competitors
Both A& B
None of the Options
technological Advantage
Competitive advantage
Economic Advantage
None of the Options
available for use immediately
can be transferred immediately from camera to other devices
can be downloaded and printed or transferred to CDs
ALL
Divisional Structure
Bureaurocratic structure
Line structure
Line & Staff Structure
90/100
5th Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
This case discusses how Beijing-based multinational technology giant, Lenovo Group Limited (Lenovo), emerged as a global brand from China. After becoming a market leader in the Chinese PC market, several international acquisitions helped the company establish a presence in global markets. The company’s 2005 acquisition of the PC division of US-based multinational technology giant International Business Machine (IBM) gave the Lenovo brand global recognition. Lenovo’s 2011 acquisition of German electronics manufacturer, Medion, in 2011 and a joint PC venture with Japanese multinational technology company NEC Corporation helped the company transform from a small Chinese electronics company into the world’s largest PC maker by shipping over 53 million units in 2013.
After some initial success with its ‘Protect and Attack’ strategy, Lenovo started to face reverses. In 2017, it lost its PC crown i.e. market leadership in the global personal computers (PCs) market, to its arch rival Hewlett-Packard (HP). Lenovo also found the going tough in the smartphone business that it entered in 2010 as part of its ‘PC Plus strategy’. Lenovo’s gamble of acquiring Motorola Mobility from Google failed to pay off, according to some analysts. By the end of 2015, Lenovo’s fortunes in the mobile market had dipped dramatically. It slipped to eighth position in China’s smartphone market as new and nimbler Chinese competitors such as Huawei, Xiaomi, Oppo, and Vivo continued to grow rapidly. Critics stated that Lenovo lacked innovation at a time when its rivals were upping their game in both the PC and smartphone markets. The challenge before Yang Yuanqing (Yang), CEO of Lenovo, was how to orchestrate a turnaround in the fortunes of the company and restore it to its past glory.
In August 2017, Beijing-based multinational technology giant, Lenovo Group Limited (Lenovo), reported a quarterly loss of US$ 72 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2017. It had made a profit of US$ 173 million for the same quarter of 2016. Lenovo also lost its market leadership in the global personal computers (PCs) market to its arch rival Hewlett-Packard (HP). HP led the global PC market with a 22.8% market share for the second quarter of 2017 while Lenovo stood second with a market share of 21.6%, according to International Data Corporation (IDC). Analysts attributed Lenovo’s troubles to the maturing PC market where demand was falling with consumers shifting to smart phones and tablets for daily activities including surfing the Internet. Critics opined that Lenovo’s products, be it PCs or smart phones, lacked innovation while HP had taken over the PC crown by launching a series of cool products targeted at gamers. In the smart phone market too, analysts felt that Lenovo had failed to read the market signals, while its competitors such as Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. (Huawei), Xiaomi Inc. (Xiaomi), Oppo Electronics Corp. (Oppo), and Vivo Electronic Corp. (Vivo) were rolling out stylish and inexpensive smart phones and gaining market share in China.
The history of Lenovo dates back to 1984 when it was started as New Technology Developer Inc., the predecessor of the Legend Group Ltd. (Legend), by Founder and Chairman, Liu Chuanzhi (Liu), along with ten colleagues at the government-owned Computing Institute of the Chinese Academy of Sciences (CAS) with US$ 25,000. The company was started with the aim of commercializing the research and development (R&D) activities conducted at CAS. In 1985, as its first business deal, the company took over the responsibility of receiving, checking, and maintaining IBM computers imported by CAS and of training CAS staff.
The company invested the profits of US$ 146,583 it had received from servicing IBM computers in the design, production, and marketing of its first product – the Chinese character card – HanCard. The Chinese character card, which translated English operating software into Chinese characteristics, was based on the original concept developed by the Institute of Computer Technology (ICT) of CAS. At that time, foreign vendors were not able to come out with such an operating system for PCs in China. The successful launch of the Chinese card boosted Lenovo’s growth in the early 1990s.
In the 1990s, Lenovo was the first company to introduce the home computer concept in China and it grew into a national company cornering a market share of 27% in the domestic market. Lenovo’s competency was its deep understanding of the domestic market and its quick response to the demands of local consumers. The success of Lenovo and other domestic computer makers in China confounded the predictions made by several market analysts. According to Business Week , “It wasn’t supposed to happen this way. A few years ago, most analysts were convinced that the global players would gobble up the Chinese market, with locals like Lenovo stuck in second tier status – at best.”
Lenovo believed that to become a global brand, it was not enough just to be identified as a global firm. Establishing a presence in more developed and highly globalized markets such as the US and Europe was essential for its overall strategy. By 2001, though Lenovo’s market share had reached 30% in China, it realized that it would not be able to grow much more given the stiff competition in the country. In addition to this, the domestic market for home PCs was shifting toward laptops rather than desktop PCs. This posed a challenge to Lenovo despite its recording profits of US$ 130 million for the FY 2002-2003, as laptops were not just costly to manufacture but also involved tough competition from rivals such as Dell and HP. In a bid to combat these challenges the company decided to step into international markets.
The global economic slowdown in mid-2008 led to Lenovo posting a loss of US$ 226 million. During this time, the company’s CEO William Amelio stepped down in favor of Yang, while Liu returned to assume the role of Chairman.
Lenovo’s Protect and Attack strategy helped the company taste success in China as well as in other global markets. For the FY ended 2013, the company also emerged as the number one PC company in global emerging markets, as well as three of the seven largest PC markets in the world – China, Japan, and Germany. For the quarter ended June 30, 2013, Lenovo’s smartphone business.
With the acquisition of Motorola, Lenovo had ambitious plans to capture a portion of the pie in the global smartphone market. However, the company’s fortunes declined when its smartphone shipments decreased by 53% in China with Lenovo maintaining a meager 3% market share for the Q4 of 2015, according to Canalys. In the global market for smartphones, the company stood at fifth position with a market share of 5.7%.
In a bid to arrest the decline in sales in its smart phone market, Lenovo planned to focus on its Moto brand. According to Yang, “Singular branding will benefit the business.” Stating that the new strategy might not bring in much success to Lenovo, Steven Tseng, an analyst at Daiwa Capital Markets, said, “Customers are also really confused by the company’s strategy.”
Despite the challenging outlook in the global smartphone market, Yang remained optimistic about turning around Lenovo’s struggling mobile business. He stated that there was a US$ 110 million sequential improvement in operational pretax income, attributable to improvements in the mobile and data center businesses in the quarter ended June 30, 2017. Yang added, “Not only did this gave me more confidence we will turn around our mobile business in the second half of FY2018, I think the entire Lenovo is entering a new phase of growth.” .
Protect Strategy
Protect and Attack strategy
Merger Strategy
None of the Options
Apple
Samsung
Hewlett-Packard (HP)
Sony
Innovation
strategic Decisions
Acquisition Strategy
Both B& C
Retrenchment Strategy
Internal Restructuring Strategy
Internationalization Strategy
Functional Level Strategy
Group of answer choices
Making product more stylish
attractive pricing strategies
Both A& B
Only B
Commercialization Of Research & Development activities
To beat the competitors
Both A& B
None of the Options
deep understanding of the domestic market
quick response to the demands of local consumers
Both A& B
Only B
Establishing a presence in more developed and highly globalized markets
Improvement in Client servicing
adherence to International Standards
Both B& C
Shifting of Domestic Market from Home PC’s to Laptop’s
Shifting of Domestic Market from Laptops to Home PC’s
Shifting of Market Demand to Other Electronic Items
None of the Options
Samsung Brand
VIVO Brand
Sony brand
Moto brand
Full Syllabus Assessment
CASE STUDY
Aggregate minerals are an important resource and their use is essential to national prosperity. They are vital for building new or improved housing, hospitals, schools, factories, roads and leisure facilities. Everything from a garden path to the Channel Tunnel. The processing of aggregates also provides materials for a whole range of non-construction uses: in agriculture, water purification, medicines, paint, toiletries, paper, plastics and steel making. Mineral working can have a significant effect on the landscape and on the living conditions of the people. It is essential that the industry operates to high environmental standards and manages its operations in a manner which minimises their impact on the environment. Business managers have to take these matters seriously as public awareness and concern has significantly increased over the last decade.
Companies are judged on the achievement of their “traditional” business objectives, such as return on investment, growth, market share etc. and now on their environmental performance and this is often looked for in specific statements, objectives and strategies set by a company. It is not only environmental campaigning groups or concerned consumers who realise the importance of the environment. Research has shown that three-quarters of managers feel that more emphasis should be placed on these issues. Where does this attitude spring from? There are a number of important influences and these include UK and EU environmental legislation, public opinion, pressure groups, influence of employees’ families and friends, the company’s own sense of social responsibility and, last but not least, market pressure from customers and end-users. These pressures are expected to grow, so a well managed company should prepare itself to respond to the concerns and take appropriate action.
The RMC Group has become the world’s largest producer of ready mixed concrete, also diversifying into a number of other construction material sectors. It employs the principle of vertical integration to secure raw materials - sand, gravel and crushed rock - required to sustain the production of ready mixed concrete and other added value finish
1st Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
In November 2017, China’s largest online travel agent (OTA), Shanghai-based Ctrip.com International Limited (Ctrip), announced the acquisition of the US-based travel recommendation service, Trip.com (Trip), for an undisclosed sum. This was the latest among several moves by Ctrip that signaled its ambitions to expand beyond Asia. Earlier in 2016, Ctrip bought Skyscanner, a Scotland-based flight Search Company, for about US$1.74 billion, making the travel industry sit up and take notice. The Trip deal was expected to help Skyscanner leverage Trip.com’s capabilities on its own platform. Travis Katz, CEO and founder of Trip, said, “The idea of this deal is for Skyscanner to marry in-destination reviews content in Trip’s arsenal to Skyscanner’s platform. The aspiration is not to only add static details, such as about the opening times of restaurants or museums, but to also enable Skyscanner users to see and eventually add social reviews within Skyscanner’s website and apps,”
Founded in June 1999 by James Liang, Neil Shen, Min Fan, and Qi Ji, Ctrip started out as a trip advisor service provider. The company aggregated information on hotels and flights and enabled customers to make informed and cost-effective hotel and flight bookings. Its inception and growth coincided with the travel boom in China and its revenues increased from Renminbi (RMB)6.9 million in 2000 to RMB105.3 million (US$12.7 million) in 2002.
Even the outbreak of the Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS) in 2003 did not have a significant impact on Ctrip’s business. By October 2003, Ctrip had established room supply relationships with over 1,700 hotels in China and over 450 hotels internationally. It went public in December 2003, with its IPO soaring on the debut day. On Nasdaq, the shares opened at US$24.01, and at one point went up to US$37.35, thereby making Ctrip’s first IPO double its US$18 offer price on day one of trade.
COMPETING WITH TECHNOLOGY
Ctrip had constantly been acquiring new technologies to serve its customers. Artificial Intelligence, big data, and intelligent hardware employed by Ctrip were crucial in providing a superior travel experience. Jane Sun (Jane), Ctrip’s Chief Executive Officer, said, “For the user interface, we want to make sure that we know every customer who has purchased or searched on the Ctrip website. So when we list our products for them, it’s not millions of items that they have to search through -- the user experience wouldn’t be maximized. Hopefully we can personalize the display. All of that is in our design. When the customer purchases with us, they (may not) know what they want, but we know what would fit them. That’s a way technology will help us” .
CTRIP’S STRATEGIC INVESTMENTS AND ACQUISITIONS
Ctrip maintained its leading position through a series of strategic investments and acquisitions. From 2013, the company began expanding aggressively expanding internationally. Feifei Xu, Director of Brand Strategy, Labbrand, said, “Their international expansion aims to offer Chinese out-bound travelers or foreign companies in China an extension of their value-chain platform of tourism. By international expansion, they are mostly targeting outbound Chinese travelers.” In 2013, Ctrip invested in travel search engine Kuxun, hotel app Economy Hotel Manager, social trip sharing platform Chanyouji, and car rental services Yongche and eHi Car Services
CHALLENGES AND OPPORTUNITIES
The acquisition of Skyscanner, while contributing substantially to Ctrip’s growth, intensified both domestic and international competition. To compete effectively with Ctrip, other OTAs in China made attempts to attract large investments. Meituan Dianping raised US$4 billion in a funding round led by Tencent Holdings . Interestingly, Priceline, which was Ctrip’s largest shareholder, also participated in the funding round. Agoda.com, owned by the Priceline Group, established a strategic partnership with Meituan Dianping. This strategy of Priceline investing in Ctrip’s domestic competition indicated that it perhaps saw Ctrip as a potential threat and thus made an investment in Meituan Dianping that could lead to hedging its bets against Ctrip. However, analysts felt that Ctrip was strong enough to take a further share of the Chinese OTA market and its long-term growth prospects in China remained strong.
Adding Skyscanner’s revenue to Ctrip’s total boosted Ctrip’s Q3 2017 transportation-ticketing revenue by 41 percent to US$515 million. Cindy Wang, Chief Financial Officer, Ctrip, said, “The total number of transactions made by direct booking increased almost three-fold since May (2017), the month we launched the engine on Skyscanner, through September.”
Acquisition of US based Trip .com
Selling of Trip .com
Becoming a Parter of Trip.com
None of the options
On hotels and flights
on budget hotels
on international flights
both a & b
Customers
Technology
Offers
None of the options.
Artificial Intelligence, big data, and intelligent hardware
Excellent Software
Market Research
Both B&C
Knowing what would fit customers , as customers (may not) know what they want
Giving promotional offers
Giving discounts, customers always know what they want
None of the options
series of strategic investments only
a series of strategic investments and acquisitions
Focussing on Industry Competition
Focussing on Attracting maximum customers
Car rentals , Hotel Apps & travel search engines
Car rentals only
hotel app Economy Hotel Manager only
Both B & C
growth of international market
Growth in Foreign Lands
growth of both domestic and international markets
growth of domestic market
Selling of a Product Line
Competitor analysis
Scanning Environment
Acquisitions
Technology
Competitors
International Markets
Both B& C
2nd Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
Navroze Godrej (Navroze), the young executive director for Strategy and Innovation at Godrej and Boyce, the holding company of the India-based Godrej Group, is a fourth generation scion of the Godrej family. Keen on bringing about a major change in his company’s design thinking, he set himself the goal of changing the Godrej Group’s old-world, engineering driven mindset into a forward looking design driven mindset. He aimed to shape the Godrej Group into a company that inculcated a culture of open collaboration between different work groups and businesses. As part of his efforts to fulfill this aim, he created a suitable ambience and office infrastructure to break down the organizational hierarchies. He also started the Godrej Design Lab to encourage young designers to showcase their work. The selected designers were mentored and their designs displayed at national level exhibitions. The case discusses whether the initiatives taken by Navroze to bring about organizational transformation to make the Godrej Group design, innovation, and consumer focused can succeed. The case gives enough scope to analyze whether the influx of young talent is capable of bringing in novel ideas to shape the company’s future.
In 2005, Navroze Godrej (Navroze) was inducted as a management trainee into Godrej & Boyce (G&B), the holding company of the Godrej Group. Navroze, a fourth generation-scion of the Godrej family which owned the Godrej Group, was all of 23 years old when he joined Godrej. He was quite different from the previous generations of the family in terms of being more agile and wanting to bring in change within the company. When Navroze was in his early twenties, he met Professor Hemmant Jha, (Jha) of the Institute of Design, Chicago, US. It turned out to be a momentous meeting and was a turning point for Navroze as it kindled in him a love for design, which soon turned into a lasting passion. Navroze was so impressed after chatting with Jha that he persuaded the professor to join G&B. Analysts said this was a smart move by Navroze – one that drove G&B toward innovation. After hiring Jha, Navroze and his team at G&B brought out novel designs and innovations which were patented under Godrej.
Godrej, one of the largest Indian privately-held diversified industrial companies, was founded by Ardeshir Godrej (Ardeshir) in 1897. Ardeshir, a lawyer by profession, gave up his career in law to pursue his passion for making high quality locks and safes. The business was expanded further by Ardeshir’s youngest brother, Pirojsha Godrej (Pirojsha), who joined the company in 1906. In 1909, Godrej secured its first patent for spring-less locks which Ardeshir sold under the Anchor brand. During the 1920s, Ardeshir manufactured the first of Godrej’s sturdy steel cupboards branded as ‘Storwel,’ that became a trend in Indian homes. Ardeshir launched a washing soap as well and the world’s first vegetable oil based toilet soap. The toilet soap was considered to be the best in its time, as it revolutionized the manufacturing process. Up till then, soaps were made from animal fat. Godrej earned a name for itself with the superior quality of locks and soaps it sold. In 1952, Godrej bagged a contract to manufacture ballot boxes for India’s first general elections. Every day, 15,000 ballot boxes were made at its Vikhroli factory in Mumbai, to supply the target of 1.2 million boxes.
In 2013, after Navroze graduated with a Master’s in design, he returned to join G&B and spearheaded a pilot project on a disruptive business model. One of the things he changed was the layout of the (office) shop-floor. Unlike the previous directors who worked from their closed office space, he preferred to sit with his project teams around a big table and discuss matters with them. The new furniture layout was intended to support both individual and group work. Navroze felt traditional desk arrangements created a barrier and prevented openness and collaboration.
GODREJ INNOVATION CENTER
In 2013, Navroze took the bold move of setting up a 25,000 square foot ‘Innovation Center’ in Vikhroli, Mumbai. This was a research and development center to conduct explorative study in areas involving security, lifestyle, well-being, energy, productivity, and connectivity. The innovation center had a fixed 20-member full-time team, while at any given time there were at least a 100 other employees who belonged to other departments deputed to accomplish time-bound projects. As Navroze believed in diversity, the members in the teams came from different backgrounds such as, design, marketing, research, business, engineering, and others. The center had enough space for meetings and lectures, and the furniture was such that it could be reorganized for display of prototype product designs, a collection of material types, and for any other informal interaction as well.
SPRINT PROGRAM
Navroze led the Sprint program that caused a cultural transformation in the company. He facilitated a bottom-up approach, where he invited all the employees of Godrej to submit ideas at the innovation center. Based on their ideas, Navroze set up work groups. For the first time, people with 20 years of experience and those who had joined just six months earlier began working together. The groups came up with ideas that ranged from cooking appliances to recycling of waste, to looking at resources and services for transit population.
GODREJ DESIGNLAB
In 2013, Navroze set up the Godrej DesignLab, (GDL), which was established in collaboration with a Mumbai-based design studio, Elle Décor. GDL was a platform for designers to co-create, experiment, innovate, and challenge the boundaries of product design. GDL aimed at providing a holistic support system to designers who could give a whole new level of futuristic designs. GDL was a forum where designers could submit their work in four categories of furniture, furnishings, lighting and home décor, & accessories.
THE HUBBLE
In April 2014, Navroze spearheaded the development of a second innovation center, the Hubble. It was conceived to serve as a hub where people could interact informally to encourage the culture of creative thinking. The Hubble was built on a spacious 25,000 square foot space in the Vikhroli office itself, to function as an eat, work, and play space with a coffee-shop-kind-of-atmosphere. It encouraged both private and collaborative work among the employees.
REINFORCING THE DESIGN TRADITION
The Chief Design Officer, of GPL, Anubhav Gupta (Gupta), said that though there was no vertical on design in the Godrej group of companies, design was considered a business horizontal as it had become omnipresent in all aspects of the Godrej Group. He said innovation at GPL was not about playing it safe but it required an ability to tolerate failure before earning superlative success. Innovation, according to Gupta, was finding the best possible or the most optimal design.
Strategy related to innovation
strategy related to acquisitions
Strategy related to controlling systems
strategy related to diversifications
spring-less locks
Almirah’s
Safe’s
Refregirator’s
achieving greater market share
to attract more & more customers
Both A& B
None of the options
Animal fat based toilet soap
vegetable oil based toilet soap
Herbal Soaps
All
efficient working environment
Prevented positive work culture
Barrier ,prevented openness and collaboration
All
Research & Development
cost cutting strategies
strategies to attrat customers
None of the options
Refrigerators
superior quality of locks and soaps
Soaps Only
Electronic Appliances
the culture of creative thinking
collaborative work among the employees
Both A & B
None of the options
Creation of a suitable ambience and office infrastructure
Creation of a friendly environment
Creating a competitive Environment
Both b & C
to manufacture Lockers
to manufacture Soaps
to manufacture both ballot boxes & soaps
to manufacture ballot boxes
3rd Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
This case discusses about the acquisition of Florida-based Elizabeth Arden Inc, (Arden), a cosmetics, skin care, and fragrance major by Revlon Inc. (Revlon) another cosmetic giant. Post-merger, Revlon reported a 21.9% increase in its net sales in 2016. The case highlights the journey of both the businesses and also the tough time they faced prior to the merger. While Revlon had been weighed down by its debt, the sales of celebrity fragrances, a key part of Arden's portfolio, had declined. Arden's losses and increasing debt load left the company with few options to survive as a stand-alone business. Revlon pursued the deal largely in order to achieve scale.
Revlon bought Arden in a $870 mn deal in June 2016. The merger brought together the two cosmetics majors amidst hopes that a combined distribution network and marketing strategy could broaden their appeal. The industry showed a mixed response to the union. While some experts felt the synergy was not very realistic few other opined that it would revive the fortunes of Arden.
The case also discusses Revlon’s plans of restructuring the business. It headed towards shifting to a brand-centric structure aimed at identifying investment areas quicker and reacting faster to consumer needs in the domestic and international markets.
In March 2017, New York-based cosmetics, skin care, fragrance, and personal care company Revlon Inc, (Revlon) reported its net sales rose to $2.3 billion in 2016, a 21.9 percent increase compared to 2015. Revlon witnessed growth across all segments. This growth in sales came amidst Revlon’s plans to shift to a brand-centric structure after initiating a restructuring plan in 2016. The restructuring followed Revlon’s acquisition of Elizabeth Arden Inc, (Arden), a Florida-based, cosmetics, skin care, and fragrance major, for $ 870 million. The merged company was expected to leverage the strength of its brands and adapt to the changing behaviors and preferences of consumers to serve them better. In addition to expanding categories, channels, and geographies, Revlon expected to hit $5 billion in sales in the next five years. As part of the integration, it announced the elimination of 350 positions worldwide and streamlining of certain operations. In addition, project integration-related restructuring activities were estimated to cost between $65 million and $75 million by 2020.
THE JOURNEY OF ELIZABETH ARDEN
Born as Florence Nightingale Graham (Graham) in 1878 in Ontario, (Canada), Graham was the youngest of five children in a poverty stricken family. She dropped out of school due to a lack of finances and began training as a nurse. During nursing training she met a chemist experimenting with a facial cream that could help acne sufferers. The idea fascinated her, leading to her believing that most women would give anything for beauty. Graham took up a number of odd jobs that gave her an opportunity to display her salesmanship. While working briefly as a bookkeeper for the E R Squibb Pharmaceuticals Company in 1908, she spent hours in their lab learning about skincare. This further inspired her to fashion a small lab for beauty products of her own. To pursue her dream, she quit her job at Squibb and joined as an assistant in a newly established beauty parlor. Graham later worked for beautician Eleanor Adair as a “treatment girl” and gained valuable industry experience. In 1910, Graham borrowed money from her brother William and started ‘Red Door Salon’ with a partner, Elizabeth Hubbard . The first shop was opened on Fifth Avenue. The partnership soon dissolved and Graham became the sole proprietress. She decided to name her salon ‘Elizabeth Arden’. The name was derived from her former partner’s name and from Alfred, Lord Tennyson's poem ‘Enoch Arden’. The new name raised the prestige and glamor of not only the business but Graham as well. Thus, Graham changed her name to Elizabeth Arden (Arden) in 1915.
THE JOURNEY OF REVLON
The history of Revlon Inc, one of the world's leading cosmetics companies based in New York, can be traced back to 1932. Two brothers, Joseph Revson and Charles Revson, conceived of the idea of creating a nail enamel using pigments instead of the normal dyes. They collaborated with a local chemist named Charles Lachman (who contributed the ‘L’ to the Revlon name), to come up with their first product. Revlon developed a variety of new shades of nail polish. Seeing the booming beauty salons and the growing popularity of manicures they targeted beauty salons as a market to sell their nail polishes.
Arden was known for its fragrances including those licensed from celebrities like Marilyn Monroe, Catherine Zeta-Jones, Britney Spears, Justin Bieber, Taylor Swift, and many more. However, in 2014, the company posted the biggest ever quarterly loss in its history, a 28 per cent drop in revenue. The company was hit hard mainly because of a fall in the sales of its celebrity perfumes. The company statement said, “While the company had expected weaker sales comparisons due to the lower level of fragrance launch activity in fiscal 2014 versus fiscal 2013, the decline in sales of celebrity fragrances, particularly the Justin Bieber and Taylor Swift fragrances.
In June 2016, mired in financial woes, Revlon decided to pick up Arden. The company agreed to buy Arden in an $870 million deal. The wager was expected to create a beauty business with annual sales of $3 billion along with creating a platform in categories like mass, prestige, professional, color cosmetics, skin care, and fragrances. In addition to greater purchasing power, the merged entity was expected to benefit from cost savings of nearly $140 million by eliminating overlaps, integrated manufacturing, and distribution networks of both companies. Garcia said, “We see great opportunities for growth where they are strong and we are not.”
Some analysts expected a negative outcome from the union. They felt that Revlon was buying a troubled competitor with an elevated debt load. Although Revlon pointed to the expected synergies, experts found this unrealistic and opined that it could possibly result in higher leverage ratios. Wendy Liebmann, CEO of WSL Strategic Retail, stated, “There’s so little other business synergy. Arden is a fragrance and skin care house. Revlon is a color cosmetics and hair-color business. Different price points and distribution.
The deal not only marked a turnabout for investors, it also put an end to speculations that Revlon would be an acquisition target – rather than a buyer. Before the acquisition was announced, Arden's market capitalization was $280 million. Shares had fallen 40 percent off their 52-week high. But as soon as the news of the acquisition came in, Arden’s shares soared by as much as 50 per cent and closed at $14; Revlon rose about 6.6 percent to close at $33.25.
In January 2017, Revlon decided to divide and organize the business into four categories: the Revlon brand, Elizabeth Arden, fragrances and portfolio brands, (which included Almay, Mitchum, Gatineau, Sinful Colors and Pure Ice cosmetics. Each Revlon team was required to prepare a three-year growth plan and set priorities and strategies for their labels. The core corporate functions including finance, human resources, supply chain, research and development, legal, communications, and corporate social responsibility departments were to be reorganized to provide better support to the new brand-centric and regional structures.
Acquisition as growth strategy
Industry Analysis as growth Strategy
Leadership strategy
Competitor analysis strategy
Revlon International & Mac
Maybelline & MAC
Elizabeth Arden Inc & Revlon Inc
Mayabelline & Revlon
adapt to the changing behaviors & preferences of consumers
adapt to the changing Market conditions
adapt to the changing Political environment
adapt to the latest Technology
Restructuring the business
Closing the business
Both A& B
None of the options
the better condition of Elizabeth Arden Inc prior its acquisition
the journey of both the businesses and also the tough time they faced prior to the merger
the downfall of Revlon Inc . before the acquisition
None of the options
consumer needs in the domestic and international markets
consumer needs in the domestic market only
consumer needs in the international markets
None of the options
Nail enamel
Face Creams
fragrances
Both A & B
the Revlon brand
Elizabeth Arden brand
fragrances and portfolio brands
All of the options
three-year
Five Year
Ten years
seven Years
Increasing the sales
attracting More & More customers
Capturing Major Market Share
All of the Options
4th Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
When a new technology comes along that is capable of improving dramatically the products of a whole industry, every firm in that industry has vital strategic decisions to make. It must ask itself:
essential changes on our own?
Once taken, these key decisions have to be implemented.
Technological change > Strategic decisions > Strategic Implementation
All this makes for exciting times within the industry, for producers and also for consumers, who also have some adjusting to do.
Imaging is one of the world’s growth markets and new technology is making its mark; imaging has ‘gone digital’. It is not a complete transformation. Analogue imaging has not been abandoned and still has millions of satisfied consumers. However, the industry will move on. This is because the new technology:
The pace of change is accelerating. Abandoning former practices and establishing new ways of working is generating not only excitement, but also stresses and tensions. The new technology requires new skills, new attitudes and new approaches from both producers and consumers.
This case study looks at how AGFA, a leading player, is taking full advantage of the digital revolution. The company is using the new technology as:
Agfa
Agfa is a leading name in the imaging industry. The Agfa-Gevaert Group de-velops, produces and distributes an extensive range of analogue and digital imaging systems. Agfa has divided its operations into three segments.
Segment: Consumer imaging.
Activity/Products: Wide range of products using both digital and analogue technologies for taking, processing and manipulating photographs.
Segment: Graphic systems.
Activity/Products: A wide range of electronic and photographic systems for the graphics industry, including workflow management systems, scanners and laser image setters.
Segment: Technical imaging.
Activity/Products: Medical uses eg X-ray equipment; non-destructive fault-testing eg in aircraft and pipelines; industrial imaging for motion pictures; document management systems and micrographics.
Agfa’s operations involve a high level of innovation. The company’s willingness and ability to work at the leading edge of technology help to make it a leader in its field.
For Agfa to remain a market leader, its managers must concern themselves with the future and ask themselves:
With imaging, the answers currently are:
This approach requires a willingness to invest heavily in new projects that maximise the benefits of new technology.
- Every proposed project undergoes investment appraisal. This procedure establishes whether a particular project is worth taking forward. Managers will ask key questions about a proposal, including:
Risks for the imaging industry include:
Agfa must consider these factors as it contemplates large scale investment in new digitally based technologies.
During 2000 Agfa invested around 224 million Euros (equivalent to 4% of its sales revenue) in research and development. Part of this involved working with external partners eg universities and leading research centres. Much of the work reflected the need to move forward in:
Digital technologies are changing the way in which people take, process and use images. New processes allow customers to work with images quickly and efficiently, without requiring extensive expertise and knowledge. Take, for example, the newspaper world. With newspapers, speed is vital and editors want the best pictures to go with the latest stories.
significant in size with almost 70% of the market. However, with plenty of scope for further product developments and for repeat business. The growth of digital technology has not deterred Agfa and its competitors from bringing out new, improved products for use with ‘old’ technology.
On the other hand, digital technologies have helped to transform the work of hospital radiologists. For example, a software package developed by Agfa called MUSICA (Multiscale Image Contrast Amplification) enables radiologists to manipulate X-ray images in various ways. Edges can be sharpened up to reveal key details, and images can be rotated to offer alternative perspectives. Users can zoom in on details, and select and sort images in a search for recurring patterns. Images can be shared across a number of hospital workstations and can also be transmitted for immediate expert analysis elsewhere.
The best investment programmes are supported by painstaking research: market research into what consumers require and product research to establish what the new technology can and cannot do for them. Agfa is at the heart of changes in imaging brought about by new technology. It is leading. It is also listening and learning. In a highly competitive industry, Agfa’s thorough approach is enabling it to retain important competitive advantages over its closest and fiercest rivals.
How far and how quickly should we embrace the new technology
"Are we big enough and capable enough to accomplish all the essential changes on our own "
How far and how quickly should we amend or abandon our present products
All
External Environment
Internal Environment
Competitive Environment
Structural environment
analogue only
Analogue and digital
digital only
none of the options
Is innovative
Is reliable
good scope in long run
All
New technology becomes immediately popular
sale of older technology is not at all affected
sale of older technology is affected
All of the above
Yes, Investment is required
Investment is not at all required
Both A & B
None of the options
Identification of their needs or wants
identification of Competitors
Both A& B
None of the Options
technological Advantage
Competitive advantage
Economic Advantage
None of the Options
available for use immediately
can be transferred immediately from camera to other devices
can be downloaded and printed or transferred to CDs
ALL
Divisional Structure
Bureaurocratic structure
Line structure
Line & Staff Structure
90/100
5th Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
This case discusses how Beijing-based multinational technology giant, Lenovo Group Limited (Lenovo), emerged as a global brand from China. After becoming a market leader in the Chinese PC market, several international acquisitions helped the company establish a presence in global markets. The company’s 2005 acquisition of the PC division of US-based multinational technology giant International Business Machine (IBM) gave the Lenovo brand global recognition. Lenovo’s 2011 acquisition of German electronics manufacturer, Medion, in 2011 and a joint PC venture with Japanese multinational technology company NEC Corporation helped the company transform from a small Chinese electronics company into the world’s largest PC maker by shipping over 53 million units in 2013.
After some initial success with its ‘Protect and Attack’ strategy, Lenovo started to face reverses. In 2017, it lost its PC crown i.e. market leadership in the global personal computers (PCs) market, to its arch rival Hewlett-Packard (HP). Lenovo also found the going tough in the smartphone business that it entered in 2010 as part of its ‘PC Plus strategy’. Lenovo’s gamble of acquiring Motorola Mobility from Google failed to pay off, according to some analysts. By the end of 2015, Lenovo’s fortunes in the mobile market had dipped dramatically. It slipped to eighth position in China’s smartphone market as new and nimbler Chinese competitors such as Huawei, Xiaomi, Oppo, and Vivo continued to grow rapidly. Critics stated that Lenovo lacked innovation at a time when its rivals were upping their game in both the PC and smartphone markets. The challenge before Yang Yuanqing (Yang), CEO of Lenovo, was how to orchestrate a turnaround in the fortunes of the company and restore it to its past glory.
In August 2017, Beijing-based multinational technology giant, Lenovo Group Limited (Lenovo), reported a quarterly loss of US$ 72 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2017. It had made a profit of US$ 173 million for the same quarter of 2016. Lenovo also lost its market leadership in the global personal computers (PCs) market to its arch rival Hewlett-Packard (HP). HP led the global PC market with a 22.8% market share for the second quarter of 2017 while Lenovo stood second with a market share of 21.6%, according to International Data Corporation (IDC). Analysts attributed Lenovo’s troubles to the maturing PC market where demand was falling with consumers shifting to smart phones and tablets for daily activities including surfing the Internet. Critics opined that Lenovo’s products, be it PCs or smart phones, lacked innovation while HP had taken over the PC crown by launching a series of cool products targeted at gamers. In the smart phone market too, analysts felt that Lenovo had failed to read the market signals, while its competitors such as Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. (Huawei), Xiaomi Inc. (Xiaomi), Oppo Electronics Corp. (Oppo), and Vivo Electronic Corp. (Vivo) were rolling out stylish and inexpensive smart phones and gaining market share in China.
The history of Lenovo dates back to 1984 when it was started as New Technology Developer Inc., the predecessor of the Legend Group Ltd. (Legend), by Founder and Chairman, Liu Chuanzhi (Liu), along with ten colleagues at the government-owned Computing Institute of the Chinese Academy of Sciences (CAS) with US$ 25,000. The company was started with the aim of commercializing the research and development (R&D) activities conducted at CAS. In 1985, as its first business deal, the company took over the responsibility of receiving, checking, and maintaining IBM computers imported by CAS and of training CAS staff.
The company invested the profits of US$ 146,583 it had received from servicing IBM computers in the design, production, and marketing of its first product – the Chinese character card – HanCard. The Chinese character card, which translated English operating software into Chinese characteristics, was based on the original concept developed by the Institute of Computer Technology (ICT) of CAS. At that time, foreign vendors were not able to come out with such an operating system for PCs in China. The successful launch of the Chinese card boosted Lenovo’s growth in the early 1990s.
In the 1990s, Lenovo was the first company to introduce the home computer concept in China and it grew into a national company cornering a market share of 27% in the domestic market. Lenovo’s competency was its deep understanding of the domestic market and its quick response to the demands of local consumers. The success of Lenovo and other domestic computer makers in China confounded the predictions made by several market analysts. According to Business Week , “It wasn’t supposed to happen this way. A few years ago, most analysts were convinced that the global players would gobble up the Chinese market, with locals like Lenovo stuck in second tier status – at best.”
Lenovo believed that to become a global brand, it was not enough just to be identified as a global firm. Establishing a presence in more developed and highly globalized markets such as the US and Europe was essential for its overall strategy. By 2001, though Lenovo’s market share had reached 30% in China, it realized that it would not be able to grow much more given the stiff competition in the country. In addition to this, the domestic market for home PCs was shifting toward laptops rather than desktop PCs. This posed a challenge to Lenovo despite its recording profits of US$ 130 million for the FY 2002-2003, as laptops were not just costly to manufacture but also involved tough competition from rivals such as Dell and HP. In a bid to combat these challenges the company decided to step into international markets.
The global economic slowdown in mid-2008 led to Lenovo posting a loss of US$ 226 million. During this time, the company’s CEO William Amelio stepped down in favor of Yang, while Liu returned to assume the role of Chairman.
Lenovo’s Protect and Attack strategy helped the company taste success in China as well as in other global markets. For the FY ended 2013, the company also emerged as the number one PC company in global emerging markets, as well as three of the seven largest PC markets in the world – China, Japan, and Germany. For the quarter ended June 30, 2013, Lenovo’s smartphone business.
With the acquisition of Motorola, Lenovo had ambitious plans to capture a portion of the pie in the global smartphone market. However, the company’s fortunes declined when its smartphone shipments decreased by 53% in China with Lenovo maintaining a meager 3% market share for the Q4 of 2015, according to Canalys. In the global market for smartphones, the company stood at fifth position with a market share of 5.7%.
In a bid to arrest the decline in sales in its smart phone market, Lenovo planned to focus on its Moto brand. According to Yang, “Singular branding will benefit the business.” Stating that the new strategy might not bring in much success to Lenovo, Steven Tseng, an analyst at Daiwa Capital Markets, said, “Customers are also really confused by the company’s strategy.”
Despite the challenging outlook in the global smartphone market, Yang remained optimistic about turning around Lenovo’s struggling mobile business. He stated that there was a US$ 110 million sequential improvement in operational pretax income, attributable to improvements in the mobile and data center businesses in the quarter ended June 30, 2017. Yang added, “Not only did this gave me more confidence we will turn around our mobile business in the second half of FY2018, I think the entire Lenovo is entering a new phase of growth.” .
Protect Strategy
Protect and Attack strategy
Merger Strategy
None of the Options
Apple
Samsung
Hewlett-Packard (HP)
Sony
Innovation
strategic Decisions
Acquisition Strategy
Both B& C
Retrenchment Strategy
Internal Restructuring Strategy
Internationalization Strategy
Functional Level Strategy
Group of answer choices
Making product more stylish
attractive pricing strategies
Both A& B
Only B
Commercialization Of Research & Development activities
To beat the competitors
Both A& B
None of the Options
deep understanding of the domestic market
quick response to the demands of local consumers
Both A& B
Only B
Establishing a presence in more developed and highly globalized markets
Improvement in Client servicing
adherence to International Standards
Both B& C
Shifting of Domestic Market from Home PC’s to Laptop’s
Shifting of Domestic Market from Laptops to Home PC’s
Shifting of Market Demand to Other Electronic Items
None of the Options
Samsung Brand
VIVO Brand
Sony brand
Moto brand
Full Syllabus Assessment
CASE STUDY
Aggregate minerals are an important resource and their use is essential to national prosperity. They are vital for building new or improved housing, hospitals, schools, factories, roads and leisure facilities. Everything from a garden path to the Channel Tunnel. The processing of aggregates also provides materials for a whole range of non-construction uses: in agriculture, water purification, medicines, paint, toiletries, paper, plastics and steel making. Mineral working can have a significant effect on the landscape and on the living conditions of the people. It is essential that the industry operates to high environmental standards and manages its operations in a manner which minimises their impact on the environment. Business managers have to take these matters seriously as public awareness and concern has significantly increased over the last decade.
Companies are judged on the achievement of their “traditional” business objectives, such as return on investment, growth, market share etc. and now on their environmental performance and this is often looked for in specific statements, objectives and strategies set by a company. It is not only environmental campaigning groups or concerned consumers who realise the importance of the environment. Research has shown that three-quarters of managers feel that more emphasis should be placed on these issues. Where does this attitude spring from? There are a number of important influences and these include UK and EU environmental legislation, public opinion, pressure groups, influence of employees’ families and friends, the company’s own sense of social responsibility and, last but not least, market pressure from customers and end-users. These pressures are expected to grow, so a well managed company should prepare itself to respond to the concerns and take appropriate action.
The RMC Group has become the world’s largest producer of ready mixed concrete, also diversifying into a number of other construction material sectors. It employs the principle of vertical integration to secure raw materials - sand, gravel and crushed rock - required to sustain the production of ready mixed concrete and other added value finish
1st Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
In November 2017, China’s largest online travel agent (OTA), Shanghai-based Ctrip.com International Limited (Ctrip), announced the acquisition of the US-based travel recommendation service, Trip.com (Trip), for an undisclosed sum. This was the latest among several moves by Ctrip that signaled its ambitions to expand beyond Asia. Earlier in 2016, Ctrip bought Skyscanner, a Scotland-based flight Search Company, for about US$1.74 billion, making the travel industry sit up and take notice. The Trip deal was expected to help Skyscanner leverage Trip.com’s capabilities on its own platform. Travis Katz, CEO and founder of Trip, said, “The idea of this deal is for Skyscanner to marry in-destination reviews content in Trip’s arsenal to Skyscanner’s platform. The aspiration is not to only add static details, such as about the opening times of restaurants or museums, but to also enable Skyscanner users to see and eventually add social reviews within Skyscanner’s website and apps,”
Founded in June 1999 by James Liang, Neil Shen, Min Fan, and Qi Ji, Ctrip started out as a trip advisor service provider. The company aggregated information on hotels and flights and enabled customers to make informed and cost-effective hotel and flight bookings. Its inception and growth coincided with the travel boom in China and its revenues increased from Renminbi (RMB)6.9 million in 2000 to RMB105.3 million (US$12.7 million) in 2002.
Even the outbreak of the Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS) in 2003 did not have a significant impact on Ctrip’s business. By October 2003, Ctrip had established room supply relationships with over 1,700 hotels in China and over 450 hotels internationally. It went public in December 2003, with its IPO soaring on the debut day. On Nasdaq, the shares opened at US$24.01, and at one point went up to US$37.35, thereby making Ctrip’s first IPO double its US$18 offer price on day one of trade.
COMPETING WITH TECHNOLOGY
Ctrip had constantly been acquiring new technologies to serve its customers. Artificial Intelligence, big data, and intelligent hardware employed by Ctrip were crucial in providing a superior travel experience. Jane Sun (Jane), Ctrip’s Chief Executive Officer, said, “For the user interface, we want to make sure that we know every customer who has purchased or searched on the Ctrip website. So when we list our products for them, it’s not millions of items that they have to search through -- the user experience wouldn’t be maximized. Hopefully we can personalize the display. All of that is in our design. When the customer purchases with us, they (may not) know what they want, but we know what would fit them. That’s a way technology will help us” .
CTRIP’S STRATEGIC INVESTMENTS AND ACQUISITIONS
Ctrip maintained its leading position through a series of strategic investments and acquisitions. From 2013, the company began expanding aggressively expanding internationally. Feifei Xu, Director of Brand Strategy, Labbrand, said, “Their international expansion aims to offer Chinese out-bound travelers or foreign companies in China an extension of their value-chain platform of tourism. By international expansion, they are mostly targeting outbound Chinese travelers.” In 2013, Ctrip invested in travel search engine Kuxun, hotel app Economy Hotel Manager, social trip sharing platform Chanyouji, and car rental services Yongche and eHi Car Services
CHALLENGES AND OPPORTUNITIES
The acquisition of Skyscanner, while contributing substantially to Ctrip’s growth, intensified both domestic and international competition. To compete effectively with Ctrip, other OTAs in China made attempts to attract large investments. Meituan Dianping raised US$4 billion in a funding round led by Tencent Holdings . Interestingly, Priceline, which was Ctrip’s largest shareholder, also participated in the funding round. Agoda.com, owned by the Priceline Group, established a strategic partnership with Meituan Dianping. This strategy of Priceline investing in Ctrip’s domestic competition indicated that it perhaps saw Ctrip as a potential threat and thus made an investment in Meituan Dianping that could lead to hedging its bets against Ctrip. However, analysts felt that Ctrip was strong enough to take a further share of the Chinese OTA market and its long-term growth prospects in China remained strong.
Adding Skyscanner’s revenue to Ctrip’s total boosted Ctrip’s Q3 2017 transportation-ticketing revenue by 41 percent to US$515 million. Cindy Wang, Chief Financial Officer, Ctrip, said, “The total number of transactions made by direct booking increased almost three-fold since May (2017), the month we launched the engine on Skyscanner, through September.”
Acquisition of US based Trip .com
Selling of Trip .com
Becoming a Parter of Trip.com
None of the options
On hotels and flights
on budget hotels
on international flights
both a & b
Customers
Technology
Offers
None of the options.
Artificial Intelligence, big data, and intelligent hardware
Excellent Software
Market Research
Both B&C
Knowing what would fit customers , as customers (may not) know what they want
Giving promotional offers
Giving discounts, customers always know what they want
None of the options
series of strategic investments only
a series of strategic investments and acquisitions
Focussing on Industry Competition
Focussing on Attracting maximum customers
Car rentals , Hotel Apps & travel search engines
Car rentals only
hotel app Economy Hotel Manager only
Both B & C
growth of international market
Growth in Foreign Lands
growth of both domestic and international markets
growth of domestic market
Selling of a Product Line
Competitor analysis
Scanning Environment
Acquisitions
Technology
Competitors
International Markets
Both B& C
2nd Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
Navroze Godrej (Navroze), the young executive director for Strategy and Innovation at Godrej and Boyce, the holding company of the India-based Godrej Group, is a fourth generation scion of the Godrej family. Keen on bringing about a major change in his company’s design thinking, he set himself the goal of changing the Godrej Group’s old-world, engineering driven mindset into a forward looking design driven mindset. He aimed to shape the Godrej Group into a company that inculcated a culture of open collaboration between different work groups and businesses. As part of his efforts to fulfill this aim, he created a suitable ambience and office infrastructure to break down the organizational hierarchies. He also started the Godrej Design Lab to encourage young designers to showcase their work. The selected designers were mentored and their designs displayed at national level exhibitions. The case discusses whether the initiatives taken by Navroze to bring about organizational transformation to make the Godrej Group design, innovation, and consumer focused can succeed. The case gives enough scope to analyze whether the influx of young talent is capable of bringing in novel ideas to shape the company’s future.
In 2005, Navroze Godrej (Navroze) was inducted as a management trainee into Godrej & Boyce (G&B), the holding company of the Godrej Group. Navroze, a fourth generation-scion of the Godrej family which owned the Godrej Group, was all of 23 years old when he joined Godrej. He was quite different from the previous generations of the family in terms of being more agile and wanting to bring in change within the company. When Navroze was in his early twenties, he met Professor Hemmant Jha, (Jha) of the Institute of Design, Chicago, US. It turned out to be a momentous meeting and was a turning point for Navroze as it kindled in him a love for design, which soon turned into a lasting passion. Navroze was so impressed after chatting with Jha that he persuaded the professor to join G&B. Analysts said this was a smart move by Navroze – one that drove G&B toward innovation. After hiring Jha, Navroze and his team at G&B brought out novel designs and innovations which were patented under Godrej.
Godrej, one of the largest Indian privately-held diversified industrial companies, was founded by Ardeshir Godrej (Ardeshir) in 1897. Ardeshir, a lawyer by profession, gave up his career in law to pursue his passion for making high quality locks and safes. The business was expanded further by Ardeshir’s youngest brother, Pirojsha Godrej (Pirojsha), who joined the company in 1906. In 1909, Godrej secured its first patent for spring-less locks which Ardeshir sold under the Anchor brand. During the 1920s, Ardeshir manufactured the first of Godrej’s sturdy steel cupboards branded as ‘Storwel,’ that became a trend in Indian homes. Ardeshir launched a washing soap as well and the world’s first vegetable oil based toilet soap. The toilet soap was considered to be the best in its time, as it revolutionized the manufacturing process. Up till then, soaps were made from animal fat. Godrej earned a name for itself with the superior quality of locks and soaps it sold. In 1952, Godrej bagged a contract to manufacture ballot boxes for India’s first general elections. Every day, 15,000 ballot boxes were made at its Vikhroli factory in Mumbai, to supply the target of 1.2 million boxes.
In 2013, after Navroze graduated with a Master’s in design, he returned to join G&B and spearheaded a pilot project on a disruptive business model. One of the things he changed was the layout of the (office) shop-floor. Unlike the previous directors who worked from their closed office space, he preferred to sit with his project teams around a big table and discuss matters with them. The new furniture layout was intended to support both individual and group work. Navroze felt traditional desk arrangements created a barrier and prevented openness and collaboration.
GODREJ INNOVATION CENTER
In 2013, Navroze took the bold move of setting up a 25,000 square foot ‘Innovation Center’ in Vikhroli, Mumbai. This was a research and development center to conduct explorative study in areas involving security, lifestyle, well-being, energy, productivity, and connectivity. The innovation center had a fixed 20-member full-time team, while at any given time there were at least a 100 other employees who belonged to other departments deputed to accomplish time-bound projects. As Navroze believed in diversity, the members in the teams came from different backgrounds such as, design, marketing, research, business, engineering, and others. The center had enough space for meetings and lectures, and the furniture was such that it could be reorganized for display of prototype product designs, a collection of material types, and for any other informal interaction as well.
SPRINT PROGRAM
Navroze led the Sprint program that caused a cultural transformation in the company. He facilitated a bottom-up approach, where he invited all the employees of Godrej to submit ideas at the innovation center. Based on their ideas, Navroze set up work groups. For the first time, people with 20 years of experience and those who had joined just six months earlier began working together. The groups came up with ideas that ranged from cooking appliances to recycling of waste, to looking at resources and services for transit population.
GODREJ DESIGNLAB
In 2013, Navroze set up the Godrej DesignLab, (GDL), which was established in collaboration with a Mumbai-based design studio, Elle Décor. GDL was a platform for designers to co-create, experiment, innovate, and challenge the boundaries of product design. GDL aimed at providing a holistic support system to designers who could give a whole new level of futuristic designs. GDL was a forum where designers could submit their work in four categories of furniture, furnishings, lighting and home décor, & accessories.
THE HUBBLE
In April 2014, Navroze spearheaded the development of a second innovation center, the Hubble. It was conceived to serve as a hub where people could interact informally to encourage the culture of creative thinking. The Hubble was built on a spacious 25,000 square foot space in the Vikhroli office itself, to function as an eat, work, and play space with a coffee-shop-kind-of-atmosphere. It encouraged both private and collaborative work among the employees.
REINFORCING THE DESIGN TRADITION
The Chief Design Officer, of GPL, Anubhav Gupta (Gupta), said that though there was no vertical on design in the Godrej group of companies, design was considered a business horizontal as it had become omnipresent in all aspects of the Godrej Group. He said innovation at GPL was not about playing it safe but it required an ability to tolerate failure before earning superlative success. Innovation, according to Gupta, was finding the best possible or the most optimal design.
Strategy related to innovation
strategy related to acquisitions
Strategy related to controlling systems
strategy related to diversifications
spring-less locks
Almirah’s
Safe’s
Refregirator’s
achieving greater market share
to attract more & more customers
Both A& B
None of the options
Animal fat based toilet soap
vegetable oil based toilet soap
Herbal Soaps
All
efficient working environment
Prevented positive work culture
Barrier ,prevented openness and collaboration
All
Research & Development
cost cutting strategies
strategies to attrat customers
None of the options
Refrigerators
superior quality of locks and soaps
Soaps Only
Electronic Appliances
the culture of creative thinking
collaborative work among the employees
Both A & B
None of the options
Creation of a suitable ambience and office infrastructure
Creation of a friendly environment
Creating a competitive Environment
Both b & C
to manufacture Lockers
to manufacture Soaps
to manufacture both ballot boxes & soaps
to manufacture ballot boxes
3rd Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
This case discusses about the acquisition of Florida-based Elizabeth Arden Inc, (Arden), a cosmetics, skin care, and fragrance major by Revlon Inc. (Revlon) another cosmetic giant. Post-merger, Revlon reported a 21.9% increase in its net sales in 2016. The case highlights the journey of both the businesses and also the tough time they faced prior to the merger. While Revlon had been weighed down by its debt, the sales of celebrity fragrances, a key part of Arden's portfolio, had declined. Arden's losses and increasing debt load left the company with few options to survive as a stand-alone business. Revlon pursued the deal largely in order to achieve scale.
Revlon bought Arden in a $870 mn deal in June 2016. The merger brought together the two cosmetics majors amidst hopes that a combined distribution network and marketing strategy could broaden their appeal. The industry showed a mixed response to the union. While some experts felt the synergy was not very realistic few other opined that it would revive the fortunes of Arden.
The case also discusses Revlon’s plans of restructuring the business. It headed towards shifting to a brand-centric structure aimed at identifying investment areas quicker and reacting faster to consumer needs in the domestic and international markets.
In March 2017, New York-based cosmetics, skin care, fragrance, and personal care company Revlon Inc, (Revlon) reported its net sales rose to $2.3 billion in 2016, a 21.9 percent increase compared to 2015. Revlon witnessed growth across all segments. This growth in sales came amidst Revlon’s plans to shift to a brand-centric structure after initiating a restructuring plan in 2016. The restructuring followed Revlon’s acquisition of Elizabeth Arden Inc, (Arden), a Florida-based, cosmetics, skin care, and fragrance major, for $ 870 million. The merged company was expected to leverage the strength of its brands and adapt to the changing behaviors and preferences of consumers to serve them better. In addition to expanding categories, channels, and geographies, Revlon expected to hit $5 billion in sales in the next five years. As part of the integration, it announced the elimination of 350 positions worldwide and streamlining of certain operations. In addition, project integration-related restructuring activities were estimated to cost between $65 million and $75 million by 2020.
THE JOURNEY OF ELIZABETH ARDEN
Born as Florence Nightingale Graham (Graham) in 1878 in Ontario, (Canada), Graham was the youngest of five children in a poverty stricken family. She dropped out of school due to a lack of finances and began training as a nurse. During nursing training she met a chemist experimenting with a facial cream that could help acne sufferers. The idea fascinated her, leading to her believing that most women would give anything for beauty. Graham took up a number of odd jobs that gave her an opportunity to display her salesmanship. While working briefly as a bookkeeper for the E R Squibb Pharmaceuticals Company in 1908, she spent hours in their lab learning about skincare. This further inspired her to fashion a small lab for beauty products of her own. To pursue her dream, she quit her job at Squibb and joined as an assistant in a newly established beauty parlor. Graham later worked for beautician Eleanor Adair as a “treatment girl” and gained valuable industry experience. In 1910, Graham borrowed money from her brother William and started ‘Red Door Salon’ with a partner, Elizabeth Hubbard . The first shop was opened on Fifth Avenue. The partnership soon dissolved and Graham became the sole proprietress. She decided to name her salon ‘Elizabeth Arden’. The name was derived from her former partner’s name and from Alfred, Lord Tennyson's poem ‘Enoch Arden’. The new name raised the prestige and glamor of not only the business but Graham as well. Thus, Graham changed her name to Elizabeth Arden (Arden) in 1915.
THE JOURNEY OF REVLON
The history of Revlon Inc, one of the world's leading cosmetics companies based in New York, can be traced back to 1932. Two brothers, Joseph Revson and Charles Revson, conceived of the idea of creating a nail enamel using pigments instead of the normal dyes. They collaborated with a local chemist named Charles Lachman (who contributed the ‘L’ to the Revlon name), to come up with their first product. Revlon developed a variety of new shades of nail polish. Seeing the booming beauty salons and the growing popularity of manicures they targeted beauty salons as a market to sell their nail polishes.
Arden was known for its fragrances including those licensed from celebrities like Marilyn Monroe, Catherine Zeta-Jones, Britney Spears, Justin Bieber, Taylor Swift, and many more. However, in 2014, the company posted the biggest ever quarterly loss in its history, a 28 per cent drop in revenue. The company was hit hard mainly because of a fall in the sales of its celebrity perfumes. The company statement said, “While the company had expected weaker sales comparisons due to the lower level of fragrance launch activity in fiscal 2014 versus fiscal 2013, the decline in sales of celebrity fragrances, particularly the Justin Bieber and Taylor Swift fragrances.
In June 2016, mired in financial woes, Revlon decided to pick up Arden. The company agreed to buy Arden in an $870 million deal. The wager was expected to create a beauty business with annual sales of $3 billion along with creating a platform in categories like mass, prestige, professional, color cosmetics, skin care, and fragrances. In addition to greater purchasing power, the merged entity was expected to benefit from cost savings of nearly $140 million by eliminating overlaps, integrated manufacturing, and distribution networks of both companies. Garcia said, “We see great opportunities for growth where they are strong and we are not.”
Some analysts expected a negative outcome from the union. They felt that Revlon was buying a troubled competitor with an elevated debt load. Although Revlon pointed to the expected synergies, experts found this unrealistic and opined that it could possibly result in higher leverage ratios. Wendy Liebmann, CEO of WSL Strategic Retail, stated, “There’s so little other business synergy. Arden is a fragrance and skin care house. Revlon is a color cosmetics and hair-color business. Different price points and distribution.
The deal not only marked a turnabout for investors, it also put an end to speculations that Revlon would be an acquisition target – rather than a buyer. Before the acquisition was announced, Arden's market capitalization was $280 million. Shares had fallen 40 percent off their 52-week high. But as soon as the news of the acquisition came in, Arden’s shares soared by as much as 50 per cent and closed at $14; Revlon rose about 6.6 percent to close at $33.25.
In January 2017, Revlon decided to divide and organize the business into four categories: the Revlon brand, Elizabeth Arden, fragrances and portfolio brands, (which included Almay, Mitchum, Gatineau, Sinful Colors and Pure Ice cosmetics. Each Revlon team was required to prepare a three-year growth plan and set priorities and strategies for their labels. The core corporate functions including finance, human resources, supply chain, research and development, legal, communications, and corporate social responsibility departments were to be reorganized to provide better support to the new brand-centric and regional structures.
Acquisition as growth strategy
Industry Analysis as growth Strategy
Leadership strategy
Competitor analysis strategy
Revlon International & Mac
Maybelline & MAC
Elizabeth Arden Inc & Revlon Inc
Mayabelline & Revlon
adapt to the changing behaviors & preferences of consumers
adapt to the changing Market conditions
adapt to the changing Political environment
adapt to the latest Technology
Restructuring the business
Closing the business
Both A& B
None of the options
the better condition of Elizabeth Arden Inc prior its acquisition
the journey of both the businesses and also the tough time they faced prior to the merger
the downfall of Revlon Inc . before the acquisition
None of the options
consumer needs in the domestic and international markets
consumer needs in the domestic market only
consumer needs in the international markets
None of the options
Nail enamel
Face Creams
fragrances
Both A & B
the Revlon brand
Elizabeth Arden brand
fragrances and portfolio brands
All of the options
three-year
Five Year
Ten years
seven Years
Increasing the sales
attracting More & More customers
Capturing Major Market Share
All of the Options
4th Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
When a new technology comes along that is capable of improving dramatically the products of a whole industry, every firm in that industry has vital strategic decisions to make. It must ask itself:
essential changes on our own?
Once taken, these key decisions have to be implemented.
Technological change > Strategic decisions > Strategic Implementation
All this makes for exciting times within the industry, for producers and also for consumers, who also have some adjusting to do.
Imaging is one of the world’s growth markets and new technology is making its mark; imaging has ‘gone digital’. It is not a complete transformation. Analogue imaging has not been abandoned and still has millions of satisfied consumers. However, the industry will move on. This is because the new technology:
The pace of change is accelerating. Abandoning former practices and establishing new ways of working is generating not only excitement, but also stresses and tensions. The new technology requires new skills, new attitudes and new approaches from both producers and consumers.
This case study looks at how AGFA, a leading player, is taking full advantage of the digital revolution. The company is using the new technology as:
Agfa
Agfa is a leading name in the imaging industry. The Agfa-Gevaert Group de-velops, produces and distributes an extensive range of analogue and digital imaging systems. Agfa has divided its operations into three segments.
Segment: Consumer imaging.
Activity/Products: Wide range of products using both digital and analogue technologies for taking, processing and manipulating photographs.
Segment: Graphic systems.
Activity/Products: A wide range of electronic and photographic systems for the graphics industry, including workflow management systems, scanners and laser image setters.
Segment: Technical imaging.
Activity/Products: Medical uses eg X-ray equipment; non-destructive fault-testing eg in aircraft and pipelines; industrial imaging for motion pictures; document management systems and micrographics.
Agfa’s operations involve a high level of innovation. The company’s willingness and ability to work at the leading edge of technology help to make it a leader in its field.
For Agfa to remain a market leader, its managers must concern themselves with the future and ask themselves:
With imaging, the answers currently are:
This approach requires a willingness to invest heavily in new projects that maximise the benefits of new technology.
- Every proposed project undergoes investment appraisal. This procedure establishes whether a particular project is worth taking forward. Managers will ask key questions about a proposal, including:
Risks for the imaging industry include:
Agfa must consider these factors as it contemplates large scale investment in new digitally based technologies.
During 2000 Agfa invested around 224 million Euros (equivalent to 4% of its sales revenue) in research and development. Part of this involved working with external partners eg universities and leading research centres. Much of the work reflected the need to move forward in:
Digital technologies are changing the way in which people take, process and use images. New processes allow customers to work with images quickly and efficiently, without requiring extensive expertise and knowledge. Take, for example, the newspaper world. With newspapers, speed is vital and editors want the best pictures to go with the latest stories.
significant in size with almost 70% of the market. However, with plenty of scope for further product developments and for repeat business. The growth of digital technology has not deterred Agfa and its competitors from bringing out new, improved products for use with ‘old’ technology.
On the other hand, digital technologies have helped to transform the work of hospital radiologists. For example, a software package developed by Agfa called MUSICA (Multiscale Image Contrast Amplification) enables radiologists to manipulate X-ray images in various ways. Edges can be sharpened up to reveal key details, and images can be rotated to offer alternative perspectives. Users can zoom in on details, and select and sort images in a search for recurring patterns. Images can be shared across a number of hospital workstations and can also be transmitted for immediate expert analysis elsewhere.
The best investment programmes are supported by painstaking research: market research into what consumers require and product research to establish what the new technology can and cannot do for them. Agfa is at the heart of changes in imaging brought about by new technology. It is leading. It is also listening and learning. In a highly competitive industry, Agfa’s thorough approach is enabling it to retain important competitive advantages over its closest and fiercest rivals.
How far and how quickly should we embrace the new technology
"Are we big enough and capable enough to accomplish all the essential changes on our own "
How far and how quickly should we amend or abandon our present products
All
External Environment
Internal Environment
Competitive Environment
Structural environment
analogue only
Analogue and digital
digital only
none of the options
Is innovative
Is reliable
good scope in long run
All
New technology becomes immediately popular
sale of older technology is not at all affected
sale of older technology is affected
All of the above
Yes, Investment is required
Investment is not at all required
Both A & B
None of the options
Identification of their needs or wants
identification of Competitors
Both A& B
None of the Options
technological Advantage
Competitive advantage
Economic Advantage
None of the Options
available for use immediately
can be transferred immediately from camera to other devices
can be downloaded and printed or transferred to CDs
ALL
Divisional Structure
Bureaurocratic structure
Line structure
Line & Staff Structure
90/100
5th Block Assessment
CASE STUDY
This case discusses how Beijing-based multinational technology giant, Lenovo Group Limited (Lenovo), emerged as a global brand from China. After becoming a market leader in the Chinese PC market, several international acquisitions helped the company establish a presence in global markets. The company’s 2005 acquisition of the PC division of US-based multinational technology giant International Business Machine (IBM) gave the Lenovo brand global recognition. Lenovo’s 2011 acquisition of German electronics manufacturer, Medion, in 2011 and a joint PC venture with Japanese multinational technology company NEC Corporation helped the company transform from a small Chinese electronics company into the world’s largest PC maker by shipping over 53 million units in 2013.
After some initial success with its ‘Protect and Attack’ strategy, Lenovo started to face reverses. In 2017, it lost its PC crown i.e. market leadership in the global personal computers (PCs) market, to its arch rival Hewlett-Packard (HP). Lenovo also found the going tough in the smartphone business that it entered in 2010 as part of its ‘PC Plus strategy’. Lenovo’s gamble of acquiring Motorola Mobility from Google failed to pay off, according to some analysts. By the end of 2015, Lenovo’s fortunes in the mobile market had dipped dramatically. It slipped to eighth position in China’s smartphone market as new and nimbler Chinese competitors such as Huawei, Xiaomi, Oppo, and Vivo continued to grow rapidly. Critics stated that Lenovo lacked innovation at a time when its rivals were upping their game in both the PC and smartphone markets. The challenge before Yang Yuanqing (Yang), CEO of Lenovo, was how to orchestrate a turnaround in the fortunes of the company and restore it to its past glory.
In August 2017, Beijing-based multinational technology giant, Lenovo Group Limited (Lenovo), reported a quarterly loss of US$ 72 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2017. It had made a profit of US$ 173 million for the same quarter of 2016. Lenovo also lost its market leadership in the global personal computers (PCs) market to its arch rival Hewlett-Packard (HP). HP led the global PC market with a 22.8% market share for the second quarter of 2017 while Lenovo stood second with a market share of 21.6%, according to International Data Corporation (IDC). Analysts attributed Lenovo’s troubles to the maturing PC market where demand was falling with consumers shifting to smart phones and tablets for daily activities including surfing the Internet. Critics opined that Lenovo’s products, be it PCs or smart phones, lacked innovation while HP had taken over the PC crown by launching a series of cool products targeted at gamers. In the smart phone market too, analysts felt that Lenovo had failed to read the market signals, while its competitors such as Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. (Huawei), Xiaomi Inc. (Xiaomi), Oppo Electronics Corp. (Oppo), and Vivo Electronic Corp. (Vivo) were rolling out stylish and inexpensive smart phones and gaining market share in China.
The history of Lenovo dates back to 1984 when it was started as New Technology Developer Inc., the predecessor of the Legend Group Ltd. (Legend), by Founder and Chairman, Liu Chuanzhi (Liu), along with ten colleagues at the government-owned Computing Institute of the Chinese Academy of Sciences (CAS) with US$ 25,000. The company was started with the aim of commercializing the research and development (R&D) activities conducted at CAS. In 1985, as its first business deal, the company took over the responsibility of receiving, checking, and maintaining IBM computers imported by CAS and of training CAS staff.
The company invested the profits of US$ 146,583 it had received from servicing IBM computers in the design, production, and marketing of its first product – the Chinese character card – HanCard. The Chinese character card, which translated English operating software into Chinese characteristics, was based on the original concept developed by the Institute of Computer Technology (ICT) of CAS. At that time, foreign vendors were not able to come out with such an operating system for PCs in China. The successful launch of the Chinese card boosted Lenovo’s growth in the early 1990s.
In the 1990s, Lenovo was the first company to introduce the home computer concept in China and it grew into a national company cornering a market share of 27% in the domestic market. Lenovo’s competency was its deep understanding of the domestic market and its quick response to the demands of local consumers. The success of Lenovo and other domestic computer makers in China confounded the predictions made by several market analysts. According to Business Week , “It wasn’t supposed to happen this way. A few years ago, most analysts were convinced that the global players would gobble up the Chinese market, with locals like Lenovo stuck in second tier status – at best.”
Lenovo believed that to become a global brand, it was not enough just to be identified as a global firm. Establishing a presence in more developed and highly globalized markets such as the US and Europe was essential for its overall strategy. By 2001, though Lenovo’s market share had reached 30% in China, it realized that it would not be able to grow much more given the stiff competition in the country. In addition to this, the domestic market for home PCs was shifting toward laptops rather than desktop PCs. This posed a challenge to Lenovo despite its recording profits of US$ 130 million for the FY 2002-2003, as laptops were not just costly to manufacture but also involved tough competition from rivals such as Dell and HP. In a bid to combat these challenges the company decided to step into international markets.
The global economic slowdown in mid-2008 led to Lenovo posting a loss of US$ 226 million. During this time, the company’s CEO William Amelio stepped down in favor of Yang, while Liu returned to assume the role of Chairman.
Lenovo’s Protect and Attack strategy helped the company taste success in China as well as in other global markets. For the FY ended 2013, the company also emerged as the number one PC company in global emerging markets, as well as three of the seven largest PC markets in the world – China, Japan, and Germany. For the quarter ended June 30, 2013, Lenovo’s smartphone business.
With the acquisition of Motorola, Lenovo had ambitious plans to capture a portion of the pie in the global smartphone market. However, the company’s fortunes declined when its smartphone shipments decreased by 53% in China with Lenovo maintaining a meager 3% market share for the Q4 of 2015, according to Canalys. In the global market for smartphones, the company stood at fifth position with a market share of 5.7%.
In a bid to arrest the decline in sales in its smart phone market, Lenovo planned to focus on its Moto brand. According to Yang, “Singular branding will benefit the business.” Stating that the new strategy might not bring in much success to Lenovo, Steven Tseng, an analyst at Daiwa Capital Markets, said, “Customers are also really confused by the company’s strategy.”
Despite the challenging outlook in the global smartphone market, Yang remained optimistic about turning around Lenovo’s struggling mobile business. He stated that there was a US$ 110 million sequential improvement in operational pretax income, attributable to improvements in the mobile and data center businesses in the quarter ended June 30, 2017. Yang added, “Not only did this gave me more confidence we will turn around our mobile business in the second half of FY2018, I think the entire Lenovo is entering a new phase of growth.” .
Protect Strategy
Protect and Attack strategy
Merger Strategy
None of the Options
Apple
Samsung
Hewlett-Packard (HP)
Sony
Innovation
strategic Decisions
Acquisition Strategy
Both B& C
Retrenchment Strategy
Internal Restructuring Strategy
Internationalization Strategy
Functional Level Strategy
Group of answer choices
Making product more stylish
attractive pricing strategies
Both A& B
Only B
Commercialization Of Research & Development activities
To beat the competitors
Both A& B
None of the Options
deep understanding of the domestic market
quick response to the demands of local consumers
Both A& B
Only B
Establishing a presence in more developed and highly globalized markets
Improvement in Client servicing
adherence to International Standards
Both B& C
Shifting of Domestic Market from Home PC’s to Laptop’s
Shifting of Domestic Market from Laptops to Home PC’s
Shifting of Market Demand to Other Electronic Items
None of the Options
Samsung Brand
VIVO Brand
Sony brand
Moto brand
Full Syllabus Assessment
CASE STUDY
Aggregate minerals are an important resource and their use is essential to national prosperity. They are vital for building new or improved housing, hospitals, schools, factories, roads and leisure facilities. Everything from a garden path to the Channel Tunnel. The processing of aggregates also provides materials for a whole range of non-construction uses: in agriculture, water purification, medicines, paint, toiletries, paper, plastics and steel making. Mineral working can have a significant effect on the landscape and on the living conditions of the people. It is essential that the industry operates to high environmental standards and manages its operations in a manner which minimises their impact on the environment. Business managers have to take these matters seriously as public awareness and concern has significantly increased over the last decade.
Companies are judged on the achievement of their “traditional” business objectives, such as return on investment, growth, market share etc. and now on their environmental performance and this is often looked for in specific statements, objectives and strategies set by a company. It is not only environmental campaigning groups or concerned consumers who realise the importance of the environment. Research has shown that three-quarters of managers feel that more emphasis should be placed on these issues. Where does this attitude spring from? There are a number of important influences and these include UK and EU environmental legislation, public opinion, pressure groups, influence of employees’ families and friends, the company’s own sense of social responsibility and, last but not least, market pressure from customers and end-users. These pressures are expected to grow, so a well managed company should prepare itself to respond to the concerns and take appropriate action.
The RMC Group has become the world’s largest producer of ready mixed concrete, also diversifying into a number of other construction material sectors. It employs the principle of vertical integration to secure raw materials - sand, gravel and crushed rock - required to sustain the production of ready mixed concrete and oth
Amity MBA Solved Assignment For Corporate Tax Planning and Management
Module 1 : Basic Concepts, Nature & Scope of Tax Planning & Management
1st Module Assessment
Under the Income Tax Act, 1961, depreciation on machinery is charged on ………………. down value of the machinery.
Select one:
MAT stands for ……………. Alternative Tax.
Select one:
Which among the following is not available to companies?
Select one:
Profits earned from an illegal business are ...............
Select one:
Compliance with legal formalities and availing tax incentivesare cases of Tax ……………….. .
Select one:
A company carry forward the eligible tax credit under MAT for a maximum of ….................. assessment years.
Select one:
Tax avoidance is ………… .
Select one:
A company in which the public are not substantially interestedis ____________.
Select one:
MAT Provisions are applicable to ….................. companies.
Select one:
CTBT stands for Central Board of ……………… Taxes.
Select one:
The total income of a domestic company is taxable at the rate of …................. per cent.
Select one:
Concealment of income or false claims to reduce tax liability are cases of tax …................. .
Select one:
Return of income must be furnished on or before the due date as per a part of Tax ……….. .
Select one:
Using the loopholes of law to reduce tax is known as …................. .
Select one:
The basic mantra for an efficient tax planning is …………………
Select one:
Tax planning is done to achieve ………….. goals of an individual.
Select one:
SIP stands for Systematic Investment ………………… .
Select one:
Module 2 : Areas of Tax Planning
2nd Module Assessment
There are many schemes under Section ………….. which provided eligible deduction like contract for a deferred annuity, contribution by an individual provident fund, contribution by an employee to a recognized provident fund .
Select one:
Tax planning is done for ………………… investments.
Select one:
Claiming a deduction for life insurance comes under which section?
Select one:
If a taxpayer paid all the taxes without legally due then it will create a more productive investment in the economy.
Select one:
Tax planning is the basic and important part of the financial plan and helps to ………….. our capital.
Select one:
In India, tax planning is an activity to ………………… tax liability.
Select one:
One has to arrange his tax plans at the ……………… of the financial year because no one can plan to reduce his tax liability day before filing an income tax return.
Select one:
Tax planning has to be done …….. year because of the new implementation of policies introduced by the government.
Select one:
If a taxpayer is aware of all the tax compliance and does productive investment planning then it will create more tax saving options for him.
Select one:
If tax planning is done in the right manner and is going in the right direction, it will help in ………… growth.
Select one:
Pension is ___________ taxable under the salary head.
Select one:
_____________ is the casual income.
Select one:
Under the Income-tax Act, 1961, 'notional profit' from speculative business is taxable under the head …………. .
Select one:
Any corporation by or under any Central, State or Provincial Actor a Government Company as defined in the Companies Act is called …................. Company.
Select one:
Tax planning involves the scheduling of tax payments and the programming of tax-related cash outlays.
Select one:
Following is/are the area of Tax planning :
Select one:
Purposive tax planning is done with a particular objective in mind
Select one:
Module 3: Tax Planning in Special Situations
3rd Module Assessment
Unabsorbed depreciation can be set off against income under
any head.
Select one:
Decision to make or buy is a costing decision and is influenced
by factor such as availability of ……………
Select one:
……………….. tax plannings are permissible under a taxation law.
Select one:
Buy or lease decision is much affected by …………….. .
Select one:
…………..-range tax planning involves year to year planning to complete some specific and limited objects.
Select one:
Tax management involves return file, audit, deduction etc.
Select one:
If the business or profession has been discontinued …………., can be carried forward and set-off against profits and gains of business or profession.
Select one:
Make or buy decisions are basically depended on company's…………… .
Select one:
Tax Evasion is not a legal practice to avoid tax liabilities.
Select one:
…………….. -range tax planning are those activities undertaken by an assessee, which does not pay off immediately.
Select one:
Income tax rates are fixed in …………….. Act.
Select one:
Foreign income is not taxable in the hands of non-resident in India.
Select one:
The total income of a non domestic company is taxable at the rate of …................. .
Select one:
A lease of property is a transfer of right to enjoy such property, made a certain time, in consideration of a price payable ……………..to the transferor by the transferee.
Select one:
What is/are the cost involved in making of a product?
Select one:
It is quite natural every components or part of a car cannot bemanufactured by one company. So few goods are made and few are purchased.
Select one:
The decision to buy or lease depends on availibility of ……………resources.
Select one:
Module 4: International Taxation
4th Module Assessment
Which of these is (are) the objective(s) of DTAA?
Select one:
NRI stands for Non-resident …………….
Select one:
International taxation in a simple language means the study of
Taxation beyond the ………….. Level.
Select one:
(DTAA) is an agreement signed between two countries/nations
for resolving the issues of …………….. of income and increased
transparency to avoid tax evasion.
Select one:
NRI is above the age of 60 years still he will be taxed a per taxrate applicable to resident Indian who is below the age of 60years.
Select one:
Section 115C defined “foreign exchange asset” to be any specified asset, which was acquired by the assessee using convertible foreign exchange and the said specified asset as per sub-section (f) of the same Section included shares with an Indian company.
Select one:
Who is expected to share the costs of running a country which makes possible the production of income, its maintenance and investment and its use through consumption.
Select one:
International Tax is best regarded as the body of legal provisions of different countries that covers the tax aspects of……………………. transactions.
Select one:
…………………. rule is the taxation system based on the legal connection (i.e. place of incorporation) to a country.
Select one:
……………… rule is the taxation system based on the legal connection (i.e. place of incorporation) to a country. Under this rule, the worldwide income of a domestic corporation is taxed in that country.
Select one:
………….. becomes applicable when an individual is a resident of one nations but earns income in another.
Select one:
DTAA stands for ………… Tax Avoidance Agreement.
Select one:
APA stands for Advance Pricing …………….
Select one:
A company which is neither an Indian company not has made the prescribed arrangements for the declaration and payment of dividends within India is called …................. company.
Select one:
Tax …………… is the postponing taxes to be paid today to sometime in the future.
Select one:
CFCs stand for Controlled …………… Corporations.
Select one:
In international taxation, APAs stand for Advanced …………….Agreements.
Select one:
Module 5: Goods & Services Tax Act, 2017
5th Module Assessment
who shall be empowered to levy and collect GST on supplies in the course of Inter state Transactions of trade or commerce?
Select one:
What is the maximum rate prescribed in the GST?
Select one:
SAC code stands for Services Accounting ……………
Select one:
HSN code stands for Harmonised System of …………………
Select one:
Can a person apply for registration without PAN?
Select one:
What are the taxes levied on Intra-state Supply?
Select one:
Which tax is levied on import o g goods and services?
Select one:
b .IGST
Which of the following commodities is not kept outside the perview of GST?
Select one:
Ceiling limit prescribed in GST is ………… percentage.
Select one:
Global business has no border but tax laws and rules will continue to have a clear border.
Select one:
What does 'I' stands for in IGST?
Select one:
GST stands for ………… and services tax.
Select one:
GST is a ……….. Based tax on consumption of goods and services.
Select one:
In India GST became active in which year?
Select one:
GST was introduced to ……………..
Select one:
Which item is included in the Exemption List of GST?
Select one:
GST has replaced which of these taxes?
Select one:
Assignment 2
CASE STUDY
Why early Tax planning is important?
Tax planning is important to achieve financial and business
goals. Small and large businesses need tax planning because
tax planning becomes beneficial for business. Saving money by
reducing your tax liability requires groundwork. It’s called tax
planning. As the tax season approaches, most of us are
scurrying to file our income tax returns. The ones who plan their
taxes beforehand, take the cake in the form of tax savings!
But, how can you plan taxes?
You start early, determine the available tax saving investments,
invest in them at the end of the year, and Voila! Money saved.
However, it isn’t as easy as it seems.
The importance of tax planning is often undermined. This stems
from either a lack of information, ignorance, discipline or even
the dearth of time. It's time though to turn that around and
have a look at why tax planning is so important.
A good way to begin tax planning is to recognise changes in
your lifestyle choices. An increase in age, new job or profession,
higher income, availing of a home loan, and other events that
have a tax impact. Additionally, changes in tax regulations laws
also affect one’s financial plans. A comprehensive tax planning
strategy accounts for all these factors.
Why is tax planning important?
The primary perks of tax planning are obvious - you minimise
what you owe to the Government by taking advantage of all
available credits and deductions.
Here’s a quick rundown on why tax planning is so important:
Choosing the right tax-saving instrument
Tax saving is a long term exercise and tax planning and
investment planning go hand-in-hand.
There are several tax-saving investment avenues of which you
should access the ones that ensure your holistic financial
wellbeing. The earlier you start, the more you can benefit from
the power of compounding.
Market–linked investments are more suited to higher income
groups. Such investments are high return and high risk
investments. Conservative investors can choose fixed income
investments but this includes a lack of liquidity. You should
assess your personal investment choices based on your riskappetite
and liquidity needs. Section 80C is one of the most
popular tax saving provisions available to Individuals. Following
instruments are involved under section 80 C.
Insurance Plans (Term life insurance, endowment plan, moneyback
plan)
Certificate (NSC)
Deposit
One of the important factor to consider to begin tax planning is to recognise changes in your …………… choices.
Select one:
The main benefit for early start is to have ……………. Benefit.
Select one:
Tax saving is a …………. term exercise and tax planning and investment planning go hand-in-hand.
Select one:
Market–linked investments are more suited to ………………. In come groups.
Select one:
Tax planning is inevitable to achieve …………… goals.
Select one:
Amity MBA Solved Assignment For Cost and Management Accounting for Decision Making
Module 1: Cost Accounting - Introduction & Elements /
1st Module Assessment
Materials consumed, direct labour, sales commission, utilities, freight, packing, etc. are examples of …………….. Cost.
Select one:
Salaries of staff in the administration and accounts department is an example of ……………….. Labour.
Select one:
Primary packaging cost is included in production cost whereas secondary packaging cost is ……………... cost.
Select one:
……………. cost is the change in the aggregate costs due to change in the volume of output by one unit.
Select one:
……….. costs are partly fixed and partly variable.
Select one:
……………... helps in better control of the costs and also helps considerably in decision making.
Select one:
c .Labout Cost
Office salaries, printing and stationery, office telephone, office rent, office insurance are example of ……………… Cost.
Select one:
………….. are the costs which are incurred in the past, i.e. in the past year, past month or even in the last week or yesterday.
Select one:
The feature of these costs is that the total costs remain …………… while per unit fixed cost is always variable.
Select one:
……………….. cost is the cost of all items involved in the production of a product or service.
Select one:
Cost unit is a form of measurement of volume of …………... or service.
Select one:
Cost Centre may be of two types – personal and impersonal cost centers.
Select one:
……………….. cost is the cost of wages of those workers who are readily identified or linked with a cost centre or cost object.
Select one:
The elements of cost can be classified into …....…… categories.
Select one:
Cost is a measurement, in monetary terms, of the amount of resources used for the purpose of production of goods orrendering services.
Select one:
Select one:
Classification of cost is the process of ……………… the components of cost under a common designation on the basis of similarities of nature, attributes or relations.
Select one:
Module 2 : Process Costing /
Second step in processing costing system is to …………..
Select one:
Cost of previous department is a part of ………….
Select one:
Which of the following businesses is likely to adopt a process costing system?
Select one:
Which of the following is not relevant to a process costing system?
Select one:
In process costing system, when partially completed units are expressed in terms of fully completed units they are known as…………….. Units.
Select one:
If beginning work in process equivalent units are 2500 units, work done in current period equivalent units are 3800 units and ending work in process equivalent units are 5000, then complete equivalent units in current period are ………….. Units.
Select one:
Third step in process costing system is to ……………
Select one:
In process costing system, the materials can be added in …………… department only.
Select one:
The fundamental principle of costing is that the good units should bear the amount of ……………………. loss.
Select one:
If total incurred cost in a production process are ?30000 and number of output units are 5000 units, then units cost will be………… INR.
Select one:
Imputed Costs are hypothetical or notional costs, not involving cash outlay, computed only for the purpose of ……………..
Select one:
…………... loss is a loss, which is inevitable in any process. Thus if the input is 100, the output may be 95 if the normal loss is anticipated as 5%.
Select one:
………….. Costs are historical costs which are incurred i.e. ‘sunk’ in the past and are not relevant to the particular decision making problem being considered
Select one:
Abnormal Cost is an unusual or a typical cost whose occurrence is usually irregular and …………….. and due to some abnormal situation of the production.
Select one:
The process costing system is best suited for:
Select one:
If the actual production units are more than the anticipated units after deducting the normal loss, the difference between the two is known as …………… gain.
Select one:
Fifth step in process costing system is to ………………..
Select one:
Module 3 : Cost Analysis for Planning, Control and Decision making
3rd Module Assessment
All such expenses which are incurred for creating and enhancing the demands for the products are …………. Expenses.
Select one:
Any materials that have no value is ….................... .
Select one:
Which of the following calculate the actual cost of product?
Select one:
The amount of work achievable, at standard efficiency levels, in one hour.
Select one:
The following is(are) the overhead cost(s):
Select one:
The cost data provide invaluable information for taking the following managerial decision(s):
Select one:
Investment projects that are competing for scarce resources, where choosing one eliminates another, is called ___________.
Select one:
The cost which varies with the level of production is called …………….. Cost.
Select one:
Cost accounting is a specialized branch of accounting which deals with _____________.
Select one:
Prime cost = cost of direct labour + cost of direct material + direct expenses
Select one:
Which of the following is a correct formula to calculate contribution margin ratio (CM ratio)?
Select one:
A contribution margin income statement is usually used by:
Select one:
If contribution margin ratio is 0.3 then contribution margin percentage will be………….. %.
Select one:
Contribution margin = ?
Select one:
At breakeven, profit = contribution + fixed costs. This equation is:
Select one:
Cost-volume-profit (CVP) analysis is a way to find out how …………… in variable and fixed costs affect a firm's profit.
Select one:
An amount by which an item or head contributes towards covering fixed cost & providing for profit is commonly called as:
Select one:
Module 4 : Specialized Costing /
Cost or quantitative expression of objectives and a means of monitoring progress towards achievement of those objectives
for a specific period is __________.
Select one:
………………… records Provide the first evidence that a transaction or event has taken place.
Select one:
…………… activity is performed each time a product is produced.
Select one:
The cost of testing and inspecting both the materials and finished products is ………………. Cost.
Select one:
Factory cost + administrative expenses is equal to …………….. Cost.
Select one:
Cost or quantitative expression of objectives and a means of monitoring progress towards achievement of those objectives for a specific period:
Select one:
The amount of work achievable at standard efficiency levels in one hour is called _____________.
Select one:
It is the indirect cost pertaining to the administrative function which involves formulation of policies, directing the organisation and controlling the operations of an undertaking is …………. Cost.
Select one:
Those future costs which will be affected by a decision to be taken are ………….. Costs.
Select one:
………….. Cost is associated with an activity that would not be incurred if the activity were not performed.
Select one:
…………… capacity refers to temporary idleness of available resources due to irregular interruptions.
Select one:
Unit or output costing is that method of costing in which cost are ascertained per unit of a single product in a continuous manufacturing activity.
Select one:
………………….. costing is the method of costing adopted in concerns where there is a production of single product or a few grades of the same product differing only in size, shape or quality by continuous process of manufacture.
Select one:
Equality of cost is an important feature of ……......... method.
Select one:
………….. Cost is also known as overhead costs or on costs.
Select one:
The payment made to a …................ is cost of direct labour.
Select one:
Cost of preparing drawings for the manufacture of a particular product is …………….
Select one:
Module 5 : Costing methods and accounting systems /
5th Module Assessment
Income after making all permissible deductions is called ................ income.
Select one:
An activity, output, or item whose cost is to be measured.
Select one:
FIFO stands for First in ………… out.
Select one:
The cost difference expected if one course of action is adopted instead of others is called ……. Cost.
Select one:
Unstated and unrecorded cost is also called ………………. Cost.
Select one:
It can be increased or decreased at the discretion of the decision maker.
Select one:
Investment projects that are competing for scarce resources, where choosing one eliminates another.
Select one:
In the month of January, 300 labour hours were worked for a total cost of R s 4800. The variable overhead expenditurevariance was R s 600 (A). Overheads are assumed to be related to direct labour hours of active working. What was the standard cost per labour hour?
Select one:
Cost of one more item, unit or customer is __________.
Select one:
One which is not capable of being regulated by a manager within a defined boundary of responsibility, although it may be a cost incurred so that the responsibility may be exercised.
Select one:
…………… costing method is used in firms which work on the basis of job work.
Select one:
Such a cost sheet is prepared prior to the actual commencement of the period of production.
Select one:
This principle envisages that there should not be any intermediate stage like storekeeping.
Select one:
In activity based costing, costs are accumulated by …………….
Select one:
Tools like standard costing and target costing can be used effectively for cost control and cost ………...
Select one:
Material purchased from supplier should directly go the assembly line, i.e. to the production department is an example of…………………
Select one:
The storing cost can be saved to a great extent by using ……….. technique.
Select one:
Assignment 2
CASE STUDY
Kaizen Costing emphasizes on small but continuous improvement. Targets once set at the beginning of the year or activities
are updated continuously to reflect the improvement that has already been achieved and that are yet to be achieved. The
suggestive changes which are required to be adopted Kaizen Costing concepts in MIL are as follows:
Standard Cost Control System to Cost Reduction System: Traditionally Standard Costing system assumes stability in the
current manufacturing process and standards are set keeping the normal manufacturing process into account thus the whole
effort is on to meet performance cost standard. On the other hand Kaizen Costing believes in continuous improvements in
manufacturing processes and hence, the goal is to achieve cost reduction target. The first change required is the standard
setting methodology i.e. from earlier Cost Control System to Cost Reduction System.
Reduction in the periodicity of setting Standards and Variance Analysis: Under the existing planning and control system
followed by the MIL, standards are set semi-annually and based on these standards monthly variance reports are generated
for analysis. But under Kaizen Costing system cost reduction targets are set for small periods say for a week or a month. So
the period covered under a standard should be reduced from semi-annually to monthly and the current practice of
generating variance reports may be continued or may be reduced to a week.
Participation of Executives or Workers in standard setting: Under the Kaizen Costing system participation of workers or
executives who are actually involved in the manufacturing process are highly appreciated while setting standards. So the
current system of setting budgets and standards by the Finance department with the mere consent of Board of Directors
required to be changed.
What is the share of MIL in Indian Car Market in percentage?
Select one:
What emphasize on small but continuous improvement?
Select one:
As per the case, MIL, standards are set as …………
Select one:
Kaizen Costing believes in ………………. improvements in manufacturing processes.
Select one:
According to Kaizen Costing System, participation of workers or executives who are actually involved in the manufacturing process are highly appreciated while setting ……………….
Select one:
Amity MBA Solved Assignment For Management of Financial Services
Module 1 : Introduction To Financial Services & Regulations
1st Module Assessment
Registration of brokers is made _______.
Select one:
Functions of Finacial Services include:
Select one:
The objectives of SEBI include _______________.
Select one:
Financial services through the network of elements such as________, serve the needs of individuals, institutions and Corporate.
Select one:
_________ encompasses all institutions dealing in fresh issues.
Select one:
IPO stands for __________.
Select one:
The term _______________ is defined as a central location for keeping securities on deposit.
Select one:
_____________ includes all activities involved in the
transformation of savings into investment.
Select one:
The following one is a kind of fee based activity of a financial
intermediary.
Select one:
To regulate the securities market and to protect the investor'sinterest ________ has been created by the Government ofIndia.
Select one:
A prospectus which does not have details of either price or number of shares offer or the amount of issue is called:
Select one:
Role of Merchant Bankers____________.
Select one:
Book Building Process is managed by the_________.
Select one:
The price of new issue is decided by the company along with its_______ .
Select one:
c Stock Exchange
Post- Issue Management activities include:
Select one:
Lead Merchant Banker should advice the issuer to enter into____________ with a particular intermediary for the purpose of issue management.
Select one:
Name the process by which a demand for the securities proposed to be issued by a body corporate is elicited.
Select one:
Module 2 : Non Banking Finance Companies(NBFCs) & Mutual Funds 2nd Module Assessment
Which of the following is not the part of organized sector of
Indian Money Market?
Select one:
_______________ ended fund are highly liquid.
Select one:
What is an open-ended mutual fund?
Select one:
security
Units of _____________ must be listed on the stock exchange.
Select one:
NBFCs are required to accept public deposit for a maximum period of ___ months?
Select one:
For a company to register as a NBFC it should have a minimum net owned fund of _____.
Select one:
Which of the following does not have any roles in regulation of NBFCs?
Select one:
Mutual funds in India are permitted to investin____________.
Select one:
A Non-Banking Financial Company (NBFC) is a company registered under the _______.
Select one:
Which agency regulates and supervises NBFCs?
Select one:
The value of one unit of investment in Mutual fund is called the_______________.
Select one:
Which of the following activity is not permissible for NBFC?
Select one:
_______________ schemes not exposed to sudden and large movements of funds.
Select one:
The seller can repossess the goods in case of default in payment .
Select one:
____________ is a facility provided by banks to investors in new fund offers (NFOs) of mutual funds.
Select one:
A non-banking institution that has a principal business of receiving deposits under any scheme or arrangement in one lump sum or in in stallments by way of contributions is knownas:
Select one:
________ is a method of investing in mutual funds wherein an investor chooses a mutual fund scheme and invests a the fixed amount of his choice at fixed intervals.
Select one:
Module 3: Leasing, Hire Purchase & Consumer Credit
3rd Module Assessment
In _______________ lease, leasing company assumes risk
of obsolescence.
Select one:
Equipment leasing is _______________ financial service.
Select one:
Hire Purchase Act passed in the year_____.
Select one:
_______________ lease contracts are usually non
cancellable.
Select one:
Consumer loans are granted for _____________ period.
Select one:
In hire purchase depreciation can be claimed by the______.
Select one:
_____________ is pooling of small savings.
Select one:
_______________ is a method of renting assets.
Select one:
CIBIL stands for ______________.
Select one:
___________ refers to the raising of finance by individuals for meeting their personal expenditure or for the acquisition of consumer durable goods.
Select one:
________ is an agreement under which a company or a firmacquires a right to make use of a capital asset like machinery,on payment of agreed fee called rental charges.
Select one:
__________ is an on going credit arrangement.
Select one:
In ____________ leasing, the risk of obsolescence is assumed by the lessee.
Select one:
Which of the following is/are types of consumer credit?
Select one:
Consumer Credit accelerates ____________.
Select one:
The three C’s of Consumer Credit are:
Select one:
The features of hire purchase includes:
Select one:
4th Module Assessment
A ____________ is a specialized firm that finances young, start-up companies.
Select one:
Private Equity is regulated by ______.
Select one:
VCFs can be structured as an investment trust under the Indian act _____________.
Select one:
The _____________ partner is also entitled to share in profits of the private equity funds investment .
Select one:
Venture Capitalists use staged financing:
Select one:
Financial services offered financing risk project to provide which of the Following?
Select one:
_____________ nurturing means the continuous &on going investment of the VCF through representation in the board of the venture.
Select one:
Venture capital organized in _____________.
Select one:
The P/E firm takes the help of _______ for valuation & legal advice.
Select one:
_____________ types of valuation method can be adopted by VCFs.
Select one:
The purpose of valuation is to assess the ____________ and viability of the venture & to divide of the percentage of the VCF ownership in the new venture.
Select one:
The venture capital process involves post investment Services is also called ____________.
Select one:
Which of the following is not the non-fund based activities?
Select one:
In the ____________ method the entire earnings stream of the venture investment is considered.
Select one:
Private equity is a ______ investment fund, as its Current market price cannot be easily determined and cannot betransferred for certain period of time.
Select one:
In ____________ method the starting time & exit time of the venture investment is only considered.
Select one:
____________ is used to estimate the value of venture capital investment.
Select one:
5th Module Assessment
_______is one of the problem with e- banking.
Select one:
Paperless banking is known as_________.
Select one:
KYC means____________.
Select one:
What is a block chain?
Select one:
________refers to non alteration of data.
Select one:
EFT stands for:
Select one:
AI is intelligence demonstrated by ________.
Select one:
In Electronic cash payment____________.
Select one:
DBMS stands for ___________.
Select one:
For providing transparency in accounting and reporting procedures of banks, _____________ are introduced in 1992
Select one:
Identify the Risk factors which are associated with Electronic payment system.
Select one:
The characteristics of the computer system capable of thinking ,reasoning and learning is known as_________.
Select one:
______ allows a user to execute financial transaction via the internet.
Select one:
____________ banking refers to the use of technology and communication systems in delivering banking products and services to customers.
Select one:
USP for Oracle Financial services software__________.
Select one:
__________ is not a part of E-Banking components.
Select one:
_______________allows to process the data which is stored in data warehouse.
Select one:
Assignment 2
Case Study
XYZ Mutual Fund has been constituted as a trust on December27, 2019 in accordance with the provisions of the Indian Trusts Act, 1882. The Deed of Trust has been registered under the Indian Registration Act, 1908. The Mutual Fund was registered with SEBI on January 18, 2020. They attribute their success thusfar to their 3 founding principles: Outside-in view —Communicate with customers in their language to assist the min taking the right investment decision. Long-term wealth creation — Encourage investors to create a long-term investment strategy and play a critical role in their wealth management. Long-term relationship — Build relationships beyond finances XYZ Mutual Fund is a professionally managed investment fund that pools money from many investors topar chase securities. Within a short span of time it becomes very popular amongst various investors. It provides comprehensivesuite of savings and investment products across asset classes ,which provide income and wealth creation opportunities tolarge retail and institutional customer.
The single most important factor that drives XYZ Mutual Fund is its belief to give the investors the chance to profitably invest in the financial market, without constantly worrying about the market swings. To realize this belief, XYZ Mutual Fund has set up the infrastructure required to conduct all the fundamental research and back it up with effective analysis. Their strong emphasis on managing and controlling portfolio risk avoids chasing the latest "fads" and trends. ABC Ltd. has entrusted a sum of R s. 10 Lakh as the initial contribution towards the corpus of the Mutual Fund. PQR limited looks after the operation and investment of Mutual Fund. PQR limited may undertake any other business activities including activities in the nature of management and advisory services to offshore funds, financial consultancy and exchange of research on commercial basis etc., subject to receipt of necessary regulatory approvals. Inaccor dance with SEBI (Mutual Funds) Regulations, 1996,activities of PQR Ltd. are reviewed by CID Ltd. The Board of Directors of the PQR Ltd. and CID Ltd. comprises eminent personalities with varied experience. It has launched its news cheme recently. This scheme mainly invest (appx. 85%) its funds in equity & equity related instruments of top 100 company in terms of full market capitalization. This scheme has1,05,00,000 outstanding units. NAV published on February 18,2020 is R s. 15 per unit. On February 19, 2020, XYZ mutual fund has sold investments worth costing R s. 2,50,00,000 at Z 2,75,00,000.On the same day, XYZ Mutual Fund purchased investments worth R s. 1,50,00,000 whose market value at the end of day is Rs.1,51,15,000. Market value of investment sold was R s. 2,74,50,000on February 18, 2020. Current Assets and Current Liability on February 18, 2020 was R s. 85,00,000 and R s. 10,00,000respectively. Market Value of other investment as on February19,2020 is increased by 1% as compared to February 18, 2020.
Que: Which is not the type of Mutual Fund on the basis of" Structure"?
Select one:
What is Minimum Net worth requirement of AMC as per SEBI(Mutual Funds) Regulations, 1996?
Select one:
Which Ratio measures excess return generated per unit of risk in the portfolio?
Select one:
CAMEL stands for:
Select one:
Liquid Fund invests in debt and money market securities with maturity:
Select one:
Amity MBA Solved Assignment For Professional Ethics all modules Solved Assignment
Module 1
1st Module Assessment
Which of the following statements is correct?
Select one:
What are the implications of philosophy and ethics?
Select one:
Which of the following statements is correct?
Select one:
This principle of normal finence reflects:
Select one:
Which of the following statements is correct?
Select one:
What is/are true regarding individual moral responsibility?
Select one:
Which of the following statements is correct?
Select one:
Do ethics concern moral behaviour?
Select one:
Which of the following statements regarding moral autonomy is correct?
Select one:
Is it correct that one moral principle can have two or more conflicting applications for a particular given situation?
Select one:
Which of the following statements is correct regarding ethics of contemporary Philosophy?
Select one:
Which of the following statements is correct?
Select one:
Which of the following statements is correct regarding the principle of respect for beneficence?
Select one:
What is common in the moral values such as truth, freedom and charity?
Select one:
Which of the following statements is correct regarding the principle of respect for autonomy?
Select one:
Which of the following statements is correct?
Select one:
What is moral autonomy?
Select one:
Module 2
2nd Module Assessment
Which of the following is not the responsibility of confidentiality?
Select one:
Social responsibility is to pursue those policies & decisions or to follow lines of actions which are desirable in terms of the objective & value of our society' who said?
Select one:
Which of the following should be considered when deciding whether or not to blow the whistle?
Select one:
Identify the ethical responsibility towards employees:
Select one:
Which of the following words refers to doing business with your grand children children’s interest at heart?
Select one:
Which of the following does the term corporate social responsibility relate to?
Select one:
Which of the following is an argument for whistle-blower protection?
Select one:
Which of the following is the principle of corporate responsibility?
Select one:
Which of the following statements about CSR is untrue?
Select one:
Which clause of companies act 2013 details composition of CSR committee of the board?
Select one:
Which of the following is an example of a conflict of interest?
Select one:
Which of the following is not examples of boundary challenges:
Select one:
Whistle-blowers call attention to wrongdoing from within the organization in which they work to highlight abuse that threatens the _________.
Select one:
Examples of boundary crossing include:
Select one:
What might be the repercussion of conflicts of interest in the workplace to the organization itself?
III. Higher sales
Select one:
Sequence the following CSR eligibility criteria and spending as per the provisions of Indian contract act 2013:
Select one:
Whistle-blowing is seen by superiors as a violation of loyalty and as a __________.
Select one:
Module 3
3rd Module Assessment
Principles of natural justice are NOT applicable against which of the following actions?
Select one:
Which of the following is correct definition of ‘Audi alterampartem’?
Select one:
Ethics & Law overlap. This is called
Select one:
When workers are encouraged to meet the relevant manager in his office and to share their opinions, it is called
Select one:
The following can not be exploited by assigning or by licensing the rights to others.
Select one:
Which of the following techniques permits the grievant(complainant) to remain anonymous?
Select one:
Under the Child Labour (Prohibition and Regulation) Act, 1986, a child is one who has not completed his
Select one:
Which of the following is not the objective of the Child Labour(Prohibition and Regulation) Bill proposed by the second National Commission on Labour?
Select one:
Trade mark:
Select one:
Which one of the following statements is false?
Select one:
The Privacy Act of 1974 was established to
Select one:
Anybody who contravenes the provisions of Section 3(Prohibition of employment of children in certain occupations and processes) shall be punished with minimum ______which may extend up to _______ of imprisonment
Select one:
“audi alteram parten” includes:
Select one:
The agreement that is enforceable by law is known as
Select one:
"NEMO JUDEX IN CAUSA SUA" means:
Select one:
Which of the following legislations apply to unorganized sector workers in India?
Select one:
What values do a ‘code of ethics’ command in a court of law?
1)Code of ethics do not by themselves have the force of law
2) court of laws are bound by code of ethics
3) the code of ethics can provide upon its own power and legality
4) court of law can use the code of ethics in a non-authoritative manner to reason a judgment, by the aid of its principles
Select one:
4th Module Assessment
Which of the following is an example of stereotyping and prejudice?
Select one:
Unethical behaviour in a media house can be reduced if management does all of the following except
Select one:
Which of the following practices is accepted according to ethical standard of the legal profession:
Select one:
Roles and responsibilities of an ethical hacker include:
Select one:
Which of the following does the term Corporate Social Responsibility relate to?
Select one:
Corporate governance in large organizations is typicallyad ministered through committees reflecting the key aspects of governance. Which of the following is not one of the committees used at?
Select one:
Which of the following best describes a diverse workforce?
Select one:
Which of the following is covered by the term ‘Intellectual Property Rights’?
Select one:
What is green washing?
Select one:
Convincing customers to buy ethically
Which managerial function involves an organization taking in account the effect its strategic decisions have on society known as
Select one:
______ includes rules of conduct that may be used to regulate our activities concerning the biological world.
Select one:
A ________________ must possess independent voice regarding political, social and corporate situations and incidents in a country.
Select one:
There are several practical steps that teachers can take to improve the level of ethical and responsible behaviour in their class. Which of the following is least likely to work?
Select one:
A _____________ is a formal statement of an organization primary values and the ethical rules it expects its employees to follow.
Select one:
Which of the following is true about the use of ambiguity in advertising?
Select one:
A firm’s ethical reputation can provide a competitive advantage in the marketplace with customers, suppliers, and employees. Suppose that a manager allows his team to sell to their customer sub-standard products, the manager may be caught in an ethical issue involving ____________.
Select one:
A cook at J's Sandwich Shop informed his manager that the bread they had available was stale. The sandwiches were their best-selling product and therefore, the Manager decided to serve customers the stale bread. What type of decision did the manager of J's Sandwich Shop make?
Select one:
5th Module Assessment
Which of the following definitions does not entail falsification?
Select one:
Concerning “authorship” in educational research, intellectual ownership is predominantly function of:
Select one:
Research ethics do not include:
Select one:
Which of the following is susceptible to the issue of research ethics?
Select one:
What do you think anti Plagiarism detection software are useable for
Select one:
A set of principles to guide and assist researchers in deciding which goals are most important and in reconciling conflicting values when conducting research is called
Select one:
There are several circumstances under which self-plagiarism can occur. Which of the following is not a common cause for self-plagiarism?
Select one:
Drawing information or content from the work of another without acknowledging the source by citing a reference is considered to be plagiarism in all of the following cases except:
Select one:
You are guilty of plagiarism if you:
Select one:
Which term refers to publishing several articles from the data collected in one large study?
Select one:
Ethical norms in research do not involve guidelines for:
Select one:
The non-profit trade association that was established in order to represent the interests of Open Access publishers
Select one:
_______________ has identified principles of authorship on which there is general consensus across disciplines.
Select one:
If the study is based on a data that is never being collected from any sample, it is called:
Select one:
Someone who is named as an author, but who did not contribute in a meaningful way to the design, research, analysis, or writing of a paper, is called:
Select one:
The use of a false name for the purposes of concealment of one’s identity is called:
Select one:
From the following list of statements identify the set which has negative implication for research ethics:
III. Research findings are made the basis for policy making.
Select one:
Assignment 2
CASE STUDY
A manufacturing company provides jobs for many people in as mall town where employment is not easy to find. The company has stayed in the town even though it could find cheaper workers elsewhere, because workers are loyal to the company due to the jobs it provides. Over the years, the company has developed a reputation in the town for taking care of its employees and being a responsible corporate citizen .The manufacturing process used by the company produces a by-product that for years has flown into the town river. The by-product has been considered harmless but some people who live near the river have reported illnesses. The by-product does not currently violate any anti-pollution law, the organiziation has been one of the only rare organization in that location which helps people to earn a livelihood and also to maintain some living. The organziation did not paid much heed to such reporting illness initially but gradually these complaints started rising. The organziation though directly has no liability for these cases except those wherein the organization employee is involved /affected and thus provide a direct help or support to over come the expenses. This will require first to justify if there are any issues specifically found which will further require exploring the medical issues, getting involvement of some technical aspect and then ensuring if it is caused by the by product disposal or some other reason. The organization has limited resources and no internal team to investigate this with in but has to go for external help or intervention if any such situation comes. If the organization does not do anything in this may loose the trust that they have build on available work force available from nearby places and if they do it will give a message that there is some issue in by products which have been disposed.
What is the perspective in the situation?
Select one:
The organization is amongst several other organziation of that area?
Select one:
The by products were very harmful and were causing problems since beginning?
Select one:
The organization had an internal team to investigate the issues?
Select one:
The organization was considered as a highly responsible corporate in the are?
Select one:
Amity MBA Solved Assignment For Project Planning Appraisal and Control
Module 1: Planning of Projects
1st Module Assessment
The act of managing all aspects of a project, from team to tasks to tools is called _____________.
Select one:
A project management methodology characterized by building products that customers really want, using short cycles of work that allow for rapid production and constant revision is called_____________.
Select one:
A condition where a task or milestone relies on other tasks to be completed (or started) before it can be performed is called_____________.
Select one:
ACWP stands for Actual Cost of Work _____________.
Select one:
An X-Y axis graph that shows the number of tasks that need to
be completed (on the vertical axis) versus the time remaining
(on the horizontal axis) is Burn _________ Chart.
Select one:
_____________ is the methodology that focuses on streamlining and cutting out waste. The goal is to do more with less: i.e., deliver value to the customer using less manpower,
money, and time.
Select one:
The act of assigning available resources is known as
_____________.
Select one:
A general list of planned expenses is called _____________.
Select one:
In project management, an objective or milestone set by an individual or organization is called _____________.
Select one:
Which American mechanical engineer and management consultant developed the Gantt chart in the 1910s?
Select one:
A project uses ……… and ………… to achieve project objectives.
Select one:
Which of the following Chart would be the appropriate to know uncontrolled process variations?
Select one:
A project has a specific __________ date.
Select one:
Risk must be considered in the _____ phase and weighedagainst the potential benefit of the project’s success in order to decide if the project should be chosen.
Select one:
A project has __________ constraints.
Select one:
Project Management in actual is the art of organising, leading ,reporting and completing a project through people.
Select one:
Three major dimensions that define the project performance are scope, time, and resource.
Select one:
Module 2: Technical Analysis
2nd Module Assessment
_________ is part of a set of actions which accomplish a job ,problem or assignment.
Select one:
A statistics-based methodology that seeks to improve the quality of a process by measuring the defects or bugs present and getting it down as close to zero as possible.
Select one:
Six Sigma is a business management strategy, originally developed by _____________.
Select one:
Quality, Cost, __________ (QCD) as used in leanmanufacturing measures a businesses activity and develops Key performance indicators.
Select one:
BCWS is short form of Budgeted Cost of Work_____________.
Select one:
A statistical tool used to visualize a project’s schedule, sequence of tasks, and even the critical path of tasks that must be completed on time in order for the project to meet its deadline is _____________.
Select one:
A graphical representation of a sequence of events is termed_____________.
Select one:
__________ are what is required to carry out a project ' stasks.
Select one:
__________ engineering is an interdisciplinary field of engineering that focuses on how complex engineering projects should be designed and managed.
Select one:
The professional in charge of planning and executing a project and leading a project team.
Select one:
The technology chosen should also keep in view there quirements of raw materials and other inputs in terms of quality and should ensure that the cost of production would be__________ .
Select one:
Availability, Alternatives and Latest / state-of-art is/are not the feature of technical analysis.
Select one:
STEEP stands for Social, __________, Ecological, Economic, and Political.
Select one:
Appraisal cost is the cost of evaluating processes to ensure they are __________.
Select one:
Review of the projects executed over the years suggests that many projects have failed not because of technological and financial problems but mainly because of ignoring__________ .
Select one:
In market analysis a number of factors need to be considered covering is/are __________ .
Select one:
Technical analysis is based on the description of the product and specifications and also the requirements of quality standards
Select one:
Module 3 : Financial Analysis
3rd Module Assessment
Financial Analysis is one of the __________ part of Project Analysis.
Select one:
NPV is the difference between Present Value of cash inflows and cash outflows.
Select one:
In case of multiple projects, the project whose NPV is greater ,would be rejected.
Select one:
The main advantage of cash flow budgeting is that it quickly points out any __________ problems in the future.
Select one:
A .Funds
IRR is a point where NPV is __________.
Select one:
Future value is used to know the __________ Value of an asset.
Select one:
__________ means the period required for getting the invested money back.
Select one:
The projects in which the internal rate of return is higher than the cost of capital are __________.
Select one:
The NPV is used because it considers the __________ Value of the invested money.
Select one:
Cash Flow Analysis deals with __________.
Select one:
……….. period is the period in which project invested money is paid by the project to the firm.
Select one:
ROI stands for __________ on investment.
Select one:
It is computed by dividing the investment amount by the sum of the annual returns (income – expenditure) until it is equal to the capital cost.
Select one:
The Financial Analysis, examines the __________ of the project from financial or commercial considerations and indicates the return on the investments.
Select one:
Debt is typically repaid using cash flows generated from the operations of the project.
Select one:
Project identification and Risk identification & minimizing are related to __________ Stage.
Select one:
Project finance is especially attractive to the __________sector because they can fund major projects off balance sheet.
Select one:
Module 4: Project Risk Appraisal
4th Module Assessment
A quantifiable difference, deviation, or divergence away from
the known baseline or expected value is called __________.
Select one:
Something that lies ready for use or that can be drawn upon for
aid or to take care of a need is a __________.
Select one:
The planned dates for performing activities and the planned
dates for meeting milestones.
Select one:
Kartar has joined as the Project Manager of a project. One of
the project documents available to Kartar lists down all the risks
in a hierarchical fashion. What is this document called?
Select one:
The act of revising the project’s scope, budget, schedule, or quality in order to reduce uncertainty on the project is called__________.
Select one:
__________ is the provision in the Project Plan to mitigate cost and/or schedule risk.
Select one:
Individuals and organizations who are involved in or may be affected by project activities are __________.
Select one:
c .Owners
Total costs incurred (direct and indirect) in accomplishing work during a given time period is __________.
Select one:
An uncertain event or condition that, if it occurs, has a positive or negative effect on a project’s objectives.
Select one:
Which register documents all the risks in detail?
Select one:
__________ where the risks occur on the project is important information for managing the contingency budget and managing cash reserves.
Select one:
As the project progresses and more information becomes available to the project team, the total risk on the project typically __________ .
Select one:
Effective communication is one of the most important skills required by __________.
Select one:
Most project managers, especially on more complex projects, manage contingency funds at the __________ level, with approval of the project manager required before contingency funds can be used.
Select one:
The risk management plan tells you how you’re going to__________ risk in your project.
Select one:
a., Visualise
Risk assessment includes both the identification of potential risk and the evaluation of the potential __________ of the risk.
Select one:
A risk __________ plan is designed to eliminate or minimize the impact of the risk events—occurrences that have a negative impact on the project. Identifying risk is both a creative and a disciplined process.
Select one:
5: Project Management and Review
5th Module Assessment
“Risk” is usually _______ as the project progresses.
Select one:
A significant event in the project usually completion of a major
deliverable.
Select one:
The PERT in project management means program evaluation
and _____ technique.
Select one:
Project Portfolio __________ (PPM) is a method used by organizations to ensure that all their projects align with the
overall business objectives.
Select one:
__________ referes generally to a list of all planned expenses and revenues.
Select one:
__________ breakdown structure (PBS) in project management is an exhaustive, hierarchical tree structure of components that make up an item, arranged in whole-partrelationship.
Select one:
A person who takes on personal responsibility for the successful completion of a “visionary project” is a __________.
Select one:
An imaginative arrangement of a set of ideas is termed as__________.
Select one:
Assembling project team and assigning their responsibilities are done during which phase of a project management?
Select one:
c .Planning
.
A hierarchical tree structure that breaks down a project into smaller deliverables is called __________.
Select one:
Fixing up the Review Period, Obtaining Progress Information, Comparing Actual Progress with the Schedule, Taking Appropriate Corrective Correction are the stages of project control.
Select one:
projects are always executed in an environment of endless change, and there is therefore the need for continuous__________ of the project.
Select one:
It is necessary to have some procedure whereby the progress of work is checked at __________ intervals against the plan ,discrepancies highlighted a
Select one:
The continuous recycling of information helps comparing with the original Plan.
Select one:
Project is created to deliver certain outcomes or results with in certain constraints such as __________ .
Select one:
Aggregate Project Controls are the controls whose corrective actions are based on the deviations between aggregate actual values and aggregate baseline values such as project levelaggregation of budget and actual costs associated with the elements of __________ .
Select one:
The project team often develops an alternative method for accomplishing a project goal when a risk event has beenidentified that may frustrate the accomplishment of that goal. These plans are called __________ plans.
Select one:
Assignment 2
CASE STUDY
Many challenges confront today's project managers – new technologies, remote workforces and a global market to name a few. To take a project from inception to finish can be gruelling and you've got to have great dedication and skills if you're going to be successful. But what sets apart good project managers (PMs) from the truly great ones? What does it take to go from being the manager of projects to a game-changing leader? Here are six skills the great PMs share.
Become a customer relationship management expert
Develop positive mutually aligned connections with stakeholders: The first thing any project leader should work on is developing a positive relationship or connection with key stake holders and project sponsors within an organization. Simply jumping into a project and bypassing this step can elevate risks right out of the gate and could further increase communication gaps down the road. Being able to understand the perspective, experience and resulting behaviours of the primary players helps to create a platform for improved communication and reduces friction.
Develop an understanding of a specific business and its needs: It's not important to know every detail there is to know about a customer's industry; however, making an effort to research key facts, norms and challenges demonstrates sincere interest as itrelates to potentially unique business needs. After all, how can you sell any company on the benefits of your skills as a PM without understanding potential challenges, opportunities and impacts to their business? Once you are able to clearly articulate that you understand their obstacles and their needs, it's less of an uphill battle selling the benefits of a project and alleviating fears.
Pay attention to the big picture, but don't miss the details: The ability to see the broader picture yet not skip over the details is another skill that enables good project leaders to become great project leaders. Being able to connect the dots from start to finish, all the while keeping the higher-level end goal in sight is a valuable skill that offers organizations peace of mind. Organizational leadership simply doesn't have time to ensure project leaders are on top of things. These leaders rely heavilyon a project manager to understand their business needs and goals, and also navigate project tasks and milestones with minimal guidance.
Don't just manage teams -- motivate and influence them
Be an effective project leader by leading people, not managing them: Teams need to be able to rely on a project manager to provide them with sufficient guidance when needed and to excel in areas like motivation and communication. As a PM you can't be everywhere or do everything, and this highlights the need to trust the knowledge, skills and abilities of team members. Establishing trusting relationships with stakeholders and team members provides smoother navigation through difficult situations and creates a greater degree of transparency.
Help to build respect among teams and stakeholders: Projects offer opportunities for a diverse set of individuals to bring unique skills, experiences and ideas to the table and helps to build better solutions. Problems often arise when individuals are in conflict and demonstrate a lack of respect for difference or override the contributions of others. This is where tact and skill as a project manager can alleviate tension and encourage team members to refocus on what's best for the stakeholder(s),
rather than remaining self-focused. A strong PM is always able to shed light on key factors and help individuals to see the merits of both sides. The need for mutual respect should be expected and communicated from the start, and ground rules and applicable consequences should be laid out to avoid disruption and lost productivity.
Influence individuals and teams to optimize their contributions .A large part of the role of a project leader is to influence each team member to give their best regardless of personal views, obstacles, and conflicts. Influence is both an art and learned behaviour that is often undervalued and overlooked. It's important to note that influence shouldn't be confused with manipulation. The real value in positive influence is the ability to translate this soft skill into action that results in a win-win for the stakeholders and team. Further, it's imperative individual team members and the team as a whole not only understand their role and how it fits within the project goals, but also that they are committed to continuous improvement for optimal results that benefit the customer.
Putting it all together
Companies are increasingly seeking well-rounded project leaders who exhibit the technical know-how and leader ship prowess required to see things and execute from different vantage points. A project manager who has the underlying training combined with these core soft skills can unique lyposition him or herself to stand out in their field, achieveoptimal results and become a sought after thought leader.
As per the case, what is required for the successful implementation of the project?
Select one:
b., Increasing Pay Package
Before selling the benefits of a project, project manager should understand their obstacles and __________.
Select one:
An efficient Project Manager must pay more attention to Macro Aspects but do not miss __________.
Select one:
Very significant thing a project leader should work on is developing a __________.
Select one:
Be an effective project leader by leading people, not__________ them
Select one:
Amity MBA Solved Assignment For Security Analysis and Portfolio Management
Module 1: Nature and Scope of Investment Management and Portfolio Analysis: Overview
Investment made on a house property is a:
Select one:
Commercial Papers are:
Select one:
SEBI has made it mandatory for the companies to disclose
Select one:
Stock Exchange
Select one:
Investment is the :
Select one:
Index Schemes:
Select one:
The open-ended schemes are:
Select one:
Speculator is a person :
Select one:
The stock is:
Select one:
Carry forward transactions are permitted for a period of
Select one:
A growth industry is defined as:
Select one:
Capital Index Bonds are linked with:
Select one:
Which scheme helps in deferring tax payment?
Select one:
NBFCs offer higher interest rate because of:
Select one:
Which factor leads to the activity of stock market?
Select one:
The fall in the interest rate is conducive to the stock market because:
Select one:
M r. A is a daring portfolio manager. He wants to increase there turn of his portfolio. He should choose stocks from:
Select one:
Module 2: Basic Concepts and Methods
2nd Module Assessment
If the steel price increases, automobile sector takes a hit
Select one:
Default risk is lower in:
Select one:
Non-Systematic risk is also called as:
Select one:
If the interest or return earned from an investment can be invested in some other securities where the expected return
Select one:
This is also known as Inflation risk
Select one:
The return basically compensates for many factors like
Select one:
If the Interest rate is increased cost of capital for companies will
Select one:
Higher risk
Select one:
A good risk and return model should:
Select one:
if the economy of a company fails, entire ecosystem including gall the companies in the economy also fail
Select one:
Only measures the systematic risk or the risk which cannot be diversified
Select one:
It shows the risk per unit of return
Select one:
….........shows the range between with the price moves from the expected level of return
Select one:
Statistical measure which shows how closely a stock is related to Index.
Select one:
Variance of returns of stock A and B is 0.09 and 0.04 for stock A and stock B. Covariance between the returns is 0.006. What is the correlation between A and B
Select one:
If market is efficient, then IRR is …..... the required return
Select one:
Holding period return is measured by
Select one:
Module 3: Modern Portfolio Theory
The slope of a capital market line (CML) is:
Select one:
Using the CAPM, ß is a measure of:
Select one:
An investor’s indifference curve is also called:
Select one:
Which of the following is not a measure of risk?
Select one:
There is a relationship between risk and return:
Select one:
An important portfolio theory was developed in 1952 by:
Select one:
Business risk:
Select one:
The starting point of a capital market line (CML) is the:
Select one:
Financial risk is not:
Select one:
The stock above the security market line is
Select one:
In arbitrage pricing theory, the required returns are functions of two factors which have
Select one:
For any or lower degree of risk, the highest or any expected return are the concepts used in
Select one:
In regression of CAPM model, an intercept of excess returns is classified as
Select one:
An unsystematic risk which can be eliminated but the market risk is the
Select one:
The beta reflects the stock risk for investors which is usually
Select one:
By investing in a portfolio of risky (i.e. the stock market) and risk free assets an investor can:
Select one:
An indication in a way that variance of y-variable is explained by x-variable which is shown as
Select one:
Module 4: Equity and Bond Valuation
The stock portfolio with the highest book to market ratios is considered as
Select one:
Coupon yield of the bond is:
Select one:
The term structure of the bond is the relationship between the:
Select one:
Riding the yield curve means
Select one:
Yield to maturity is the single factor that makes:
Select one:
Default risk is lower in:
Select one:
The bond yield remains constant over its life and the discountor premium amount will decrease:
Select one:
Duration is the measure of:
Select one:
Marketability risk of bond is:
Select one:
The value of the bond depends on:
Select one:
Required rate of return>Coupon rate, the bond will be valued at
Select one:
The Leeward Company just issued 15 year, 8 per cent, unsecured bonds at par. These bonds fit the definition of which one of the following terms?
Select one:
In a variable growth model, the dividend is believed to grow at a constant pace forever after an initial growth period.
Select one:
If the coupon rate is constant, the value of bond when close to maturity will be
Select one:
Mary just purchased a bond which pays $60 a year in interest. What is this $60 called ?
Select one:
Bert owns a bond that will pay him $75 each year in interest plus a $1,000 principal payment at maturity. What is the $1,000called?
Select one:
A $1,000 face value bond can be redeemed early at the issuer's discretion for $1030, plus any accrued interest. The additional$30 is called which one of the following?
Select one:
Module 5: Portfolio Management
The feature(s) of bond is (are):-
Select one:
We can compare the price earnings ratio of a market to its historical average to make judgement about, whether market is:-
Select one:
The Sharpe index assigns the high value to funds that have
Select one:
In the Treynor Index, the performance of the fund depends on
Select one:
The first step in detemining the efficient portfolio is to consider
Select one:
When a firm can grow net profits by issuing equity, the expected growth rate in net profits is determined by:-
Select one:
The possibility of reduction of risk through the construction of aportfolio depends on the value of ________ between the two assets.
Select one:
Jensen's performance index gives importance
Select one:
Dow Jones transportation average was previously known as________
Select one:
Investment is a risk free investment when:-
Select one:
The relationship between potential unsystematic risk and reward is given by
Select one:
According to Treynor index, a steep slope would indicate
Select one:
Corner portfolios are calcuated where a
Select one:
The unsystematic risk is explained by
Select one:
The high portfolio return is 6.5% and the low portfolio return is3%, then HML portfolio will be
Select one:
The future beta is needed to calculate in most situations is called as
Select one:
An individual stock required return is equal to risk free rate plus bearing risk premium is an explanation of
Select one:
Assignment 2
Case Study
The shares of two companies, K
and L have the following expected r
Prob
Return K
0.3
20%
0.5
15%
0.2
5%
Question 1: The expected returns are:
Select one:
The variance of returns are:
Select one:
The standard deviations are:
Select one:
The covariance of the returns of K and L is:
Select one:
If I have a portfolio made up of 60% K and 40% L my expected return will be:
Select one:
Amity MBA Solved Assignment For Strategic Management
Module 1 : Introduction of Strategic Management
Which of the following is a component of strategic management?
Select one:
The study and accounting of tools, assets and resources (both human and otherwise) that can be used in the accomplishment of the organization’s goals. This may include financial, tangible and intangible business values is known as
Select one:
The practice of management to use known methods and find efficiencies by directing staff to stay in their “lane” is known as
Select one:
…................... Are principles that guide the way that business is conducted in a fair and professional way
Select one:
The practice of management to permit maximum flexibility among staff and resources to engage new methods and relationships outside of the competitor “normal” behaviours is known as
Select one:
The ….................. was passed and implemented to control various kinds of commercial and business contracts.
Select one:
….................... Is the study and inspection of tools, assets and resources (both human and otherwise) that can be used in the accomplishment of the organization’s goals as well as competitive threats that may inhibit growth or survival. These may include financial, tangible and intangible business values.
Select one:
The functional areas of strategic management include
Select one:
Which of the following is(are) elements of business ethics?
Select one:
Every promise and every set of promises forming the consideration for each other is _______
Select one:
A makes a contract with B to beat his business competitor. This is an example of
Select one:
The Law of Contract is nothing but
Select one:
The house that we rent, the electricity that is supplied to us, and the telephone and television services that we use – all these come to us through
Select one:
Contract = An agreement + Enforceable by….......
Select one:
The evaluation of an organization’s financial, social and environmental performance is known as the
Select one:
Which of these is a characteristic of Organizational Values?
Select one:
The goal of the organization to care for the well-being of society as a whole is known as ….....
Select one:
Module 2 : Strategic Analysis
Import & Export rules are all part of
Select one:
Which of the following is a componet of out bund logistics?
Select one:
VRIO stands for…
Select one:
…...................is the value of one currency for the purpose of conversion to another.
Select one:
Sociocultural Analysis for Business takes into account …........
Select one:
The "P" in PESTLE stands for
Select one:
….....................is an acronym to describe the ever-changing business environment and world around us as a chaoticsituation.
Select one:
Anti-Trust Laws will fall under which component of the PESTLE Analysis?
Select one:
All steps required to store, stage, ship and track products from operations facility to the end user are collectively known as…..........
Select one:
While studying from a Political Standpoint under PESTLE analysis, which of these would be considered?
Select one:
…............. is a way to evaluate characteristics of the organization and strategically monitor and link them to performance outcomes.
Select one:
Acknowledging that a market has peaked and no further growth is expected is known as …..
Select one:
A known restaurant brand opening a new franchise or location is an example of…..
Select one:
A tool that allows a company to understand their position relative to competitors in the same product or service area is known as …...
Select one:
Evaluation of the future outlook of a business based on past and present conditions with respect to the organization and its competitors is called …................... .
Select one:
Industry Analysis is important because
Select one:
The ability of a particular industry to achieve sales or service in as many physical locations or other industries is known as …...
Select one:
Module 3 : Strategic Choice
Expanding the organization’s capabilities to perform operations normally conducted by a vendor up the supply chain or another level of business down the supply chain including retailing is known as which of the following?
Select one:
What do Stars symbolize in BCG matrix?
Select one:
Which of the following could be a consideration of 'market development strategy'?
Select one:
The ability of an organization to deliver equivalent value to the competitors, irrelevant to the chosen competitive values is
known as
Select one:
The approach or platform for long-term strategic initiatives, usually for revenue growth or profitability improvement is also known as ….........
Select one:
The expansion of a company or brand to new locations in order to gain new customers and sales is known as …...............strategy
Select one:
The An off Matrix is based on which two variables?
Select one:
The habit of businesses to sell out to larger business in order to harvest profits, but leaves fewer and larger organizations behind is better known as…
Select one:
BCG in the BCG Matrix stands for?
Select one:
The merger or acquisition of businesses with similar performance, customers and products or services is known as which of the following?
Select one:
The 3 methods that are a part of Porter’s Model of Generic Business Strategies are: Overall Cost leadership strategy, Differentiation and…........
Select one:
Differentiation is a form of …........................... Strategy.
Select one:
The ability to launch a new business with a known competitor product and gain a base following due to some benefit perceived of the “new” brand over existing brands is known as….........
Select one:
The habit of technology reducing human intervention and therefore allowing for fewer organizations to provide the same level of service or production is better known as
Select one:
…...........................is considered a diversified condition when the team looks to expand beyond minor tweaks but to greater differentiators to meet demographic and psychographic needs.
Select one:
A general tendency for those with more experience to cost less per unit to develop or produce the output desired is known as
Select one:
Nissan launching a new line of bigger SUVs is an example of
Select one:
Module 4 : Strategic Design in a VUCA world
Any formal company action that may cause competition to respond with their strategy or tactics can be better describedas a
Select one:
Any method used by a company to retain their current customers, sales and margins. This includes elements such as brand, financial and competitive posturing is also known as …
Select one:
The 3rd Stage of the Industry Lifecycle is
Select one:
An approach which a company takes that directly influences market change, targeting customers for increased market share and R&D efforts is also known as a
Select one:
Which of these is a risk involved in implementing the Blue Ocean Strategy?
Select one:
The fundamental relationship of competitors that find ways to cooperate for the sake of the customers and benefit to the industry as well is known as ..
Select one:
Where do Competitive Actions come from?
Select one:
Guerilla Marketing is a form of …............strategy.
Select one:
Service enhancements can be categorised as a form of a
Select one:
…...................is a theory which is mostly marketing-related that focuses on entering industries or markets that have little to no competition.
Select one:
Which of these should be a consideration for an organization looking for a turnaround effect?
Select one:
Which of these would be a characteristic to implement the blue ocean strategy?
Select one:
The strategy of Blue Ocean's are …...
Select one:
A firm that is not meeting the sales, profit, brand expectations based on history or competitive performance is known as a
Select one:
The 4 Stages of the Industry Lifecycle are:
Select one:
Which of these is a characteristic of the Introduction phase of the Industry Lifecycle?
Select one:
Which of these is a characteristic of the growth phase of the Industry Lifecycle?
Select one:
Module 5 : Technology, Implementation, and Control of Strategy
….......................is defined as the beliefs and practices of a group of individuals that establish a “normal” way to accomplish things.
Select one:
The sale of an asset or position for financial, political or strategic gain is also known as…..
Select one:
The practical application of specialized knowledge used to improve performance is the defintion of….........
Select one:
The ability to engage all of the necessary resources into a process for improvements including discovering, creating, improving and applying team concepts is also known as ….
Select one:
Which of these can be termed as a possible benefit of a good supply chain strategy?
Select one:
Which of the following is important for an organization to catalyse innovation?
Select one:
Elements of business that are important to the majority of employees or workers in a particular environment are known as its
Select one:
Of the following, what benefit can 'transportation' contribute to an organization strategy?
Select one:
The series of processes by which needed components are obtained, delivered, modified, shipped and received at a customer or client location is known as …..
Select one:
When looking at the balanced scorecard from a financial perspective, which of the following could be considered by an organization?
Select one:
The intentional restructuring of business equipment, processes and people to create more productive equipment, efficient processes and aligned staff is better known as ….....
Select one:
Which of these could be a challenge for divestment?
Select one:
When looking at the balanced scorecard from a customer perspective, which of the following could be considered by an organization?
Select one:
Which of the following is a type of "big data"?
Select one:
Which of these could be a benefit of divestment?
Select one:
How is big data different from traditional data?
Select one:
Which of these is a challenge for a vertical integration strategy?
Select one:
Assignment 2
CASE STUDY
Before the advancement of technology, it was very difficult for the tourism and hospitality industry to market their services to their clients. It was also very expensive as customers are always physically far away, for example, miles away. However, the advent of information technology has facilitated business transactions apart from boosting the customer base. The fact that people are able to communicate and interact with each other in different fields has made it easier and cheaper to market their products and services. In the past, the inter-organizational system, which linked organizations, was the most popular form of IT. However, due to the high cost, many businesses could not meet the cost of using it (Chih-Yao 2011, p.1986). The emergence of global distribution systems allowed easy connections and communication between boarders. This allowed faster transfer of information which helped boost the industry in terms of number of bookings. Global delivery was a form of inter-organizational system that emerged from the computer reservation system that helped to integrate in formation from the airline. These integrations gave a boost to the tourism industry as customers were able to make the irreservations in a common market. These systems were used in the 1960s, and integration with modern computers was impossible. The advancement of technology has seen the emergence of the Internet and the World Wide Web, which have changed the way people interact and/or do their business(Christiana 2008, p. 345). Businesses market their hospitality services and tourism products through the Internet. This platform has connected the world. It has turned it into a global village. People can interact in different places in real time.
Which among the following from the passage depicts the advantage of technology in Tourism Industry?
Select one:
_____________ system, which linked organizations, was the most popular form of IT.
Select one:
Global Village here refers to:
Select one:
The advent of information technology has facilitated____________ apart from boosting the customer base.
Select one:
Some features of technology in hospitality industry include:
Select one:
Amity MBA Solved Assignment For Compensation and Reward Management all modules Solved Assignment
Module 1: Foundation of Compensation Management /
Which of these wages is between the Living Wage and the Minimum Wage?
Select one:
Compensation structure includes all of the following except ________.
Select one:
Under the "Hay Guide" Method 3, the important factors are Accountability, Know How and ________.
Select one:
_________ is the process of evaluating the relative worth of the Job.
Select one:
_________ is a systematic approach to providing monetary value to employees in exchange for work performed.
Select one:
In which of these wage systems, payment is given to employees on the basis of time spent on job?
Select one:
Quantative method of Job Evaluation is also called ____________.
Select one:
Which of these is the bare wage that an employee is entitled to in his employment?
Select one:
The primary objective of the compensation is ______.
Select one:
According to _______ theory of wage, labors are paid according to their production in production.
Select one:
Compensation system according to pay model is designed to achieve ________
Select one:
In this method of job evaluation, job is break down in various identifiable criteria like skill, effort and points are assigned to this.
Select one:
In this system fixed DA is provided to employees according to their slabs
Select one:
Component including in wage structure to meet the needs of cost of living is called _______.
Select one:
The first step in the process of Job Evaluation is ________.
Select one:
_________ includes all the benfits and allowances.
Select one:
_______ is the statutory body to decide the wages of different industry.
Select one:
Module 2: Designing Pay Level /
Occupation, Geography and _________ determine labor markets.
Select one:
Which administrative system is designed to work upon the salary of Government Employees?
Select one:
__________ competitiveness means organization's pay relative to its competitors.
Select one:
The employee's contribution in Provident Fund (PF) is ________
Select one:
To be eligible for gratuity the employee suppose to work regular for the period of ______ years.
Select one:
Which act states that remuneration should not be differentiated on the basis of male and female?
Select one:
One of the important role of wage board is to align the wages settlement with ___________policies of government.
Select one:
_______ is the process in which employee moves to higher pay level within a grade.
Select one:
The sum total pay given to employees included all the benefits without deductions is called _______.
Select one:
Which of these is a tripartite body with representative of employer and employee, presided over by Independent representative by government to decide the wages?
Select one:
This allowance is paid to the employees for meeting the cost of renting a home.
Select one:
To be eligible for ESIC, the employee's Gross salary should be below R s ___________.
Select one:
Gratuity is calculated at _______ of Basic Pay.
Select one:
Employees who have the basic salary of R s _______ are eligible for PF.
Select one:
The first Wage board was set up in 1957 in _________.
Select one:
Gratuity = Last Drawn Salary × 15/26 × ___________
Select one:
Labor laws comes under the _________factors that influence pay.
Select one:
Module 3 : Benefits and Social Security /
Following are the method of communicating benefit program to employees except______.
Select one:
___________ means employee usually comes office semi-regularly.
Select one:
_________ is one of the important factor that affects employee's benefits.
Select one:
Fringe benefits helps in _______ employees
Select one:
_________ allows employees to vary their arrival and departure time
Select one:
Which one is an additional advantage an employee receives from its employer?
Select one:
Pension is the _________ benefit given to employees after retirement
Select one:
Recognition is _________ Benefit
Select one:
Life Insurance comes under ________ benefits.
Select one:
In which process do the employees get the right to purchase stocks of the company in lieu of benefits?
Select one:
Following are the Statutory benefits given to employees except ___________.
Select one:
One of the disadvantage of Flexible Work Schedule is _________.
Select one:
ESOP's are __________ benefits given to employees
Select one:
Three main issues in determining Benefit Programs are Communicating, Claim Processing and __________.
Select one:
There must be _____ year of gap in between granting of option and vesting of option in ESOP's.
Select one:
________ act is responsible for employee's social security schemes.
Select one:
Key employee factor to determine the benefit process is _________.
Select one:
/
Module 4 : Salary Structure and Pay for Performance
Net Salary is alo called _________
Select one:
__________ is the compensation that employer give to the employee once the employment is over.
Select one:
Bonus should be paid at the minimum rate of ___ per cent
Select one:
It is a financial compensation given above salary.
Select one:
Individual Incentive Plans are based on 2 basis- Time Based Incentives and ________ based Incentives.
Select one:
Basic salary of the employee should be based on __________
Select one:
CTC means ________.
Select one:
In which of these wage systems is the incentive calculated on the collective production of group?
Select one:
In order to avoid ethical issues Pay for ________ should be followed
Select one:
According to competency based pay, employee is paid according to the ___ and ______ they possess.
Select one:
Gross Salary = Basic Salary + _________
Select one:
_______ is one of the common ethical issue in compensation.
Select one:
If the worker completed the work before stipulated time, it is called _________.
Select one:
Employees drawing the salary of Rs. ________ or less are eligible for bonus.
Select one:
CTC = Gross Salary + ________
Select one:
Bonus should be paid at the maximum rate of ____ per cent.
Select one:
In Provident fund employee suppose to pay _____ percent.
Select one:
Module 5 : Extending the Structure and Latest Trends /
______ is given on the basis of Job related knowledge, skills and Competencies.
Select one:
One of the latest trend in compensation is_______.
Select one:
All are the uses of reward system in the organization except ________
Select one:
_________ shows the progression in salary from one job level to another by comparing the two ranges’ midpoints.
Select one:
Out of following, which one is the major components of International Pay system?
Select one:
Following are the approaches of Global Compensation except _______.
Select one:
The first and the best practice in compensation planning is to design ________.
Select one:
Employee base Salary Increase rate is the percentage of increase in the ___________ during a specific period of time.
Select one:
Through use of Information Technology in Compensation one can take __________ decisions
Select one:
Organizations utilizing latest compensation trends to build culture and _______
Select one:
Appreciation and recognition are called the _______ Rewards.
Select one:
Under which of these approaches, payment is given on the basis of company's headquarter regardless of location?
Select one:
________ are given towards the education fee of the expatriates.
Select one:
Technology Enablers in compensation empowering employees to take decision related to their ____________ and benefits accordingly.
Select one:
Which one is the component of Strategic Compensation wherein company's keep secrets regarding the salary of employees?
Select one:
________ are measures that help to know the ratio of compensation spent against revenue.
Select one:
A ____________ alowance is included in expatriate employee's pay in response to fluctuations in the economy, such as inflationor deflation.
Select one:
Assignment 2
Case Study
The employees of SVN pharmaceuticals were a worried lot. With the news that the company is going to be merged with ABC
pharma, all of them were worried about what would happen to their jobs, and the other benefits as a result of the merger.
There were all kinds of rumors regarding layoffs and reduction in pay and benefits. ABC pharma was a leading firm with
operations spread across Asia and Europe. SVN pharmaceuticals had a strong hold in marketing and distribution in India, and
so it was considered to be a merger of equals. Amid all the confusion, the CEO of SVN pharmaceuticals addressed the
employees about the reason for the decision, and advantages to the firm if the merger is completed. He felt as a result of the
merger, the firm would be able to explore various areas of research and development. The employees have only one question
in their minds, what would be the impact of this merger on their jobs and their pay packages. To their relief CEO made it clear
that a benefits team would be formed that would be representatives of both the companies. He requested the employees to
be patient as it would take some time to clearly decide and bring in an effective benefit plan. As per CEOs statement a benefit
team was formed.
The team was headed by the VP – HR of the merged company. He stated that since it was a merger of equals, they had to
develop something that was the best for the new company, even if it were time – consuming. The team felt that the best way
to go about it was to merge the best of both companies’ benefit plans or create a new benefit program that would reflect the
culture the new company was trying to nurture. The head also stated that their aim was not just to design a new benefit plan,
but also to make sure that all the employees were knowledgeable and comfortable about the changes in the benefit
program. Before concluding the meeting, the VP – HR made it clear to the team that people were of paramount importance
to them and if the benefits program did not help in retaining them, then the merger would serve no purpose.
SVN Pharmaceuticals is merging with ABC Pharma because __________________.
Select one:
As a result of merger, the firm would be able to explore the areas of _________.
Select one:
As per CEO ________ will be formed to make the new benefit plan.
Select one:
VP- HR clears that new benefit program should be focussing on _______ the employees.
Select one:
The main concern of the case study is _____________.
Select one:
Amity MBA Solved Assignment For International Human Resource Management all modules Solved Assignment
Module 1 : Globalization and Human Resource Management
Which among these are NOT international assignees?
Select one:
The global assignments in which employees are sent to understand global operations and are required to have intercultural understanding are called ___________.
Select one:
What is NOT a key challenge for IHRM?
Select one:
The type of organisation which has operating units in some foreign countries is classified as _____________.
Select one:
What is a feature of globalization?
Select one:
Organisations that do not adopt a strategic HRM roach and a global vision:
Select one:
A major difference between International HRM and domestic HRM is the _______________.
Select one:
The factors that affect the global human resource management are
Select one:
The main focus on IHRM is the _____________.
Select one:
To be effective in the international environment, HRM policies must:
Select one:
If the employee is citizen of a country where the company headquarters are located and work in other country where its operations is located then employee is considered as-
Select one:
Which one of the following is not one of the Balanced Scorecard’s four generic perspectives?
Select one:
The key questions to be asked when developing an international HRM policy is international HRM policy is____________________.
Select one:
The country where headquarters of an MNC is located
Select one:
Which of these refer to a process for assigning financial and non-financial goals to the HR management related chain of activities required for achieving the company's strategic aims and for monitoring results?
Select one:
Developing the long-term business relationship needed in joint ventures requires:
Select one:
Which one among these is not the objective of global HRM?
Select one:
Module 2 : The diffusion of International HRM in MNCs /
The system which is designed to provide useful information while making decisions regarding human resource of an
organisation is classified as _________________.
Select one:
Expertise and experience of organizational members that has not been formally documented is known as:
Select one:
According to Kurt Lewin, which of the following is not a stage in the change process?
Select one:
Which organisation defines self-assessment as ‘a comprehensive, systematic, and regular review of the organisation’s activitie sand results referenced against a model of business excellence’?
Select one:
The extent to which an employee's work meets his professional needs is termed as ______________.
Select one:
A global - as opposed to international strategy involves
Select one:
The set of processes developed in an organization to create, gather, store, transfer, and apply knowledge, best describes_____________.
Select one:
According to Hofstede's initial study, there are four dimensions of difference between national cultures. Which of these is not one of the dimensions Hofstede studied?
Select one:
Which of the following is not part of Schein's model of the formation of culture?
Select one:
HR issues that will require adaptation to fit different cultures include all of the following except:
Select one:
In organisations people who act as catalysts and assume the responsibility for managing the change process are called______________.
Select one:
Choose the carect code for the statements being correct or incorrect. Statement 1: Intellectual property is a category of property that includes intangible creations of the human intellect. Statement 2: IPR does not include trade secrets and moral rights.
Select one:
Which one these statements is correct?
Select one:
Which of the following is NOT an example of a global strategy?
Select one:
What three broad factors determine global strategy of multinational firms?
Select one:
The unfreezing step of the change process can be thought of as:
Select one:
In managing culture, Australia and the United States are examples of _________________.
Select one:
Module 3 : The management of international HR practices in MNCs
Equal opportunity laws are ________________.
Select one:
The process of sending and preparing global employees for any of the foreign assignments is classified as _______________.
Select one:
If a person goes to work for a foreign based MNE in the country he was born, then he is a _________________.
Select one:
For which of these phases do employees need to receive language training and an orientation in the new country's culture and customer?
Select one:
The ______________management style sees each host country as unique and sees real differences in these countries to the domestic one.
Select one:
_____________ is a process of searching for prospective employees and stimulating them to apply for jobs in an organisation.
Select one:
An organization can adopt various attitudes and/or orientations for its international market development. One classification is called the EPRG classification which highlights four approaches to international market development. These include the:____________, Polycentric, ________ and Global approaches.
Select one:
The recruiting expense, relocaton costs and employment testing costs are classified as ______________.
Select one:
Expatriate failure is best defined as ____________________.
Select one:
In global assignments, if the individuals are sent to perform some limited tasks and then return to their home country then this assignment is called _____________.
Select one:
In international human resource management, communication in ethnocentric organisatin are __________________.
Select one:
An Indian manager who works for the Tata Group in New Jersy is categorised as an ______________.
Select one:
Consider the following statements:
Which of these is false in case of training and development?
Select one:
Which of the following is a global mind set?
Select one:
Linda has been working in the London office of a U.S. company for two years. When it's time for her to return home, the process will be called _______________.
Select one:
Procter & Gamble usually employs home-country managers for its overseas subsidiaries since it places high value on its corporate culture. This is an example of ______________.
Select one:
In international human resource management, geocentric organisations are usually staffed with ___________.
Select one:
Module 4 : International Performance & Compensation management
This process of ___________________ is sometimes recommended to overcome cultural complexity during expatriate
performance appraisal.
Select one:
Compensation is a systematic approach to providing monetary value to employees in exchange for _________________.
Select one:
The information type which focuses on the accomplishments of employees is classified as
Select one:
Which among these is an alternate term used for performance appraisal?
Select one:
The ___________is an objective assessment of an expatriate's performance against well-defined benchmarks.
Select one:
The employee evaluation, performance evaluation, performance review and employee rating are all terms used to define-
Select one:
The compensation plan which is used to protect expatriate employees from any negative consequence of tax is classified as________________.
Select one:
The amount of salary an individual receives in the home-country becomes the ____________ when calculating compensation of an expatriate.
Select one:
Which of the following option is a component of remuneration?
Select one:
Financial payments above and over a regular base pay for employees are called _______________.
Select one:
Rearrange the following steps in appraisal process:
Select one:
How performance appraisal can contribute to a firm's competitive advantage in global HRM?
Select one:
Bureaucratic reward systems that emphasise fixed pay are preferred in _______________.
Select one:
The actual performance of an individual is measured in terms of its ________________.
Select one:
Compensation strategies that reward individual performance and the acquisition of individual skills and know-how are common in ______________.
Select one:
Match the following components of remuneration with their inclusions:
III. Perquisites --------- C. Group Plans
Select one:
Match the following general applications of performance assessment with their specific purposes
III. Organisational Maintenance/ Objectives ---- C. Helping to meet legal requirements
Select one:
5th Module Assessment
The document that consists of all the ethical standards that employer expects from employees is classified as _________________.
Select one:
Ethics refers to a code of principles and values that guide the actions of people and groups. These actions relate to issues that
are in the domain of-
Select one:
The HR function should be responsible for the organisation’s equality and diversity strategy because-
Select one:
What term refers to the knowledge, education, training, skills and expertise of a firm's workers?
Select one:
Who are the two main stakeholders in an organisation?
Select one:
Dimensions of Service quality contains _________________.
Select one:
Union leaders at different levels & at federations are elected on _____________.
Select one:
International organisations normally employ expatriates in the following roles, except _______________.
Select one:
Most of the definitions of Corporate Social Responsibility recognize that _________________.
Select one:
The psychological contract is-
Select one:
How can quality be quantified?
Select one:
When the employees of one organisation are assigned to handle the activities of other organisation then that process is known as _______________.
Select one:
Increasing pressure for greater work equality and inclusion are the result of:
Select one:
A set of policies, practices, and systems that stimulate the green behavior of a company's employees in order to create an environmentally sensitive, resource-efficient, and socially responsible organization is called ________________.
Select one:
The IHRM can promote equality and inclusion by ______________.
Select one:
In today’s competitive market condition HR department needs to act as ________________ to the management.
Select one:
The aim of Six Sigma initiative is to _____________.
Select one:
Assignment 2
Case Study
As the manager of HR, you are leading a international team of an old established company in a strategic planning session.
During the planning session, the managers are being forced to think about the future, see the likely changes in the
marketplace and commit to plans to use company resources to enhance their competitive edge.
The company decides that as part of its business strategy, it wants to attract and retain the best possible employees. You
suggest that the company pay a hiring bonus, use a pay scale about 10% above industry average and provide an extra week
of vacation after only one year instead of the standard three years.
After going through the reading, Kindly answer the below questions
One clear benefit of this strategic planning session is:
Select one:
The HR strategies suggested are examples of one way to address the strategic HR planning challenge of:
Select one:
If the firm chooses to also address its employee relations, it should:
Select one:
The HR strategies suggested for the international team are examples of:
Select one:
The HR strategies suggested are examples of the strategic HR choice in the area of:
Select one:
Amity MBA Solved Assignment For Recruitment Selection and Retention all modules Solved Assignment
Module I : Human Resource Planning /
In which of the following options, the HR manager attempts to ascertain the supply of and demand for various types of
human resources?
Select one:
Human Resource Management aims to maximize employees and organizational_________.
Select one:
Customers of an organization fall under which of the following categories?
Select one:
Which of the following factor is an importance of the Human Resource Planning?
Select one:
Human Resource Management is associated with the management of________.
Select one:
It is the process of ensuring that there are right number of qualified people in the right jobs for best results. It is known as___________.
Select one:
HR Planning is based on which of the following ?
Select one:
Human resource management emphasises on which of the following ?
Select one:
Identify which of the following is the first step in determining supply?
Select one:
The term bottom-up approach is commonly associated with which of the following?
Select one:
Which of the following is the fastest forecasting technique?
Select one:
Identify which of the following is a workforce factor that influences demand.
Select one:
Which of the following is the basis for human resource planning?
Select one:
_______ is the process of estimating the quantity and quality of people required to meet future needs of the organisation.
Select one:
It is the process which first surveys experts, then it provides summaries of all opinion, then re-surveys until consensusemerges regarding the future of the organization. It is called as___________.
Select one:
The forecasting technique which is based on the subjective views of the managers on the Human Resource requirements of an organization is known as_________.
Select one:
Which of the following is NOT an advantage in performing human resource planning?
Select one:
Module 2 : Job Analysis /
The System of moving employees from one job to another in a predetermined manner is called as ___________.
Select one:
_________ helps to develop Job design.
Select one:
______ is the systematic process of an alyzing and evaluating jobs to determine their relative worth in an organization.
Select one:
The final process of a job analysis is the preparation of two statements _________.
Select one:
Which of the following is the system of ranking jobs in a firm on the basis of the relevant characteristics, duties, and responsibilities?
Select one:
Job analysis is a process of gathering information about the ____________.
Select one:
Identify which of the following options is not a component of job design?
Select one:
Which of the following is an important objective of a job evaluation programme?
Select one:
Adding more responsibility, providing wider scope, greater sequencing and minimizing controls, all these reptresent which of the following?
Select one:
It is the process of bringing together different tasks to build a job. It is called as __________.
Select one:
Identify which of the following is a benefit of job analysis.
Select one:
Which of the following is a Quantitative job evaluation method?
Select one:
Job Analysis is a process where _____________ are made about data collected on a job.
Select one:
A ______ is a written record of the duties, responsibilities and conditions of the job.
Select one:
Job Description helps in which of the following?
Select one:
Which of the following is a Qualitative job evaluation method?
Select one:
_________ helps to know, what kind of a person to recruit and for what qualities that person should be tested.
Select one:
3rd Module Assessment
Recruitment is viewed as a _______ process.
Select one:
Identify which statement is correct: A. Recruitment and selection are different. B. Promotion is an internal source of
recruitment.
Select one:
The primary goal of recruitment and selection process is to_______.
Select one:
Which of the following is the least expensive method used for recruitments?
Select one:
_______ relates to reassignment of an employee to a higher level job which involves greater responsibility or status or pay.
Select one:
_____ is related to hiring of relatives , which will be an inevitable component of recruitment programs in family owned firms.
Select one:
Campus selection is a ________source of recruitment.
Select one:
Which of the following options is not concerned with staffing?
Select one:
It is the process of searching for prospective employees and stimulating them to apply for jobs in an organization. It is termed as________.
Select one:
Identify which of the following is the purpose of recruitment?
Select one:
The process of developing an applicants’ pool for job openings in an organization is called as__________.
Select one:
Which of the following options is the most important external factor that influences recruitments?
Select one:
While recruiting for non - managerial, supervisory and middle - management positions which external factor is of prime importance?
Select one:
The solution to many so-called 'people problems' is often associated with improving the effectiveness of the recruitment process by which of the following?
Select one:
Which of the following options is treated as an alternative to recruitment?
Select one:
Advertisements through newspapers, TV, radio, professional journals and magazines are _______ methods of recruitment.
Select one:
It provides a complete job related information -both positive and negative, to the applicants so that they can make right decisions before taking the job. It is known as _______.
Select one:
Module 4: Selection of Employees /
Which of the following is Not an internal factor influencing recruitment ?
Select one:
Which of the following is the correct order, which is followed in a typical selection process?
Select one:
Selection is usually considered as a _______ process.
Select one:
The purpose of an application blank is to gather information about which of the following?
Select one:
Poor quality of selection will lead to an extra cost on _______ and supervision.
Select one:
The interview is used as a method to determine __________.
Select one:
___________ is the determination of the job to which an accepted candidate is to be assigned. It is a matching of what the supervisor has reason to think he can do with the job demands.
Select one:
When a candidate is put to hardship during an interview, it is called as ____________.
Select one:
It is______ defined as the area in the field of analytics that deals with people analysis and applying analytical process to the human capital within the organization to improve employee performance and improving employee retention.
Select one:
It is known as a selection test which judges the emotional ability which will help to judge work in group. It is known as__________.
Select one:
Which of the following steps in Selection process is a crucial decision?
Select one:
Which of the following selection method is the most used by organizations?
Select one:
It is the test that measures whether an idividual has the capacity or latent ability to learn a given Job. It is known as_____________.
Select one:
It is the process of choosing the most suitable candidate for a job from among the available applicants . It is called as_____________.
Select one:
Which of the following is an external factor influencing recruitment?
Select one:
The process of selection of employees is usually influenced by which of the following?
Select one:
This test measures a persons ability to classify things, identify relationships and derive analogies. It also measures several factors like logical reasoning, analytical skills and general knowledge. This test is known as _________.
Select one:
5th Module Assessment
The exit interviews, the expenses of unemployment and legal fees of challenged seperations are known as _________.
Select one:
Which of the following is the main driver of retention? A. fair compensation B. feeling trusted and empowered
Select one:
Which of the following is a disadvantage of Employee Retention? A. It promotes groups amongst the old employees, which creates an insecure environment for new employees. B. Improper mixing of staff affects productivity and ensures the poor quality of work. C. Excessive liberty to staff to maintain workflow affects the quantity and quality of both.
Select one:
_______ means efforts of business organizations to maintain a working environment that supports current staff in remaining with the company.
Select one:
It is a measure to encourage employees to remain in the organization for a long period of time . It is Known as _________.
Select one:
In a business setting, the employer’s goal is usually to ____ employee turnover.
Select one:
The ____________ in any organization plays a crucial role in employee retention.
Select one:
_________ has become a critical aspect of modern human capital management programs.
Select one:
_______________is/are some critical aspects of employee retention, in recognition for the employee contributions in organisation. Career development B. growth opportunities
Select one:
When the number of employee seperation during a specific period is divided by number of employees at midmonth , and is multiplied to 100 , it is used to calculate ________.
Select one:
The interviews taken in the organisations to ask about possible reasons leading to Job turnover are classified as _____.
Select one:
Which of the following is not a benefit of employee retention ?
Select one:
Which of the following can be a reason for high employee turnover? A. Work relationships B. Work-life balance C. Lack of opportunity D. Financial reasons
Select one:
" Employers that recognize the subtle signs that show an employee might leave have a better chance of identifying ways to retain that person." This statement is ______.
Select one:
Which of the following factor affects employee retention? A. Work Relationships B. Compensation C. Transparent & fair reviews
Select one:
Employees remain at organizations for a variety of reasons, Identify these reasons. A. Meaningful work that leverages their skills and abilities B. Career development C. Growth opportunities.
Select one:
Which of the following factors can tell that employees are ready to leave? A. Shift in attitude B. Lack of commitment C. Decreased initiative or
Select one:
Assignment 2
Case Study
Recruitment” is the process of finding and hiring the best and most qualified candidate for a job opening, in a timely and cost-effective manner. It can also be defined as the “process of searching for prospective employees and stimulating and encouraging them to apply for jobs in an organization”.
It is one whole process, with a full life cycle, that begins with identification of the needs of the company with respect to the job, and ends with the introduction of the employee to the organization.
When we speak of the recruitment process, we immediately think of activities such as the analysis of the requirements of aspecific job, attracting candidates to apply for that job, screening the applicants and selecting among them, hiring the chosencandi dates to become new employees of the organization, and integrating them into the structure.
Obviously, the main reason why the recruitment process is implemented is to find the persons who are best qualified for the positions within the company, and who will help them towards attaining organizational goals. But there are other reasons why a recruitment process is important .Effective recruiting means that the person employed for the job is the best possible candidate for it, with all the required skills, talents and qualifications of the job. Efficient recruiting, on the other hand, means that the process has been carried out without incurring a lot of costs on the part of the organization. By following the process, there is a greater chance that the human resources department can get the best possible person for the job .Organizations may carry out their hiring processes their own way, but without a system or set guidelines in place for its conduct and implementation, there is a risk that the company may incur more expenses than necessary. The company will also end up wasting its resources if the wrong or unqualified person was actually hired. Not only will this create problems for the company in the long run, particularly in the attainment of its goals, but it would mean that the organization would also have wasted its resources in training an employee that is not right for the job after all.
Through recruitment, organizations make sure that the skill sets of the staff or manpower of the company remains aligned to its initiatives and goals.
In the event that they notice some positions do not really contribute to the advancement of the organization towards its goals, then it can take the proper action to correct this, probably through job redesign, restructuring of the workforce, or conduct of job enrichment programs.
FACTORS THAT INFLUENCE RECRUITMENT
Recruitment is affected by several factors. These factors play a big part on whether the recruitment process will be success fulor not.
Size of the organization
A large organization is bound to have a higher demand for new employees. It is bound to look for more people, since the structure will require more manpower. On the other end of the spectrum, a small enterprise, like a new company just starting its operations, will require only a lean staff.
Comparing the two, it is clear that the smaller enterprise will have a simpler, more straightforward and shorter recruitment process, conducted by only one or two people. The larger organization, however, will have a lengthier and more complex recruitment process, one where several members of the organization will take part in.
Current employment conditions in the economy
Try comparing employment opportunities in a country with a developed economy with that of an underdeveloped one. An organization operating in an underdeveloped economy may have difficulty finding the candidates with the talents and skills it requires.
The availability of prospective talents is one huge issue with respect to the economy that an enterprise belongs to. The company will have to design and implement its recruitment process in a way that will address this issue.
Salary structure of the organization
Say one company is known to provide higher salaries and wages to its employees. Once it advertises its open position ,candidates are likely to line up submitting their resumes. However, a company known to be quite stingy with its wages will have more difficulty recruiting top talents.
In addition, it may even have problems keeping or retaining its employees, since no employee would want to stay for a long time in a company that will not pay him enough for his services.
Working conditions within the organization
Maintaining employees’ job satisfaction is one way for organizations to keep its employees, and attract new ones.
Prospective candidates will first look for work in companies or organizations that are known to provide good working conditions and looks out for the health and well-being of their employees.
Growth rate of the organization
There are organizations that grow at a fast rate, which means that they will require new employees from time to time .However, there are also organizations that do not grow as much, or even at all. The only time that these organizations with low growth rates are likely to recruit new employees would be when the old ones retire or resign.
Before we fully launch into the recruitment process, let us address one question first: who conducts the recruitment process?
The answer is largely dependent on the size of the organization, as well as its culture and practices. Large companies have their own human resource departments, where they have in-house hiring managers. They may also acquire the services of third-party and independent human resource professionals and recruitment agencies.
Que: Which of the following is a factor that influences Recruitment?
Select one:
___________ is not an External Source of Recruitment.
Select one:
Promotion is a ______ source of recruitmnent
Select one:
Identifying the _____candidates and ______ them to apply for job is called recruitment.
Select one:
A prerequisite for a successful and efficient recruitment programme is to have a(n) __________.
Select one:
Amity MBA Solved Assignment For Strategic Human Resource Management all modules Solved Assignment
Module 1: The Concept of Strategic Human Resource Management
SHRM is defined as alignment of _________ of the organization with Human resources.
Select one:
Following are the HR Investment considerations except _____.
Select one:
HRM is reactive function whereas SHRM is ________ function.
Select one:
Leadership is ________ HR Competency.
Select one:
Before initiating SHRM the organization has to perform _________ analysis.
Select one:
Horizontal fit in SHRM is about integrating all the _____ of HR with themselves.
Select one:
In 21st century all are the prominent role of strategic HR except _______.
Select one:
Investment in human resources can be done through investing in all of these except ________.
Select one:
Earlier HRM was profoundly known as __________.
Select one:
As per SHRM human resources are ______ not costs to the company.
Select one:
In this approach of SHRM the focus is on input resources to achieve desired objectives:
Select one:
In ________ perspective HRM practices affects firm's performance by encouraging needed behaviour aligned with organization alstrategy.
Select one:
HR can target the strategic perspective in organization through strategic fit in _________.
Select one:
The contingency perspective of SHRM is also called _____.
Select one:
In vertical fit there must be integration between ________ and HR Strategies.
Select one:
Investment Perspective says "While investing in human resources you can achieve competetive advantage, as human resource scan not be clone or copied".
Select one:
HRM is cost center and SHRM is _______ center.
Select one:
Module 2: Models of SHRM /
The first step in the strategic HRM is ________.
Select one:
According to Miles & Snow Classification 4 types of organization strategy are Defenders, Prospectors, Analyzer and ________.
Select one:
In Strategic Fit, "Fit as an ideal set of practices is called ______.
Select one:
in order to implement the business strategies competent ________ needs to align with strategies.
Select one:
Following are the practices of "Best Practice Approach" except ________.
Select one:
Horizontal or internal fit is under ________.
Select one:
In ___________ perspective main aim is to make the impact on performance of the organization though its people.
Select one:
__________ has given 3 generic business strategies namely cost Leadership, differentiation and focus.
Select one:
VRIO framework stands for Value, Rareness, _______ and Organization.
Select one:
Evaluating __________ on human resources is one of the important step in SHRM.
Select one:
_________ has given a framework in which 4 types of linkages are given to link business strategy with HR strategy.
Select one:
This business strategy is suitable for repetetive or predictable behaviour along with short term HR strategy.
Select one:
In this business strategy, organizations are always thrive to change while combining it with flexible and creative HR Strategy.
Select one:
During this life cycle stage organization focus on increased productivity and control on labour cost.
Select one:
In this linkage, HR adopts the traditional personnel role and handles paper work:
Select one:
This approach states the development and implementation of HR practices together, so that they are interrelated and internally consistent.
Select one:
Best Practice Approach of SHRM is given by _______.
Select one:
Module 3: Human Capital management /
Intellectual capital has 3 components namely Human, Structural and ___________.
Select one:
______ capital is the goodwill and cooperation of the organization that allows people to work productively as a group.
Select one:
Human Capital can be found in 3 perspectives namely- Individual, _________ and Society.
Select one:
Human Capital can be improved by investing in ________.
Select one:
This human capital metrics measure the revenue generated on investment made through employee.
Select one:
These are metrics that calculate the investment company made on employees.
Select one:
HCM stands for ________.
Select one:
Following are the benefits of Human Capital Management except ____________.
Select one:
In _________ model of human capital management employees come from varied background.
Select one:
The efficient way for enhancing the productive workforce in the organization is through making them skilled and competent.
Select one:
As per OECD 3 perspectives to measure human capital measurements are Income Based Approach, Cost Based Approach and_________ based Approach.
Select one:
HCM is important for _______, managing, training, developing and retaining the employees.
Select one:
Following are the functions of Human Capital Management except ________.
Select one:
It is the value of company employees knowledge and skills that provide company competitive advantage.
Select one:
This approach of human capital measurement is based on the income which individual obtain through his education.
Select one:
Social Capital concept can be applied to the following except _______.
Select one:
The 3 core aspect of Human Capital Management are- Talent Acquisition, Talent ________ and Talent Opitimization.
Select one:
4th Module Assessment
HR strategy always begins with _____________.
Select one:
In ______ strategy organization felt threatened to change and beauracratic approach in HR strategy is followed.
Select one:
The HR Strategy must have two things- ________ and Plan of Action.
Select one:
_______ is a situation in which two companies combine together to do a business.
Select one:
Following are the areas in which HR Strategy should be focussed to create a fit in organization except __________.
Select one:
The Prime Objective of the HR strategies is to achieve the ________ fit by aligning HR and business strategy.
Select one:
_________ is one of the prime reason for corporate restructuring.
Select one:
_________ are there to ensure the trust between the customer and company and ensure fair practice.
Select one:
__________ is the process in which management reorganize their legal, structural and operational structure.
Select one:
Being an ethical HR leader one should ensure __________ amongst the employees.
Select one:
________ is one the ethical responsibility of organization to keep all the comunications and record keeping clearly.
Select one:
An _______ is needed to implement the sound HR Strategy.
Select one:
HR can add value to the organization by ensuring the _______ utilization of human resources.
Select one:
One of the prime objective in designing HR strategies is to first understand the firm's __________.
Select one:
One of the ethical concern amongst HR is supporting ______ workforce.
Select one:
The components of 5P's Model of linking business strategy with HR strategy are ________, Policy, Programme, Practice and Processes.
Select one:
In this strategy there is high concern for quality and equal and fair pay with incentives.
Select one:
5th Module Assessment
ROI stands for __________.
Select one:
The Management By Objective (MBO) is given by _________.
Select one:
Internal benchmarking invloves the measuring inner operations to policies and practices, whereas _______ bench marking measures their performance with other companies.
Select one:
_______ is also called the quantative approach of measuring effectiveness of HRM.
Select one:
_________ are the frameworks that help organizations to achieve more excellence in their performance.
Select one:
The ______ approach is based on cost benefit analysis and also called utility analysis.
Select one:
The degree of success made by human resources of organization is measured by ___________.
Select one:
If the HR practices are cooperative, then employee feels ___________.
Select one:
While creating the HR strategy of organization, employees should be completely _______.
Select one:
In Management by Objective (MBO) performance is measure against _______ set by the employees.
Select one:
the 5 key elements of HR scorecard are HR costs, processes, success, practices and _________.
Select one:
HR Benchmarking is of 4 types namely performance, practice, internal and ________.
Select one:
Following are the best practices that impacted the performance of organization except _______.
Select one:
Business strategy linked to HR strategy can work better if it is adopted in organization ________.
Select one:
7 best HR practices that can impact the organization performance are given by______.
Select one:
HR _______ involves some of the measures to evaluate HR.
Select one:
__________ approach contains 4 dimensions- financial, customer, internal process and growth or learning.
Select one:
Assignment 2
Case Study
This story about fastest growing company RICH BAKER which situated in Jaffna peninsula. It was commenced operation in
year 2017. The vision of RICH BAKER is “To be the most preferred baker in the country”. Their products include a variety of
items such as bread, buns, cake and a wide range of easy breakfast / lunch / dinner products. It is financially stable and has 2
branches situated in strategic locations. Workers of this bakery are paid competitive salaries. However, there is a less concern
among the staff about their long working hours and absence of holidays to spend time with families. Demotivation is
becoming apparent among the staff due to the working environment as it is gloomy and very warm inside the production site
of the bakery at each branch. RICH BAKER uses a semi computerized system for maintaining for inventories and production
records. Inventory control system and financial system are computerized. However, the order processing and human resource
management are not computerized. The company has top level, middle level, and operational level management teams. But
human resource of the RICH BAKER is one-person function. There is no separate human resource department, proper
complaint handing system and written documents for HR practices. The person who is responsible for the human resource
has not evolved to meet the long-term infrastructure needs that would support for the growth of the RICH BAKER. He is just
working for keeping employee’s records and paying salary. The RICH BAKER experienced significant growth in the past 2-3
years. With the growth comes increased need for the formalized HR systems and practice to support the employee,
compliance, and staffing and risk management
Workers in the Rich baker are paid ________ salaries.
Select one:
The branches of the company are located in ______ locations.
Select one:
In order to align the HR function with business goals the best strategy is _______.
Select one:
The Human Resource function of Rich Baker was _______ function.
Select one:
In order to motivate the employees the HR function of the company needs to align with __________.
Select one:
Amity MBA Solved Assignment For Global Commodity Trade all modules Solved Assignment
1st Module Assessment
Commodities can also be called as which of the following?
Select one:
What does India exports majorly?
Select one:
Which of the following is base metal commodity?
Select one:
Which of the following is an energy commodity?
Select one:
In which country does India exports the most in terms of Net Exports?
Select one:
Which of the following is not an investment characteristic of commodities?
Select one:
Which of these is not among top 5 export commodities from India?
Select one:
Prices of commodities are fixed by which of the following?
Select one:
Vasco-da-Gama came to India in which Year?
Select one:
Which of the following is an example of hard commodity?
Select one:
a 1498 Rice
Which of the following features defines commodities?
Select one:
Which of the following is a top traded commodity in the entire world?
Select one:
In which of the following categories does commodity fall?
Select one:
Which of the following doesn't come under oil and oilseeds commodities?
Select one:
Which of the following is a type of instrument traded in Commodity Exchanges?
Select one:
Which of the following is not a type of investor?
Select one:
Which of the following is not one of the support agencies of Global Commodity markets?
Select one:
2nd Module Assessment
Which of these is the oldest commodity exchange of CANADA?
Select one:
Vietnam is famous for export of which type of goods?
Select one:
Zhengzhou Commodity Exchange (ZCE) is commodity exchange of which of these countries?
Select one:
Which of these is a top shareholder in CME group INC?
Select one:
Which of these products are not traded on US commodity Exchanges?
Select one:
Which of these is not a part of Shanghai Future's Exchange?
Select one:
NYMEX is a part of which country's commodity trade?
Select one:
Chicago Mercantile Exchange (CME) deals with which of these commodities?
Select one:
Which of these offers largest ISD liquidity in Asia?
Select one:
Which country in Asia contributes maximum towards Commodity Trading Volumes?
Select one:
Which of the following is not one of the major exporting products of Hungary?
Select one:
Asia accounts for up to what percentage of world's futures and options trade?
Select one:
________________ had been named to the Fortune Future 50 determining the top 50 companies that are best positioned to adapt and deliver growth in a complex environment.
Select one:
When was the CME founded?
Select one:
Futures with permitted underlying assets comprise:
Select one:
When was Wiener Börse, the commodity exchange of Austria, established?
Select one:
Which of these is not a top export product of Thailand?
Select one:
3rd Module Assessment
Which of these is a nonagricultural Commodity?
Select one:
What does ACE stands for?
Select one:
Which of the following is a purpose of commodity contract?
Select one:
Forward Markets Commission of India was established under which act?
Select one:
Which organization controls approximately 40% of the world Crude Oil trade?
Select one:
When was MCX established?
Select one:
Which was the first clearing organization in the Indian commodity derivatives market ?
Select one:
ICOMDEX is a flagship index of which commodity exchange?
Select one:
Which of these is not a commodity exchange in India?
Select one:
Which of the following spices is traded on NCDEX?
Select one:
Which of these commodities is/are traded in ACE?
Select one:
Which of the following is not a predetermined rule in commodity contracts?
Select one:
Which place does India hold in total commodities production?
Select one:
____________________ is the country's primary regulator of forward and futures markets.
Select one:
Why is commodity futures contract trading harm full for unskilled investors?
Select one:
When did commodity trading begin in India in a form alised way?
Select one:
Which of the following is/are the feature(s) of Forward Market Comission?
Select one:
4th Module Assessment
Which of these are type(s) of derivative?
Select one:
Which of the following is a headging strategy?
Select one:
Which of these exchanges is/are fully electronic?
Select one:
_______________ is the volatility that, given a certain pricing model, yields a theoretical value for the option equal to the current market price.
Select one:
Which of the following is a market condition in which prices in subsequent delivery months are greater than those of the previous delivery month? Backwardation is the polar opposite of for wardation.
Select one:
Which of the following is/are auxillary functions of derivatives markets?
Select one:
Which of the following defines the expense of storage space, insurance, and finance charges associated with holding physical commodities such as grains and metals? Cost of carriage is the another term for it.
Select one:
Which of these is an example of derivative?
Select one:
Which of the following terms define condition of a market that is going through slow down?
Select one:
Which of the following is not a characteristic of FUTURES?
Select one:
_____________ is a person who gets into a contract with a speculator in order to avoid risk.
Select one:
On the basis of underlying assets, OTC can be of which of the following types:
Select one:
In general, ______________ refer to securities or contracts that are derived from another—those whose value is dependent on the value of another contract or assets.
Select one:
The Chicago Produce Exchange was founded in _____________.
Select one:
A ___________ is a trader who trades or takes positions without having physical market exposure with the sole goal of profiting.
Select one:
_________________ is defined as the simultaneous purchase and sale of goods in two markets with the selling price above the buying price by a margin greater than the transaction cost, resulting in a risk-free profit.
Select one:
Which of the following types of risk is associated with derivatives that concerns investors the most?
Select one:
5th Module Assessment
What type of weather is required for growth of cotton?
Select one:
Coffee is native to which country?
Select one:
Which is the largest sugar producing country in the world?
Select one:
Tea was originated in which of the following countries?
Select one:
Which of the following can be used to produce sugar?
Select one:
Which of the following is not among the top three cotton producing countries?
Select one:
__________ is set to grow its rice plantings by 18.8%.
Select one:
Commercial cultivation of tea in India was initiated by which of the following?
Select one:
What is the approximate worth of coffee production in the world in dollars?
Select one:
Which of the following is the purpose of trading coffee?
Select one:
Which country was the top producer of cotton in 2020-21?
Select one:
National rubber production is concentrated in which of the following countries?
Select one:
ITRC stands for:
Select one:
Which of the following is a method to grow rice?
Select one:
Which of the following is not a major tea producing company of India?
Select one:
Which of the following are drivers of sugar prices around the world?
Select one:
Which of these is not a variety of wheat?
Select one:
Assignment 2
CASE STUDY
The price of crude oil in the United States had never exceeded$40 per barrel until mid-2004. By 2006 it reached $70 and in July 2008 it peaked at $145. As shown
in Figure 1, by the end of 2008 it had plummeted to about $30before increasing to $110 in 2011. By late 2014, it dropped below$60. Were these sharp price changes
due to fundamental shifts in supply and demand, or are“ speculators” at least partly to blame? This question I important: the wide-spread claim that speculators caused price increases has been the basis for attempts to limit—or even shut down—trading in oil futures and other commodity-based derivatives.
Other commodities also experienced large price swings. Several times during the past decade the prices of industrial metals such as copper, aluminum, and zinc
more than doubled in just a few months, often followed by sharp declines. And price changes across commodities tend to be correlated; from 2002 to 2012, the
correlation coefficients for crude oil and aluminum, copper ,gold, and tin range from 0.74 to 0.89 in levels, and 0.52 to 0.71 in monthly first differences. Should we infer
from the volatility and correlations of prices that commodities have indeed “become an investment class?” Or might commodity prices have been driven by common
shocks, e.g., increases in demand from China and other countries?
The claim that speculators are to blame and futures trading should be limited is well exemplified by an op-ed piece in the New York Times by Joseph P. Kennedy
attributable to “the effect of pure speculators—investors who buy and sell oil futures
but never take physical possession of actual barrels of oil.” Heargues that “Federal
legislation should bar pure oil speculators entirely from commodity exchanges in
the United States. And the United States should use its clout to get European and
Asian markets to follow its lead, chasing oil speculators from the world’s commodity markets.”
What could be the impact of speculation on supply and demand factors in rising prices?
Select one:
Who would be benefitted the most by limiting speculation?
Select one:
By using currency forward market to sell dollar forward, a/an_____________ can lock onto a rate today and reduce his uncertainity.
Select one:
The first use of derivatives contract was__________________________.
Select one:
Elimination of riskless profit opportunities in the futures market is called _____________ .
Select one:
Amity MBA Solved Assignment For International Business and Practice all modules Solved Assignment
1st Module Assessment
The entry of imports from the rest of the world into the low-tariff member of a free trade area to avoid the higher tariffs of
other members is called:
Select one:
Subsidiaries consider the regional environment for policy or Strategy formulation is known as _____.
Select one:
Domestic company limits it’s operations to ___________ political boundaries.
Select one:
The first phase of globalization started around 1870 and ended with _______.
Select one:
The international trade between ___________ is like a vast game of beggar my neighbor.
Select one:
Globalization involves:
Select one:
Which is the right sequence of stages of Internationalization?
Select one:
Globalization refers to ______.
Select one:
Which one is not international Institution?
Select one:
Which of these is not the advantage of MNCs to the host country?
Select one:
Recession is the result of:
Select one:
Competition is the_______________ condition of globalization.
Select one:
Globalization includes:
Select one:
Which of the following is not an obstacle to globalization?
Select one:
Which of these is not a stage of Globalization?
Select one:
An International Company
Which of these is a disadvantage of Globalization?
Select one:
Which of these is not a component of Globalization?
Select one:
2nd Module Assessment
An arrangement to pay for import of goods and services with something other than cash is known as _____.
Select one:
Pro-trade production and consumption means:
Select one:
The licence necessary to obtain foreign exchange to pay for the imports, is called ___________.
Select one:
________ factors affects international marketing decisions.
Select one:
Which of these is the main function of the WTO?
Select one:
DFEC stands for:
Select one:
If a country differs from the rest of the world in taste patterns but not in production capabilities, the trade will lead to some international specialization in ___________.
Select one:
Under _______, the strategy is to simultaneously introduce the newly developed product in all kinds of global markets.
Select one:
_____ is the application of knowledge which redefines the boundaries of global business.
Select one:
Adjustment assistance is preferable to preventing import competition with trade barriers if the displacement costs of the free trade are:
Select one:
According to American Marketing Association (AMA), international marketing is the multinational process of ___________ o f ideal goods and services.
Select one:
__________ is the performance of business activities that direct the flow of a company’s goods and services to consumers or users in more than one nation for a profit.
Select one:
The factor(s) that contributes maximum to the complexity of the global markets:
Select one:
The environmental and cultural dynamics of the markets of different countries can be understood only by studying:
Select one:
Which of these is the main function of the WTO?
Select one:
Following is (are) route(s) to enter foreign market:
Select one:
Which of the following is not main function of International Marketing?
Select one:
3rd Module Assessment
IPR stands for ______.
Select one:
If a commodity X is subject to an import duty of 25% ad valorem, the nominal tariff is _________.
Select one:
Ultimately ______ was replaced by the ______ on 1st Jan 1995.
Select one:
The gains from two nations depend on:
Select one:
A tariff fails to restrict imports when the demand for imports is:
Select one:
Bilateral arrangements instituted to restrain the rapid growth of exports of specific manufactured goods are called:
Select one:
Which barrier can be used against recession induced exports into the country?
Select one:
d .All of the above
According to ______ the holdings of a country’s treasure primarily in the form of gold constituted its wealth.
Select one:
Out of the following, which one is not related to WTO?
Select one:
IBRD stands for _____.
Select one:
Which of these is not an example of Non-Tariff barriers?
Select one:
Which of these Non Tariff Barriers does not have Price Impact?
Select one:
Which of the following is not example of counter trade?
Select one:
Quotas are a kind of:
Select one:
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT) agreement covers the following basic element(s):
Select one:
Free international trade maximizes world output through________.
Select one:
Does the WTO come with its own institutional framework?
Select one:
4th Module Assessment
Factor Endownment Theory of International Trade was propounded by ____________.
Select one:
International trade contributes and increases the world _________.
Select one:
______ involves the representation of the world as a single place, the intersecting of the interests of business, and society or an increase in the impact of forces that span national boundaries.
Select one:
An economic integration in which member countries unity all their economic policies, including monetary, fiscal and wel fare policies as well as policies toward trade and factorial migration, is known as:
Select one:
What are the characteristics of the loans provided by the International Development Association (IDA) to member countries?
Select one:
A case of international price discrimination in which an exporting firm sells at a lower price in a foreign market than it charges in other markets is known as _________.
Select one:
Free international trade maximizes world output through________.
Select one:
Why do we need not to study about International Business Environment?
Select one:
The ______ among countries were dramatically increased with the advent of free trade areas in the 1990s.
Select one:
______ enables formerly government-controlled enterprises to be available for purchase by foreign firms, thus reducing boundaries.
Select one:
Micro Environment consists of:
Select one:
Which of the following is not the component of International Business Environment?
Select one:
Economic Environment includes elements like:
Select one:
Internal Environment Includes:
Select one:
What is Cultural Diversity/Awareness?
Select one:
Which of the following is not the constituents of Demographic Environment?
Select one:
Which of the following is not the constituents of Socio Cultural Environment?
Select one:
5th Module Assessment
If the forward exchange rate quoted is exactly equivalent to the spot rate at the time of making the contract, the forward
exchange rate is said to be __________.
Select one:
Which of the following is NOT true about the International Finance Corporation (IFC)?
Select one:
Which method is the quickest method of transmitting funds from one center to another?
Select one:
The foreign direct investment includes __________.
Select one:
_____ is not a characteristic of speculation.
Select one:
The extra return that investors require to purchase or hold on to foreign bonds to compensate them for the additional currency and country risks involved in holding foreign bonds is called:
Select one:
Foreign income received in India during the previous year is taxable in the case of ________.
Select one:
De-coupling' denotes:
Select one:
Opening by the importer of credit in favor of the exporter at a bank in the exporter's country is a distinctive feature of_________.
Select one:
A letter of credits means:
Select one:
Future and Options are:
Select one:
India’s foreign exchange rate system is _______.
Select one:
The responsibility for administration of of FEMA is vested with ________.
Select one:
A source of supply of foreign exchange is ________.
Select one:
A forward currency transaction:
Select one:
Given a home country and a foreign country, purchasing power parity suggests that:
Select one:
If purchasing power parity were to hold even in the short run, then:
Select one:
Assignment 2
Case Study
Fort Worth, Inc., specializes in manufacturing some basic parts for sports utility vehicles (SUVs) that are produced and sold in the United States. Its main advantage in the United States is that its production is efficient and less costly than that of some other unionized manufacturers. It has a substantial market share in the United States. Its manufacturing process is labour intensive. It pays relatively low wages compared to U.S. competitors, but has guaranteed the local workers that their job positions will not be eliminated for the next 30 years. It hired a consultant to determine whether it should set up a subsidiary in Mexico, where the parts would be produced.
The consultant suggested that Fort Worth should expand for the following reasons:
Que: Which of the following methods may be viewed as most effective in protecting such firms against economic exposure?
Select one:
When an enterprise has an unhedged receivable or payabledenominated in a foreign currency and settlement of theobligation has not yet taken place, Fort W other, Inc. is said to have:
Select one:
Which type of following stage of internationalization has Decentralized decision making?
Select one:
Which is the right sequence of stages of Internationalization
Select one:
Which of these practices is mandatory for a company for which it is accountable in relation to other parties?
Select one:
Amity MBA Solved Assignment For International Business Negotiation all modules Solved Assignment
1st Module Assessment
__________ is a phrase that refers to the power that the opposite side has clearly obtained.
Select one:
In Dual Concerns Model, desire to satisfy own concerns and desire to satisfy other's concern is highest in _____________.
Select one:
Which of the following is not a factor feeling competetive behaviour?
Select one:
Which term refers to the political, social, and structural issues that both parties must contend with?
Select one:
Which of the following type of bargaining is to guarantee that one side gains as much as possible, rather than a win-winsituation? Both parties will compete for the largest possible share of the asset or resource that must be distributed.
Select one:
The most important rule in negotiating is _________, which shows us how to get from our wants and requirements to our objectives.
Select one:
Which of the following is a method of resolving conflicts and managing business relations?
Select one:
Negotiation is also known as:
Select one:
Which of the following is a dimension of International Business Negotiation process?
Select one:
Which of these is defined as the interaction of interdependent persons who have opposing goals and interfere with one another in achieving those goals?
Select one:
In Dual Concerns Model Desire to satisfy own concerns and Desire to Satisfy other's concern is lowest in _____________.
Select one:
___________ is described as the capacity to speak out for oneself in a non-aggressive manner and advocate for oneself.
Select one:
Which of these is not a negotiating technique?
Select one:
_________ is a must when you're in a relationship where you respect equality in the end result, a type of "split-the-difference" approach where no one wins but no one loses.
Select one:
Which of the following falls under middle stage of negotiation flow?
Select one:
Which of these is a long-term process aimed at reaching a complete and mutually accepted agreement among the number our sparties, despite their diverse values, interests, and power relationships?
Select one:
What is the strength of the two parties involved, which is one facet of international negotiations that has attracted a lot of scholarly attention?
Select one:
2nd Module Assessment
The term ______________ refers to a procedure in which two people collaborate to reach an agreement on the issues at hand.
Select one:
Which of the following is not different analysis on the theory of negotiation?
Select one:
One of the non-verbal ways we reveal ourselves to others is via our body language. Because it employs your facial expressions, posture, and movements to offer messages and indications to other people, it's also known as _______________.
Select one:
____________ is the process by which individuals connect to their environment by ascribing meaning to messages and events. This process is strongly influenced by the perceiver's current state of mind, role, and comprehension of earlier communications.
Select one:
Which bais is analogous to tunnel vision and is characterised by intense self-concentration in any situation or encounter?
Select one:
Relationships are the most essential aspect in deciding whether parties will form coalitions with one another in which negotiation?
Select one:
Which of the following does not help in retaining a customer?
Select one:
Which of the following is not an effective strategy to expand customer base?
Select one:
Which of the following is a negotiator's tendency, especially in an auction situation, to quickly settle on an item and then feeling happy about a quick bargaining success?
Select one:
Which of the following are benefits of pre-negotiation?
Select one:
___________ refers to the ability of parties in a negotiation to influence, persuade, or obtain an agreement on terms that best fit their objectives.
Select one:
Dealing ____________ in business may have severe repercussions for our personal and professional reputations with customer sand clients, and even in the communities where we operate.
Select one:
____________ proposed that there are five bases of power derived from distinct aspects of an actor's relationship with the target of his influence attempts.
Select one:
Which of these is a subjective mechanism through which people evaluate and make sense of situations, leading them top ursue or avoid subsequent actions?
Select one:
Who suggested six persuasion techniques that a lawyer might use to persuade his or her counterpart to agree to favourable conditions for their client?
Select one:
Which is the fifth principle of persuasion that a lawyer might use to her client's advantage? According to this theory, those in positions of actual or perceived authority owe it to individuals to obey them.
Select one:
___________ refers to how the parties define the risk and reward associated with various outcomes. It's difficult to determine what frame a party is using unless they inform you.
Select one:
3rd Module Assessment
Which of these is not a part of framework of multiparty negotiation?
Select one:
Which of these is a multiparty negotiation building block?
Select one:
________________ is a category of business technology.
Select one:
Bargaining between numerous department heads in a large corporation is an example of a ____________ negotiation.
Select one:
Which of the following is/are the way/s to maintain personal relationships?
Select one:
Which of the following is not the most significant obstacle to bargaining as a coalition?
Select one:
Which of these is not a characteristic of coalitions?
Select one:
_______________ is a neutral third party who has the power to compel agreement. The process can be voluntary or mandated bylaw or contract on the parties to a negotiation.
Select one:
Which of the following is not a dimension of violence?
Select one:
Academics, practitioners, and conflict parties commonly use the term _____________ to describe the transition from war top each, and more particularly, the conversations that lead to the conclusion of a violent and sometimes long-running conflict.
Select one:
Which of these is not key bulding pieces that can help you form good relationships with the people you lead in order toconstruct a long-term relationship in negotiation?
Select one:
Which of the following depicts that technology has affected Corporate World?
Select one:
Which of the following is not a type of relationship in the negotiation?
Select one:
Which of the following is/are factors affected by IT in the negotiation?
Select one:
______________ is a technology-driven process for evaluating data and presenting meaningful information to executives, managers, and other end users in order to assist them make better business decisions.
Select one:
When two or more people, groups, governments, political parties, military, or other parties agree to work together in at emporary partnership to achieve a shared objective, a ________________ is formed.
Select one:
Which of these is an issue that a multiparty negotiation faces?
Select one:
4th Module Assessment
Which of the following reasons is appropriate to justify the importance of good negotiation?
Select one:
____________ is not an effect of culture on negotiation.
Select one:
Which type of distinctions necessitate an awareness and appreciation of the variances?
Select one:
Which of the following is the characteristic of a good negotiator?
Select one:
Any interaction that took place in your home, whether with your partner, children, other family members, or neighbours, is referred to as _____________ negotiation.
Select one:
Who should emphasize building a relationship with their bargaining partners during initial encounters?
Select one:
____________________ skills are essential for excellent negotiators. Only in this manner will they be able to comprehend the needs of others around them while also balancing their own expectations and priorities.
Select one:
Which of these is the Influence of Confucianism on Chinese Business Culture?
Select one:
Which of these is not one of the steps towards better negotiation?
Select one:
Which of these is not a critical feature of Domestic Negotiation?
Select one:
______________ is frequently a power-based discourse aimed at achieving specific aims or outcomes, and it may or may not fully resolve a specific disagreement or conflicts to the satisfaction of all parties.
Select one:
What are the peculiar features of doing business with Chinese?
Select one:
Which of these are not negotiating characteristics of Americans?
Select one:
Between 1999 and 2010, EU foreign trade more than doubled, accounting for more than ______ of the EU's gross domestic output (GDP).
Select one:
Which is a peculiar feature of Indian Business Culture?
Select one:
______________ in Japanese means an informal process of quietly laying the foundation for some proposed change or project, by talking to the people concerned, gathering support and feedback, and so forth.
Select one:
What are the peculiar features of doing business with Americans?
Select one:
5th Module Assessment
Which of the following might be a tip for durable cross-cultural partnerships?
Select one:
__________ refers to civilizations in which people spend the majority of their time listening and reacting to the actions of others.
Select one:
Change is qute a challenging process for organizations. Which of these cannot be a part of Change Process?
Select one:
_______________ highlights a sometimes overlooked part of negotiation: putting what negotiators agree to at the negotiating table into action.
Select one:
Whose model depicts how each culture perceives and communicates in a given scenario?
Select one:
How many stages are there in a negotiation process?
Select one:
Which of these is not the basis of translating human change into changes in negotiators?
Select one:
As parties consult their legal departments or superiors in reaction to unexpected suggestions, ____________ frequently necessitate many rounds of give-and-take.
Select one:
____________ negotiation is defined as discussions of common and conflicting interests among people from various cultural backgrounds who work together to establish a mutually beneficial agreement.
Select one:
Which of these countries has multi-active cultural type?
Select one:
Which feature of organising structure is studied by communication academics?
Select one:
___________ negotiators are more concerned with building relationships than with closing up loose ends and minutiae in a contract.
Select one:
Who has defined the importance of interparty trust?
Select one:
Change = ?
Select one:
ZOPA stands for _______________.
Select one:
Which is the first to close a deal?
Select one:
Which of the following is a step of closing negotiations?
Select one:
Assignment 2
Case Study
Crypto-assets have also made their way into the financial world. In recent years, there has been a noticeable increase in the number of such properties. The market capitalization of all crypto-assets increased to around $600 billion in December, according to our new Global Financial Stability Report. That's up from about $25 billion just a year ago! And that's without accounting for the increased number of transactions that occur outside of the exchanges.
Crypto-assets do, in reality, present both opportunities and risks. Crypto-assets have not been associated with other as sets as an asset class, and investors can profit from diversification.
To boost market performance, some helpful technology is being developed. For example, services have reduced the time it takes for cross-border payments to reach their destinations from days to minutes. Smaller companies like Bit Pesa in Africa and BitOasis in the Middle East, including well-known companies like Western Union and Money gram, are among them.
Crypto-assets, like other types of fintech, have the potential forillegal activity. They have the ability to conceal identities ,making them ideal for money laundering, terrorist funding, taxevasion, and fraud. The law enforcement action against the illegal marketplace Alpha Bay last year was a prime example of the crypto-underworld.
What of the legitimate market? The skyrocketing prices of crypto-assets last year prompted comparisons to previous peculative bubbles. For example, the rise in bitcoin prices in2017 was approximately comparable to the 18th-century South Sea Bubble.
Crypto-assets are currently small in comparison to traditional assets, and they do not pose a threat to macro-financial stability at this time. This, however, could change.
Risks can accumulate as asset prices rise rapidly, particularly if market participants borrow to buy them. As a result, vulnerabilities can arise as leverage increases as a result of crypto-assets.
The rise of crypto-asset-related investment funds and futures contracts expands mainstream investors' options. However, as the investor base expands, there could be more overlap between crypto-assets and conventional assets. This would increase the risk of shock transmission, particularly during risk aversion episodes.
The explosive development of the investor base, as well as the lack of clarity in the crypto-markets, could cause market disruptions. Two main factors, the borderless nature of the underlying transaction process and different national regulatory approaches, could amplify these effects.
The Regulatory Response - How should regulators and central banks respond?
Policymakers must strike a reasonable balance to realize the full potential of emerging financial technologies. This entails developing an environment that encourages creativity while maintaining a strong regulatory structure. It is necessary top reserve confidence in an evolving financial system. Allow me to make four important points:
First, regulators must balance their reliance on organizations with a greater focus on activities. This is in response to the fact that financial services are provided by an increasingly diverse community of companies and market platforms.
Second, there is a need to improve governance. To ensure the integrity of data, algorithms, and platforms—in other words ,to ensure that they work in a way that does not put customers or the financial system at risk—rules and standards would need to be established.
Regulators in various countries have started to solve the seissues using a number of methods. This is crucial because the answers already differ. Among them are the following:
The development of successful legislation is still in its infancy. Countries are experimenting with emerging developments and putting them to the test in safe environments. In addition, they partner with fintech businesses in innovation centres and regulatory sandboxes.
Crypto-assets, on the other hand, exemplify the problems that regulators face in the fast-changing Fintech environment. Since they cut through the functions of various national authoritie sand work on a global scale, they are difficult to control. Many of them are opaque and operate outside of the traditional financial sector, making it impossible to keep track of their activities.
In the end, policymaking would have to be nimble, creative, and collaborative.
What is Crypto Currency?
Select one:
Who regulates Crypto Currency to make transactions safer?
Select one:
What is a smart contract?
Select one:
What are the benefits of Block chain Technology?
Select one:
Why should regulators of Central Bank respond to Crypto Boostin a more receptive manner?
Select one:
Amity MBA Solved Assignment For International Currency Management all modules Solved Assignment
1st Module Assessment
The acronym swift stands for
Select one:
According to classification by if, the currency system of India falls under:
Select one:
Foreign exchange transactions involve monetary transactions:
Select one:
Non-resident bank accounts are maintained in:
Select one:
Euro was launched on:
Select one:
Direct quotation is also known as
Select one:
The quotation for merchant transaction is-
Select one:
Full fledged money changers are authorized to undertake:
Select one:
Buying rate for ready merchant rate is derived from-
Select one:
The buying rate is also known as the
Select one:
The merchant rate for pound sterling is calculated by banks in india-
Select one:
T t stands for:
Select one:
The rate applied when the no stro account of the bank would already have been credited
Select one:
For calculating cross currency rates, banks in India use the dollar/foreign currency rate quoted in
Select one:
The exchange margin included by a bank in the exchange rate quoted to the customer is-
Select one:
Production strategies for managing economic exposure do not include-
Select one:
The objective of trading in foreign exchange by a dealer of a bank is to-
Select one:
2nd Module Assessment
The major players in the foreign exchange market are:
Select one:
A foreign currency account maintained by a bank abroad is its:
Select one:
The market forces influencing the exchange rate are not fully operational under:
Select one:
The largest foreign exchange market in the world is:
Select one:
A transaction in which the currencies to be exchanged the next day of the transaction is known as
Select one:
The selling rate is also known as:
Select one:
Full fledged money changers are authorized to undertake:
Select one:
The acronym fedai stands for:
Select one:
‘non-resident bank accounts’ refer to:
Select one:
The transaction where the exchange of currencies takes place two days after the date of the contract is:
Select one:
The minimum fraction in which exchange rates are quoted by banks to their customers is-
Select one:
The exchange rates quoted by an authorised dealer to its customers are known as-
Select one:
In calculating cross rates, exchange margin is entered-
Select one:
A swap deal is executed by:
Select one:
Market selection as a strategy to manage economic exposure requires-
Select one:
The transaction in which the bank receives foreign currency from the customer and pays him in local currency is a –
Select one:
For the purpose of translation, current rate refers to-
Select one:
3rd Module Assessment
Indirect rate of exchange is quoted in India for:
Select one:
An export bill is taken for collection by the bank. the exchange rate applied for the transaction will be:
Select one:
The maxim ‘buy low; sell high’ is applicable for
Select one:
Indirect rate in foreign exchange means:
Select one:
In mumbai, us dollar is quoted as under: usd 1 = rs.43.6725/6875. it means-
Select one:
In direct quotation, the unit kept constant is:
Select one:
The reduction in the value of a currency due to market forces is known as:
Select one:
An import customer accepts a bill drawn on him. the bank will apply-
Select one:
Under a fixed exchange rate system, the currency rate in the market is maintained through:
Select one:
In foreign exchange markets, ‘american quotation’ refers to-
Select one:
T t buying rate is not applicable for the following transaction-
Select one:
The term notional due date refers to-
Select one:
Translation loss may occur when-
Select one:
Bill buying rates are applicable to
Select one:
The following method cannot be used for managing translation exposure
Select one:
Ideal time for launching a product in a foreign market is
Select one:
If the rupee depreciates in real terms, cash inflows of a firm engaged in exports is-
Select one:
4th Module Assessment
Indirect quotation is also known as
Select one:
There are three types of impact of exchange rates on the operations and performance of m n c s, which of the following is not
one pof them:
Select one:
The term risk in business refers to:
Select one:
A positive exposure will lead to ¡K¡K¡K¡K.when the currency of the subsidiary company appreciates:
Select one:
Financial strategies for managing economic exposure does not include-
Select one:
Production strategies for managing economic exposure do not include-
Select one:
The term risk in business refers to-
Select one:
The statutory basis for the administration of foreign exchange in India is
Select one:
Under fema, the rbi has been authorised to make ¡X¡X to carry out the provisions of the act.
Select one:
An authorised person under fema does not include:
Select one:
A firm operating in India cannot hedge its foreign currency exposure through
Select one:
Foreign currency exposure can be avoided by
Select one:
The external methods of hedging transaction exposure does not include-
Select one:
Maintaining a foreign currency account is helpful to-
Select one:
The translation exposure is positive when-
Select one:
Market selection as a strategy to manage economic exposure requires-
Select one:
For option forward purchase transactions the forward premium will be reckoned
Select one:
5th Module Assessment
Arbitrageur in a foreign exchange market
Select one:
The bank should verify the letter of credit/sale contract for booking a-
Select one:
The term ‘loro account’ means:
Select one:
The difference between buying rate and selling rate is the gross profit for the bank and is know as the
Select one:
Speculation in the foreign exchange market refers to
Select one:
In direct quotation the principle adopted by the bank is to
Select one:
Under the forward exchange contract-
Select one:
Forward margin is-
Select one:
One month forward contract entered into on 22nd march will fall due on:
Select one:
The transaction in which the exchange of currencies takes place at a specified future date, subsequent to the spot date is known as a
Select one:
The true cost of hedging transaction exposure by using forward market is-
Select one:
The following method does not result in sharing of exchange risk between importer and exporter-
Select one:
Money market hedge involves-
Select one:
The cost of hedging through options includes-
Select one:
Transaction exposure can be hedged
Select one:
The net potential gain or loss likely to arise from exchange rate changes is
Select one:
The exchange loss/gain due to transaction exposure is reckoned on-
Select one:
Assignment 2
Case Study
Many currency pairs are not directly quoted i.e dealers do not offer a rate for these currency pairs. For example, an Indian
importer is importing oil from Azerbaijan. The company from Azerbaijan wants that Indian exporter must make the payment
in local currency i.e. Azerbaijanian Manat (AZN). As no bank or dealer is offering INR/AZN quote, the Indian company has to
use a via-media currency to convert the INT to AZN to
make payment. The exchange calculated in this round about manner is known as cross rates. Depending on host of factors, a
currency may appreciate or depreciate against another currency. The calculation methodology for currency appreciation and
depreciation rate of is also briefly discussed in this session. Besides offering spot quotations, banks also quote spot rates for
buying/selling or exchanging TC (Travelers Cheques) and TT (Telegraphic transfers). Banks also buy and sell bills at different
spot rates.
On the basis of above paragraph answer the following Questions:
In India exchange rates for foreign currencies other than US dollar are calculated as:
Select one:
Exchange margin enters into the bills selling rate __________.
Select one:
The bills selling rate is calculated by adding exchange margin to the __________.
Select one:
TT selling rate is calculated on the basis of _________ selling rate.
Select one:
The rate used for all transactions that do not involve handling of documents by the banks is called:
Select one:
Amity MBA Solved Assignment For WTO and International Regulatory Environment all modules Solved Assignment
1st Module Assessment
A country making use of the resources of the IMF is generally required to carry out an economic policy programme aimed at
achieving a viable balance of payments positions over an appropriate period of time, which is known as
Select one:
The components of WTO are
Select one:
Each member of IMF, is assigned a quota expressed in
Select one:
Which of the following is the criteria for approving an IDA credit?
Select one:
What are the characteristics of the loans provided by the International Development Association (IDA) to member countries?
Select one:
The IMF holds substantial resources in member's currencies and SDRs, as a result of
Select one:
How many countries have been undertaken to lend to IMF if there is need to cope with an impairment of the International monetary system?
Select one:
Which of the following is true about the Board of Governors of IMF?
Select one:
Which of the following is NOT true about the borrowings of IMF?
Select one:
Every member of the IMF is required to subscribe to the fund an amount
Select one:
UNCTAD was established in _________ .
Select one:
Following is the function(s) of World Trade Organization (WTO)
Select one:
International Trade Centre was operated by
Select one:
International Trade Centre is the Joint Agency of -----
Select one:
International Trade Centre was established by WTO in
Select one:
Day-to-Day work in between the ministerial conferences is handled by
Select one:
Following is (are) advantage(s) of joining WTO:
Select one:
2nd Module Assessment
Out of the following, one is not related to WTO
Select one:
GATT allows importing countries to retaliate against export subsidies through
Select one:
_________is the highest hierarchical level in the organisational structure of WTO.
Select one:
WTO is a ________
Select one:
GATT prescribes export subsidies as
Select one:
Which of the following is the best example of Agreement between Oligopolists
Select one:
Which one is the source of external finance?
Select one:
According to the Uruguay Round Agreement on TRIPS, patentability may be excluded for
Select one:
__________was established by a multilateral treaty of 23 countries in 1947.
Select one:
Following the Uruguay Round Agreement, GATT was converted from a provisional agreement into WTO with effect from
Select one:
Which of the following institution is associated with Dunkel Proposals?
Select one:
Which of the following is not the objective of the WTO?
Select one:
Which of the following body is not related to the WTO?
Select one:
The General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT) is a legal agreement between many countries, whose overall purpose was to promote international trade by reducing or eliminating trade barriers such as ----------
Select one:
What does Agreement on Agriculture not cover?
Select one:
Whom does Agreement on Agriculture favour by extending time limit to impliment protocols?
Select one:
How many Appendices does Uruguy Round Protocol has?
Select one:
3rd Module Assessment
DFEC Stand for
Select one:
What did the Multifibre Arrangements (MFA) restrict?
Select one:
Does the WTO come with its own institutional framework?
Select one:
_____ primarily deals with the economic issues like Tariffs and other trade barriers in many countries.
Select one:
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT) agreement covers the following basic element(s):
Select one:
When custom duty is levied according to the weight of goods it is known as
Select one:
Domestic company limits it’s operations to ___________ political boundaries.
Select one:
TRIP stands for ______
Select one:
The post-war GATT exempted from restriction dumping, export subsidies, import quotas, discrimination and international cartels in case of
Select one:
The Tariff Act of 1930 is also known as________
Select one:
The Paris Convention for the Protection of Industrial Property, 1883. The Paris Convention applies to ---------------------------
Select one:
Anti-Counterfeiting Trade Agreement (ACTA) was Adopted in 2011, ACTA is a multilateral trade agreement that --------- ----counterfeiting, generic medicines, and online copyright infringement.
Select one:
"Most favoured nation" relationships extend reciprocal bilateral relationships following both --------------------- ------of reciprocity and non-discrimination.
Select one:
Patent application can be filed in India by:
Select one:
The following council(s) report to the General Council
Select one:
TRIPS provide adequate protection of intellectual property in the following categories:
Select one:
Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights is (TRIPS). TRIPS is an international agreement that --------------------------- ---------- for all World Trade Organization countries.
Select one:
4th Module Assessment
Which of the following is not one of core service sector as defined by GATS?
Select one:
Which of the following sectors contributes majorly in India's GDP?
Select one:
Which of these is not among the different modes of trade in services covered in GATS?
Select one:
Services fall under which Sector?
Select one:
What is aim of GATS?
Select one:
Which service has biggest share in international trade of services?
Select one:
Approximately what percentage of population of India is engaged in Services?
Select one:
Which of the following does not fall under producer services?
Select one:
Trade in Services falls in which account in B oP?
Select one:
GATS stands for
Select one:
What does Article X of GATS relates to?
Select one:
Articles XIII of GATS relates to which of the following?
Select one:
Into how many sub-sectors services are divided in GATS?
Select one:
When was working party on GATS rules established?
Select one:
In a dispute about services, the panel is about to finalize its findings and believes that the respondent has violated its obligations under GATS. In its submissions and oral statements, the respondent has argued, among other things, that its measure, even if it were found inconsistent with GATS, does not nullify or impair any benefits. The complainant has not put forward any arguments in this regard. What should the panel do?
Select one:
Which types of restrictions must not be maintained in absence of limitations is provisioned in GATS?
Select one:
Which of the following is hinderance to GATS objective?
Select one:
5th Module Assessment
Two WTO Members that are also signatories to a regional integration agreement with a dispute settlement system have a
controversy about a technical standard. The technical standards falls simultaneously under both the regional trade agreement
and the WTO Agreement (in particular, the TBT Agreement and Article III of GATT 1994). Is it possible to initiate WTO dispute
settlement proceedings right away?
Select one:
the establishment of a panel until the regional procedure is completed.
procedure. The complainant must thus always start by bringing its complaint to the WTO.
must choose. This is to avoid contradictory outcomes in two separate disputes.
A WTO panel is required to interpret an article of a covered agreement that has been interpreted in a previous panel report under GATT 1947. The contracting parties to GATT 1947 had not adopted that panel report. Can the panel borrow from the reasoning of the previous GATT 1947 panel report and interpret the legal provision in the same manner?
Select one:
The rubber industry of the WTO Member Elastia faces a trade barrier in Hardia, where the ministry of the economy has just introduced new safety standards for products made of natural rubber. The rubber industry believes that these standards are incompatible with WTO law and would like to know what it can undertake?
Select one:
What does special and differential treatment mean and where does it exist in the dispute settlement system?
Select one:
What is the role played by developing country Members in the WTO dispute settlement system?
Select one:
With regard to the WTO, subsidies are covered in two separate international economic law agreements. Which are they?
Select one:
Why is dispute settlement mechanism important?
Select one:
WTO Member A believes that WTO Member B has violated WTO law. A and B are also signatories to a bilateral international agreement on student exchange. A therefore suspends - in proportionate amount - entry visas allocated to students from B .What can B do?
Select one:
A non-governmental organization that is concerned with environmental issues has a strong interest in an on going W T O dispute. Is there any way it can participate in the dispute settlement proceedings?
Select one:
WTO Members A and B conclude a compromise, according to which a specific WTO dispute between A and B is to be resolved by the International Court of Justice in the Hague and according to the procedures set out in its Statute. Are A and B permitted to do so?
Select one:
WTO Member A has lost the case it brought against Member B because the panel and the Appellate Body have not accepted A’s legal interpretation of the agreement concerned and have concluded that B’s measure did not violate the W T O Agreement. A insists on its reading and recalls that panels and the Appellate Body must not diminish the rights of W T O Members. May A now impose unilateral sanctions against B despite the adoption of the reports?
Select one:
Who sets out the procedures and rules that define today’s dispute settlement system?
Select one:
Who bears the burden of proof in a WTO dispute?
Select one:
Which article specifically relates to WTO Agreement?
Select one:
The United States challenges the EC banana regulation under both GATT 1994 and GATS United States companies are very active in distribution services for bananas, but the country has never exported bananas of United States origin to the EC. Is the United States permitted to rely on GATT 1994?
Select one:
Patria has brought a complaint against Tramontana about apple import restrictions that are inconsistent with Article XI:1 of the GATT 1994. Tramontana had claimed in the prior bilateral consultations that its measures are justified, inter alia, by ArticleXI:2 of GATT 1994 but in the panel proceedings it does not submit arguments relating to Article XI:2. Should the panel examine the case under Article XI:2 on its own initiative?
Select one:
In a WTO dispute, the complainant has claimed 15 different violations (in its request for the establishment of the panel and further in its submissions and oral statements) of the same covered agreement. The panel would like to know whether it has to address all of these claims.
Select one:
Assignment 2
Case Study
Despite overseeing a nine fold increase in world trade between1947 and 1985, it was clear by the mid-1980s that a major review and modernisation of GATT was required in order to enable it to continue to successfully regulate the global market in the 21stcentury. Ultimately, it was in this last Round that initiatives for anew regulatory organisation - the WTO were taken. The central role of the WTO is the continued pursuit of assured, effective market access - worldwide - for traders, investors and inventors. That is and will remain the central objective. Whileregional activities around the world, whether in Asia. Europe or the Americas, can and do contribute to trade liberalisation, the main tool for achieving that objective will be multilateral action. Bilateral approaches may achieve quicker results some times and, as Europe has shown itself in the internal market programme, regional initiatives can be the starting point for genuine worldwide liberalisation in new sectors. But, many of the most serious problems our traders face today can only betackled if all major
trading partners act together - the WTO is and must remain the motor of worldwide liberalization.
Question : Which of these is a function of General Assembly of WTO.
Select one:
Which of these were the major goals of Uruguay Round?
Select one:
For the day to day running of the WTO, the General Councildelegates responsibility to which of the following?
Select one:
WTO does not have Multilateral Trade Agreement on which of the following?
Select one:
Which of the following is not affected by knowing country of origin of a product
Select one:
Amity MBA Solved Assignment For Foreign Language-I all modules Solved Assignment
Module I: Introduction
Use correct article ' ____livres
Select one:
Translate in French 'Dimanche'
Select one:
How to say 'Good night'
Select one:
Which is French monument?
Select one:
Use correct article ' ____table
Select one:
Translate in French 'Vendredi'
Select one:
Translate in French 'Au revoir'
Select one:
Translate in French '10'
Select one:
Use correct article ' ____main
Select one:
Translate in French 'Salut'
Select one:
Use the correct Definite Article for horloge:
Select one:
Choose the correct profession for – Sania Mirza
Select one:
Complete the sentence with the correct Indefinite article: J’ ai __________livres minces.
Select one:
Choose the Odd one out:
Select one:
What does 'il est quatre heures et demie mean?
Select one:
Comment ça va? could be the answer by all the above except:
Select one:
'Il est six heures moins le quart' is French for ?
Select one:
Module II: Articles, Verbs and Tenses
What is the feminine of “technicien” ?
Select one:
How do we say “851” in French?
Select one:
How do we say “Thank you” in French?
Select one:
What is the feminine form of “indien” ?
Select one:
What is the feminine form of “grand” ?
Select one:
How do we say “Tomorrow” in French?
Select one:
What is the feminine form of “Acteur” ?
Select one:
How do we say “74” in French?
Select one:
What is the feminine form of “Petite” ?
Select one:
Translate : Bonjour monsieur !
Select one:
Choose the correct sentence:
Select one:
Find the word : reauroiv
Select one:
Complete with definite article:- _____ hommes sontjournalistes.
Select one:
Comment t'appelles- tu?" means
Select one:
Put the sentence in order: y/ a/ il / filles / dans/ des/ classe/ la
Select one:
Choose the correct sentence:
Select one:
Change the sentence in plural: Elle est en vacances.
Select one:
Module III: Professions, Nations, Colors
How do we say "I am student"
Select one:
How do we say "Je suis chanteur
Select one:
How do we say "My name is Pearl"
Select one:
Translate"I am beautiful"
Select one:
How do we say "I am tired"
Select one:
How do we say " Intelligent"
Select one:
How do we say "I am happy"
Select one:
How do we say "I am 20 year old
Select one:
Translate "J'ai deux amis"
Select one:
How do we say "J'ai trois frère
Select one:
Ils respectent leurs parents.
Select one:
Tes Parents sont tres gentils
Select one:
Elles parlent français
Select one:
Mon père est avocat 'Tanslate
Select one:
_______ es chanteur?
Select one:
_______ ont une belle voiture
Select one:
_______ s' appell e Sylvie.
Select one:
Module IV: Self, Lifestyle, Personal activities
J'________ le chocolat "use aimer"
Select one:
Vous _______ le portable?"use avoir"
Select one:
Tu as_________ complete the sentense
Select one:
Translate "Sandra is tall"
Select one:
Nous ____________ le repas. "complete with manger"
Select one:
Nous ______ une belle maison "use avoir"
Select one:
Il ___________ le film."use regarder"
Select one:
Nous ______ amis "use être"
Select one:
Ce sont ____ chaises" use correct adjective
Select one:
Marked out of2.00
Il ___________ Akash.
Select one:
She loves her mother.
Select one:
I love my sisters.
Select one:
My friend is tall.
Select one:
Their students are very intelligent.
Select one:
Le poisson est dans _____ lac 'complete with definate artcles'
Select one:
Pendant _______ vacances, elle va au Japon
Select one:
Sur_____ table, il y a un verre.
Select one:
Module V: French Culture
Translate "Il est cinq heures et demi"
Select one:
Mon ami _______ un cadeau pour toi
Select one:
J'aime ________ le film
Select one:
Vous mangez ______ salade
Select one:
Le train ________ en avance
Select one:
Elle________ à Lajpat Nagar
Select one:
Translate "12 pm"
Select one:
Je _______ à Delhi
Select one:
Tu _______ au Canada
Select one:
5+5 =
Select one:
Quel age avez-vous ?
Select one:
Comment allez -vous ?
Select one:
Comment vous appelez -vous ?
Select one:
Quel est votre profession?
Select one:
Mardi est le _______ jour de la semain.
Select one:
Janvier est le ______ mois de l’année.
Select one:
Avril est le ________ mois de l'année
Select one:
Assignment 2
Case Study:
Ma maison et mes alentours
Ma maison est belle et très confortable. J’habite avec mesparents. Ma maison a deux étages. Il y a quatre chambres, unsalon, un balcon, une cuisine, une salle à manger, deux sallesde bain et un garage dans ma maison. La chambre de mesparents est à coté de ma chambre. Elle est au rez-de-chaussée. Notre cuisine est près de la salle à manger. Dans lesalon, il y a beaucoup de meubles comme une table, deschaises, des fauteuils et un divan. Ma chambre est assezgrande. La chambre de ma soeur est au premier étage avec lasalle de bain et le balcon. Il y a un jardin autour de la maison. Ily a aussi un garage dans la cave de la maison. Ma maison estrouge et blanche. J’adore ma maison. A côté de ma maison il ya un parc pour les enfants. Près du parc il y a un magasin dejouets.. Il y a une gare loin de ma maison. Dans la gare il y a unguichet pour les billets. Derrière la gare il y a un lieu destationnement pour les voitures. A gauche de la gare il y a unsuper marché et a droite il y a une église. En face de l’église il ya un fleuriste qui vend des fleurs et aussi des bougies pour offrirà l’église. Au coin de la rue il y a aussi un hôpital."
Question: Où est la chambre des parents ?
Select one:
Où est la chambre de la soeur de Roland ?
Select one:
De quelle couleur est la maison de Roland ?
Select one:
Où est le garage ?
Select one:
Est-ce qu’il y a un guichet dans la gare ?
Select one:
Amity MBA Solved Assignment For Business Intelligence and Data Analytics all modules Solved Assignment
1st Module Assessment
BI can catalyze a business’s success in terms of:
Select one:
IS stands for:
Select one:
DSS stands for:
Select one:
Which of the following statement is true about Business Intelligence?
Select one:
KPI stands for:
Select one:
Business intelligence (BI) is a broad category of application programs which includes:
Select one:
___________measurements express the level of conformity of a given system to the objectives for which it was designed.
Select one:
The objective of B.I. is to support:
Select one:
Well defined recurring decision making procedure is called ___________.
Select one:
What does OLAP acronym stand for?
Select one:
Data can be updated in ______ environment.
Select one:
Which of the following is not a feature of Mobile BI?
Select one:
BI can catalyze a business’s success in terms of:
Select one:
The important aspect of the data warehouse environment is that data found within the data warehouse is __________.
Select one:
EIS stands for____________.
Select one:
____________ is data about data.
Select one:
Business Intelligence and data warehousing is used for________.
Select one:
2nd Module Assessment
What is the use of data cleaning?
Select one:
_________ is a system where operations like data extraction, transformation and loading operations are executed.
Select one:
Which of the following is not a component of a data warehouse?
Select one:
__________ is a subject-oriented, integrated, time-variant, nonvolatile collection of data in support of management decisions.
Select one:
Which of the following is a good alternative to the star schema?
Select one:
_____________ combines data from multiple sources into a coherent store.
Select one:
Data warehouse is which of the following?
Select one:
The main organisational justification for implementing a data warehouse is to provide:
Select one:
In a snowflake schema, which of the following types of tables is considered?
Select one:
To remove noise and inconsistent data, _______________________ is needed.
Select one:
Data warehouse contains _________ data that is never found in the operational environment.
Select one:
Which of the following is an operational system?
Select one:
Which of the following statements about data warehouse is true?
Select one:
A data warehouse:
Select one:
The extract process is __________.
Select one:
Reconciled data is_________.
Select one:
Data transformation includes ___________.
Select one:
3rd Module Assessment
Among the following, ____________ is an example of hardware component.
Select one:
Data Analysis is a process of:
Select one:
In which of the following steps of expert system development, the knowledge should be represented in IF-THEN-ELSE rules form?
Select one:
Decision support systems are used by:
Select one:
GIS uses the information from which of the following sources?
Select one:
Describing some characteristics of a set of data by a general model is viewed as___________.
Select one:
Which of the following is characteristic of exploratory graph?
Select one:
__________ is a subject-oriented, integrated, time-variant, nonvolatile collection of data in support of management decisions.
Select one:
Which of the following gave rise to need of graphs in data analysis?
Select one:
_____________ is a performance management tool that recapitulates an organization’s performance from several standpoints on a single page.
Select one:
Which of the following is the other name of Data mining?
Select one:
A BI dashboard does not give:
Select one:
If you are making a web map of sampling locations, streams and watershed areas, in what order would you place the layers on the map?
Select one:
Slice and Dice is a term that best describes:
Select one:
__________________ are a different paradigm for computing which draws its inspiration from neuroscience.
Select one:
The type of relationship in star schema is _________.
Select one:
Dimensionality reduction reduces the data set size by removing _____________.
Select one:
4th Module Assessment
The full form of KDD is:
Select one:
Firms that are engaged in sentiment mining are analyzing data collected from?
Select one:
___________predicts future trends and behaviours, allowing business managers to become proactive.
Select one:
The purpose of a data mining process is sometimes to provide a simple and concise representation of the information stored in a _________.
Select one:
In data mining, this is a technique used to predict future behaviour and anticipate the consequences of change.
Select one:
Capability of data mining is to build ___________ models.
Select one:
Data _______________________ is the process of finding a model that describes and distinguishes data classes or concepts.
Select one:
What is the goal of data mining?
Select one:
Which of the following forms of data mining assigns records to one of a predefined set of classes?
Select one:
The mapping or classification of a class with some predefined group or class is known as _____________.
Select one:
What is true about data mining?
Select one:
Which of the statement is not true about Data Mining?
Select one:
Data mining can also applied to other forms such as…………….
iii) Networked data
Select one:
Cluster is:
Select one:
The problem of dimensionality curse involves___________.
Select one:
_________________ is the most well-known association rule algorithm and is used in most commercial products
Select one:
In the K-means clustering algorithm the distance between cluster centroid to each object is calculated using _________ method.
Select one:
5th Module Assessment
This is a systematic approach to the gathering, consolidation, and processing of consumer data (both for customers and
potential customers) that is maintained in a company’s databases.
Select one:
In the Internet context, this is the practice of tailoring Web pages to individual users’ characteristics or preferences.
Select one:
A significant proportion of the models used in business intelligence systems, such _________models, require input data concerned with future events.
Select one:
______ are needed to identify training data and desired results.
Select one:
NLP stands for _________.
Select one:
This is the processing of data about customers and their relationship with the enterprise in order to improve the enterprise’s future sales and service and lower cost.
Select one:
This is the practice of dividing a customer base into groups of individuals that are similar in specific ways relevant to marketing, such as age, gender, interests, spending habits, and so on.
Select one:
________of data means that the attributes within a given entity are fully dependent on the entire primary key of the entity.
Select one:
The Process of describing the data that is huge and complex to store and process is known as ____________.
Select one:
Incorrect or invalid data is known as _______.
Select one:
Which of the statement is not true about Data Mining?
Select one:
An operational system is________.
Select one:
__________predicts future trends & behaviours, allowing business managers to make proactive, knowledge-driven decisions.
Select one:
Which of the following is a predictive model?
Select one:
In algorithm each cluster is represented by the center of gravity of the cluster.
Select one:
Data warehouse architecture is based on ___________.
Select one:
__________ are designed to overcome any limitations placed on the warehouse by the nature of the relational data model.
Select one:
Assignment 2
CASE STUDY
At the third level of the pyramid we find the tools for per- forming a passive business intelligence analysis, which consist of query and
reporting systems, as well as statistical methods. These are referred to as passive methodologies because decision makers are
requested to generate prior hypotheses or define data extraction criteria, and then use the analysis tools to find answers and confirm
their original insight.
Which of these is the characteristic of Expert Systems?
Select one:
Reducing the number of attributes to solve the high dimensionality problem is called_____________.
Select one:
Data mining helps in ________.
Select one:
Various visualization techniques are used in _________step of KDD.
Select one:
Metadata contains at least:
Select one:
Amity MBA Solved Assignment For E - Business and Trade all modules Solved Assignment
1st Module Assessment
Which of the following describes E?commerce?
Select one:
Promotion of products in e-commerce can be done by:
Select one:
Which service encompasses all technologies used to transmit and process information on and across a network?
Select one:
The most widely used encryption standard is ______________.
Select one:
Which is not the application area of e-commerce?
Select one:
Which of the following is a measure of the percentage of purchasers who return to a website within a year?
Select one:
The largest component of a website budget is ______________.
Select one:
E-commerce technologies have improved upon traditional commerce technologies in ______________.
Select one:
The ability to change the product to better fit the needs of the customer is called ______________.
Select one:
The dimension of e-commerce that enables commerce across national boundaries is called ______________.
Select one:
Which of the following is the primary characteristic of an intranet?
Select one:
Which of the following describes an ERP system?
Select one:
E-business can be defined as:
Select one:
Which of the following represents a limiting factor for the growth of e-commerce?
Select one:
_______________ is the encompassing term that involves the use of electronic platforms - intranets, extranets and the Internet -to conduct a company's business.
Select one:
E-commerce is:
Select one:
Which of the following describes E-commerce?
Select one:
2nd Module Assessment
This E-Commerce business model mainly focuses on selling products or services online.
Select one:
_______type of E-Commerce has trade and transaction dealings between business establishments.
Select one:
The basic element(s) of website is/are:
Select one:
Which segment do eBay, Amazon.com belong to?
Select one:
What is the percentage of customers who visit a website and actually buy something called?
Select one:
All of the following are major B2C business models except ______________.
Select one:
What is the process in which a buyer posts its interest in buying a certain quantity of items, and sellers compete for the business by submitting successively lower bids until there is only one seller left?
Select one:
Which portal business model best describes Yahoo?
Select one:
All of the following are types of social marketing except ______________.
Select one:
Which of the following is part of the four main types for e?commerce?
Select one:
The two main types of Internet-based B2B commerce are:
Select one:
All of the following are challenges to online retail except ______________.
Select one:
The online content revenue model in which free content drives offline revenues is called the ______________.
Select one:
An example of a cost-saving benefit from creating an e-commerce web site is:
Select one:
A buy-side supplier threat of e-commerce is:
Select one:
Which of the following portals are more specific, offering a great deal of information pertaining to a single area of interest?
Select one:
Click and mortar business are business that have:
Select one:
3rd Module Assessment
The process of getting customers to pass along a company's marketing message to friends, family, and colleagues is known
as ______________.
Select one:
_________is a unique call number that provides the exact location of every data in the universal network.
Select one:
EFT stands for ____________.
Select one:
Online journals where people post their reviews and thoughts on narrow topic are classified as ____________.
Select one:
The limitations of e-marketing is ____________.
Select one:
____________ is the encompassing term that involves the use of electronic platform-intranets, extranet and the internet to conduct a company’s business.
Select one:
Which of the following is the correct depiction of Digital Marketing?
Select one:
Which of the following advantages is/are normally associated with B2B e?commerce?
Select one:
_____ is an approach to information management in which data are stored in a network of documents connected by links.
Select one:
Which of the following can be used to help identify people in a crowd?
Select one:
Which of the following statements accurately reflects the impact of technology?
Select one:
Which of the following are the key characteristics of e-business?
III. Entry barriers are low.
Select one:
All of the following are potential benefits of B2B e-commerce except:
Select one:
Which of the following is not one of the benefits of e-commerce to sellers?
Select one:
Which of the following is not a challenge of e-learning?
Select one:
always designed by skilled educators.
Many e-tailers often offer lower prices to:
Select one:
Which of the following is not true for online travel?
Select one:
4th Module Assessment
The practice of forging a return address on an e?mail so that the recipient is fooled into revealing private information is
termed as ____________.
Select one:
Which web server functionality allows it to verify usernames and passwords and process certificates and encryption
information?
Select one:
The redirection of traffic from a legitimate site to an infringing site is called ______________.
Select one:
Which of the following is a useful security mechanism when considering business strategy and IT?
Select one:
What is the name given to an interactive business providing a centralized market where many buyers and suppliers can come together for E?commerce or commerce?related activities?
Select one:
A security plan begins with a ______________.
Select one:
Which of the following is an Internet?based company that makes it easy for one person to pay another over the Internet?
Select one:
If you need to transfer money to another person via the internet, which of the following methods can you use?
Select one:
Clear my choice
When hackers flood a website with useless traffic to overwhelm the network, it is called ______________.
Select one:
Which of the following is not related to security mechanism?
Select one:
Public key encryption uses multiple keys. One key is used to encrypt data, while another is used to decrypt data. The key used to encrypt data is called the _____ key, while the key used to decrypt data is called the _____ key.
Select one:
A digital signature is required:
iii) to prove that a message was sent by the sender in a Court of law.
Iv) in all e-mail transactions
Select one:
Secure communication means:
Select one:
Which of the following statements about privacy is true?
Select one:
What is considered while creating a front page of the website or homepage?
Select one:
Which of the following factors are responsible for leaving an impact on the Google PageRank?
Select one:
Micro-blogging can be defined as __________.
Select one:
Amity MBA Solved Assignment For IT Project Management all modules Solved Assignment
1st Module Assessment
Which of the following is a deliverable of the system implementation phase in a formal system development process?
Select one:
Project Management ensures that:
Select one:
The person who ensures that systems are developed on time, within budget, and with acceptable quality is a __________.
Select one:
Which one is NOT a common fact-finding technique?
Select one:
A task of developing a technical blueprint and specifications for a solution that full fills the business requirements is undertaken in the following phase of the system development process:
Select one:
Which of the following is a feasibility analysis criterion?
Select one:
The scope statement should address all of the following issues EXCEPT:
Select one:
Which of the following is the last phase of the Systems Construction phase?
Select one:
According to the Project Management Institute (PMI), project management is defined as “the application of knowledge,__________, __________, and techniques to project activities to meet the project requirements”.
Select one:
Which of the tests is a final system test performed by end users using real data over an extended period of time?
Select one:
Which of the following statements about achieving a common understanding of the project purpose is true?
Select one:
Complete the following statement. As a project manager, Darrell is excited that he is assigned to be in charge of the most important project this year. After being chartered for the project, he analyzes the information in the project charter and the stakeholder register to:
Select one:
Marco is an investor, and Jon is a project team member. Both have intensive technical background for the project that you are managing. However, recently they have disagreed on the next step to take for the project. They both decide to defer to whoever has the authority to make this decision. Who has the authority to decide which direction should be taken for the project?
Select one:
As a project manager, Tyler is so happy that all expected project deliverable have been accomplished by his project team .What is the next step for his project to proceed in order to verify the project scope by his project client?
Select one:
Following are the phases of Project Management Life Cycle. Arrange them in correct order:
Select one:
Which of the following is an advantage of including the project manager in the project evaluation process?
Select one:
Five dimensions that must be managed on a project are:
Select one:
2nd Module Assessment
Which of the following is typically a written document that defines what work will be accomplished by the end of the project?
Select one:
Risk represents the likelihood that an event will happen during the life of the project that will negatively affect the
________________ of project goals.
Select one:
Which of the following may generate a milestone list?
Select one:
Fill in the blank. During the _________ of a project, the project manager focuses on developing the project infrastructure needed to execute the project and developing clarity around the project charter and scope , Select one:
Select one:
A schedule activity may begin 10 days before the predecessor activity finishes. This is an example of:
Select one:
Which of the following does NOT generate changes to the Project documents?
Select one:
What should be done by the project manager to ensure that all the work in the project is included?
Select one:
Which of these is not one of the constraints of a project?
Select one:
Which of the following is not correct about initial phase of a project?
Select one:
Activity Definition is typically performed by which of the following:
Select one:
The methods and regulation used to define goals, plan and monitor tasks and resources, identify and resolve issues, and control costs and budgets for a specific project is known as …
Select one:
Roberto is in charge of a new project to help Company A upgrade its old HR system to a cutting-edge, cross-platform system with the most recent mobile technologies. After his project team assessed the available system documentations, the team found the existing documentations too large and complicated to implement the system updates. Roberto advised his team to decompose the major project deliverables into more executable components. In this project process, Robert advised his team to do which of the following?
Select one:
Select one:
As a new project manager, Karen was worried about a statement from her client: “your project deliverable is in low quality with low grade”. how can you help Karen distinguish the differences between “quality” and “grade”?
Select one:
As a project manager, while Kathy was trying to categorize all potential risks for her new construction project M based on levels of probability and impact on the project, she identified a potential risk, regarding a schedule conflict with an other project to obtain critical equipment for a short time period. Overall, because this risk is probable and might impact her project M, Kathy wants to record this risk; however, she is confused about where she should document this type of risk. Where should Kathy document this risk?
Select one:
Algorithmic cost estimation in different organisations may be different for the same application development, because:
Select one:
The longer a fault exists in:
Select one:
Which of these are the characteristics of Project Mind set?
Select one:
3rd Module Assessment
Alice is a Project Manager. She is coordinating a bidder conference to allow vendors to get clarification on the work that
needs to be performed. Which phase of Project Management is in progress.
Select one:
After the celebration of the successful milestone completion, a project manager will often do which of the following? Select
one:
Select one:
What is the first step in project planning? Select one:
Select one:
The PERT in project management means program evaluation and _____ technique.
Select one:
During a new project planning process to sequence activities, the project manager, Nate, decides to use the precedence diagraming method to show the identified activity dependencies. Which of the following logical relationships is Nate’s least favourite choice? Select one:
Select one:
Assembling project team and assigning their responsibilities are done during which phase of a project management?
Select one:
Fill in the blanks. It is during the ______________ phase that the decision should be made regarding whether the project should continue. During this phase, ____________must be considered and weighed against the potential benefit of the project’s success. Select one:
Select one:
The conceptual estimate is developed with the least amount of knowledge. When more information is known, the project team can develop a: Select one:
Select one:
Sam Consultancy is planning to buy ten desktops for $1500 each from a leading computer store. Which type of contract will get signed in this case?
Select one:
The process of Control Procurements falls under which process group
Select one:
Jack is in charge of a project team. Due to an unexpected project change, some issues with the project have come up. Two key team members, Samantha and Felix, are arguing their solutions to the project problems. They cannot convince each other, and their conflict is creating a negative impact on the project’s progress. As a PMP, which of the following would be the best advice for Jack to manage this conflict? Select one:
Select one:
Complete the following statement. In a weak matrix environment, the project manager, Eric, has to constantly make an effortto influence his project team and stakeholders to ensure project success. This is because:
Select one:
While assessing your project processes, you have identified some uncontrolled process variations. Which of the following would be the appropriate chart you may use for this purpose?
Select one:
Ahmed is actively initiating a project, so he plans to invite all relevant internal and external stakeholders including sponsors, customers, project teams, etc. for a kick-off meeting. To ensure all of them are covered in the stakeholder register, which document is the most helpful for Ahmed to look at?
Select one:
Which of the following statements about flowcharts is true?
Select one:
Which from the following statement(s) is/are NOT true?
III. The projects and programs in a portfolio must be directly related
Select one:
Which from the following represents the correct project cycle?
Select one:
4th Module Assessment
A Project with a total funding of $100,000 finished with a BAC value of $95,000. What term can BEST describe the difference of $5,000?
Select one:
A project has never happened before, and it will never happen again under the …………… conditions.
Select one:
According to a statistical report: “over 30% of all projects are cancelled before completion and over 70% of the remainder failto deliver expected features”. What must be the reason for such a situation?
Select one:
In project planning, it explains ____________ that are needed to for the growth of product.
Select one:
If the Earned Value is equal to Actual Cost, it means:
Select one:
The _____ is the difference between the additional money spent on prevention and the corresponding reduction in the cost off ailure.
Select one:
Which of the following project baselines provides the basis for measurement of the expected cash flow against requirement sover time and is often displayed as an S curve?
Select one:
Which of the following types of Organizational Charts can be BEST used to track project costs?
Select one:
A project budget estimate that is developed with the least amount of knowledge is known:
Select one:
In resource allocation, the resources are allocated to a project in order that the ………………. are attained.
Select one:
As a project manager, John was finally relieved because a major project led by him was just announced a success. which of the following has likely happened in order to consider John’s project a success?
Select one:
When a project manager starts to plan a new project budget, the cost of which project management process group is expected to be lowest?
Select one:
Effective project management focuses on the four P’s. What are those four P’s?
Select one:
As a project manager of Project Cool at the company, Samira is responsible for monitoring and controlling two project management processes: process A and process B. She recently noticed a high priority risk X has been imposed on her project process A in Project Cool. While she tried to control the risk X, she also noticed that a new potential risk Y will be added to process B. Which of the following best explains this situation? Select one:
Select one:
Which of the following statements is right in terms of using reserve analysis to determine a project budget ?
Select one:
Choose the correct option according to given below
statement.
Statement 1: Umbrella activities are independent of any one
framework activity and occur throughout the process.
Statement 2: quality assurance, configuration
management are umbrella activity.
Statement 3: quality assurance, configuration
management are not umbrella activity.
Select one:
What is the most critical aspect in developing a project plan that meets project specifications within the timeframe and at the lowest costs?
Select one:
5th Module Assessment
A planning phase for an engineering component generated 80 engineering drawings. The QA team randomly selected 8 drawings for inspection. This exercise can BEST be described as example of:
Select one:
Andrew has joined as the Project Manager of a project. One of the project documents available to Andrew lists down all the
risks in a hierarchical fashion. What is this document called?
Select one:
What is the first step in developing a risk management plan?
Select one:
Which of the following is the most important element of Project Management Plan that is useful in HR Planning process?
Select one:
Process Analysis is a function of:
Select one:
Which of the following is not true for a Responsibility Assignment Matrix (RAM)?
Select one:
During which stage of Risk planning are risks prioritized based on probability and impact?
Select one:
Root Cause Analysis relates to:
Select one:
Which of the following is a quality management system that gives titles to specialists and requires a cost-benefit analysis?
Select one:
As the project progresses into the execution phase:
Select one:
The project management office (PMO) handles all of the following functions EXCEPT:
Select one:
Due to the rapid expansion of your company, your boss decides to establish a project management office (PMO) within the company and asks you to take the lead. As an the ideal PMO you can do which of the following?
Select one:
Once the project is approved and moves into the planning stage, what happens in the next phase of the project life cycle?
Select one:
.
Which of the following is the process of understanding the knowledge, skills, and abilities needed to manage a task and then matching the team members with the right skills to do that work?
Select one:
During the project meeting, the project manager had to leave earlier due to a family emergency. Afterwards, a few team members started to argue, so the project meeting took very long without producing outcomes. What is the possible reason that resulted in the inefficient project meeting in this scenario?
Select one:
Select one:
In today’s global society, many projects become global. To effectively work together, global virtual teams have been used in practice. As a project manager for a global project, Jim was told by a local team member, Shan, that women are not allowed to hold positions of authority because of the culture of his home country, since Jim hired a female local assistant project manager. How would you respond to this situation as a PMP?
Select one:
Select one:
Once the project is approved and moves into the planning stage, what happens in the next phase of the project life cycle?
Select one:
Assignment 2
CASE STUDY
Global Green Books Publishing was started two years ago by two friends, Jim King and Brad
Mount, who met in college while studying in Philadelphia, USA. In the new business Jim
focused on editing, sales and marketing while Brad Mount did the electronic assembly and publishing of books for Global Green Books. Their business was successful and profitable in the first two years, largely due to contracts from two big businesses. In their third year they got very busy thanks to their third major customer, a local college that needed customized eBooks. They hired several part time employees to help them with their publishing business. But by the end of third year of operation, Global Green Books started experiencing critical problems. They were: unable to leverage all the new employees effectively unable to deliver eBooks to their customers on schedule unable to provide quality texts—time and money was being spent fixing defects in their products unable to control costs—their business was not profitable in the third year. Global Green Books saw a significant rise in issues, a lot of unpleasant “surprises” were cropping up; business was down as new resources were hired, also some of the projects were poorly estimated. The local university was unhappy as their eBook products reached campus late for use by professors and student. In some cases, the books were a week or two late. Since the courses must start on schedule and students need their books at the beginning of their courses, the new lucrative college customer was unhappy. One of the new part-time employees hired by Jim and Brad, Samantha, had taken a project management course at college. Samantha was excited about the discipline of project management and had intentionally selected a job with Global Green Books Publishing as she saw an opportunity to polish her project management skills. One fine day, Jim invited Samantha, for a lunch meeting. He was aware that Samantha was familiar with project management, and wanted to hear what she had to say about the problems he and Brad were facing. Over lunch he questioned why their small business which had operated and implemented projects so successfully over the first two years was being challenged significantly now. He specifically listed the problems they were facing and asked for input to solve them. Samantha asked for more time to research all the issues but noted that Global Green Books, while being innovative, completed projects without a roadmap or a project plan and lacked a disciplined approach to project management. She noted that Jim and Brad did not use any project software for scheduling and they did not use tools or techniques to estimate, budget or to communicate with stakeholders. Finally, they had no processes in place to manage project
risks and quality.
Impressed with this and other conversations, Jim King asked Samantha if she would consider
joining them as a project associate or project manager on a full-time basis to help them
introduce project management practices and help them tide over their current crisis.
Samantha accepted the offer! She has several key skills—she is an excellent communicator
with very good interpersonal skills and detail-oriented. Within the first three months in her new
role as PM, she introduced formal project management processes, created a PM manual and
trained the employees to get the work done well.
Within nine months Samantha had fully turned things around. Due to proactive risk analysis and
risk response planning, surprises and issues reduced. Communication with stakeholders was
enhanced.
Brad and Jim noted that the company was delivering projects on schedule, the quality
processes worked—and customers were happy with the products!
What are the signs that a project is in trouble?
Select one:
. d. All of the above
Resources refer to:
Select one:
The project life cycle consists of:
Select one:
Following is(are) the responsibility(is) of the project manager:
Select one:
Project performance consists of:
Select one:
Amity MBA Solved Assignment For System Analysis and Design all modules Solved Assignment
1st Module Assessment
Problem analysis is done during
Select one:
The classification of System may be considered
Select one:
_______ is contained by a system which is planned to reach a specific goal.
Select one:
System analysis defines
Select one:
The document prepared after the design phase is
Select one:
SDLC stands for
Select one:
The characteristics of well designed system are
Select one:
In the Analysis phase, the development of the ____________ occurs, which is a clear statement of the goals and objectives of the project.
Select one:
The approach used in top?down analysis and design is
Select one:
In system concepts, meaning of organization is
Select one:
In organization's ______process, ________should be the replica of the same.
Select one:
Analsis of the system specifies :
Select one:
Which of the following describes the central part of the ERP syetms?
Select one:
The process automation components include:
Select one:
Which of the following practices used in SA/SD ?
Select one:
__________ can be considered as latest and the most inclusive technique for solving computer problems.
Select one:
In system dissatisfaction/failure, who are considered responsible for failure:
Select one:
2nd Module Assessment
How many phases are there in Requirement Analysis ?
Select one:
Whose responsibility it is to conduct interviews with the users and understand their requirements?
Select one:
The major goal of requirement determination phase of information system development is
Select one:
In the system concepts, term Integration
Select one:
Which of the following is not the primary objectives in the preliminary investigation of system development?
Select one:
Requirement specification is carried out
Select one:
Which one of the following is not a step of requirement engineering?
Select one:
_________ and _________ are the two major issues of Requirement Analysis.
Select one:
Requirment analysis does not study the diagram :
Select one:
What is the goal of requiremenst analysis and specification of software development life cycle?
Select one:
Requirements can be improved using :
Select one:
Software development life cycle's first step is :
Select one:
The steps which are considered in SDLC frame work :
Select one:
CASE tools are useful :
Select one:
"trial and error" method for identifying the way system will operate is
Select one:
In which model the requirement implementation by category is considered?
Select one:
System development's cross life cycle action is
Select one:
3rd Module Assessment
The primary goal of feasibiilty study
Select one:
A cost -benefit analysis is performed to assess
Select one:
RAID level which provides maximum usable disk space
Select one:
Which is the correct statement :
Select one:
_________storage are hard disk drives.
Select one:
The service and applications that typically run on distributed network through virtual resources
Select one:
Economic feasibility study defines that
Select one:
Technical feasibility study states that
Select one:
Feasibility study is carried out by
Select one:
Hard disk are organized in the form of :
Select one:
The maximum amount of data can be stored in storage device is :
Select one:
The main consideration of the report documenting the ________________ is the cost benefit analysis.
Select one:
The final specification are accepted :
Select one:
For a successful business creation, the process of determining whether an entrepreneur's idea is a viable base is known as a:
Select one:
Which one of the following is Cloud Platform by Amazon?
Select one:
System Analysis uses the tool is/are:
Select one:
The covering of hard disk is done with
Select one:
4th Module Assessment
A Context Doagram:
Select one:
Entity's detail hiding process in E-R model is known as:
Select one:
The attribute promotion_due is :
Select one:
M:M relationship results in how many tables :
Select one:
The procedure applied in maintenance testing is :
Select one:
In DFD, different levels represents:
Select one:
Its better to ______________before development of logical DFD
Select one:
Which of the follwing model is used to show how data flows through a sequence of processing steps:
Select one:
In DFD, rectangle represents as :
Select one:
The graphical notation that is used to show the data flow between various process in a system:
Select one:
Decision Tree practices:
Select one:
Which of the following tool sketches the logical structure of the system based on some criteria?
Select one:
Variance between Decision Tree and Decision Table is(are):
Select one:
The data dictionary maintains the detail of :
Select one:
The systems conversion method of completely deleting the existing system and immediately implementing the new system is called as:
Select one:
A main cause for modifying information system is
Select one:
A channel for communicating across a boundary between two or more sub systems is known as :
Select one:
5th Module Assessment
The modifications in the operations of the organization by means of system results in :
Select one:
The central point of ERP system is :
Select one:
ERP software handles _________________ business functinalities.
Select one:
Software Maintenance considers :
Select one:
Demand for a given item is said to be dependent if:
Select one:
Various software which are needed in the middle to connect two or more software applications:
Select one:
The types of maintenance classification are:
Select one:
Post implemenattion, the software maintenance could be done for :
Select one:
Software testing is applied in Software Maintenance:
Select one:
Which of the following is a cause for ERPs unstable growth?
Select one:
The cost of maintenance is as high as _______ of the cost of entire software process cycle.
Select one:
In system implementation, which of the following is included:
Select one:
Software maintenance categories include/s:
Select one:
System maintenance receives inputs from :
Select one:
System implemnttaion is required as :
Select one:
Which process is used to achieve system specification by thoroughly analyzing, understanding the existing system?
Select one:
Which regression test selection technique exposes faults caused by modifications?
Select one:
Assignment 2
Case Study
An operator receives a request from a customer for repairing of an electronic device through telephone/email. The device is
received in the office for repairing by the customer after fixing the date
and time through telephone/email. A repair analyst reviews the request and determines the type of repair needed by
accessing a repair codes file. The analyst makes an entry of the request in the customer
repair order file and forwards a copy to a technician. The technician completes the repair and forwards the order to the
quality control department. A quality control analyst tests the customer’s device to
verify that the problem has been resolved. The quality control analyst updates the customer repair order file and sends one
copy of the invoice/bill to the customer , and a second copy to the head of the quality
control department. The customer makes payment by cash/money order or cheque when he is delivered the repaired device
by a delivery man.
What is the theme of the passage?
Select one:
What are the External Entities seen in Context Diagram?
Select one:
The types of report which may be included :
Select one:
The responsibilties of 'Quality Control Analyst are:
Select one:
What is the relationship between customer request and technician?
Select one:
Amity MBA Solved Assignment For Bottom of The Pyramid Marketing all modules Solved Assignment
Module 1 : Bottom of Pyramid Marketing
1st Module Assessment
Where a business sells into the largest part of the market, where there are many similar products on offer, is known as-
Select one:
What is/are the advantages of Mass Marketing? I) Costefficiency II) More potential customers III) High sales IV) Brand Building V) Build Trust
Select one:
Where a business targets a smaller segment of a larger market, where customers have specific needs and wants, is known as-
Select one:
Mass advertising involves a mass market where the product company approaches the consumers through the same________________ for everyone in order to sell their products.
Select one:
Bottom of the pyramid market would be any market where an individual income lies below ____________.
Select one:
What are the disadvantages of Mass marketing? I) Incorrect Approach may hinder the business process II) Less Attractive to Consumers III) Higher Cost IV) Intense Competition is one of the major disadvantages of Mass Marketing V) Low-profit margins
Select one:
The main disadvantages of marketing to a niche include: I)Lack of "economies of scale" II) Risk of over dependence on a single product or market III) Risk of over dependence on a single product or market IV) Vulnerable to market changes – all" eggs in one basket"
Select one:
What is/ are the features of Mass Marketing? I) The products sold generate higher profits. II) Wider consumer-base. III)Numerous advertising channels are involved. IV) Companies manu facture products in bulk.
Select one:
____________is/are a great example of changing the bottom of pyramid marketing's distribution system.
Select one:
Bottom of pyramid marketing differs from __________ in other tiers as this sector is highly informal and are more scattered.
Select one:
In the confectionery market, a _________ would be the plain chocolate bar. I) Dominant segment II) Niche segment III) Masssegment
Select one:
__________ can also be obtained through recommendations from people having previous experiences with products.
Select one:
Consumer decision making process involves the consumers to identify their ________________ and then make their buying decision. I) Needs II) Gather information III) Evaluate alternatives
Select one:
The __________ step of the consumer decision-making process is recognizing the need for a service or product.
Select one:
Radio, newspaper and magazines are the example of:
Select one:
The consumer decision making behaviour is a ____________and involves everything starting from ______________ .
Select one:
Advertisements, promotional campaigns, sales people or packaging of a particular product are the example of:
Select one:
2nd Module Assessment
______________ is the way that businesses or organizations highlight and bring awareness to products or services by connecting values and voice to the right audience through strategic communication.
Select one:
____________ is the way that you convey this to the public with visuals, messaging, and experience.
Select one:
The company targets a large number of end consumers because it ignores different __________.
Select one:
An effective and comprehensive brand strategy should include- I) Brand discovery II) Competitor research III) Target audience IV) Brand voice V) Brand message & story
Select one:
How to Build a Brand People Love? I)Discover the purpose behind your brand II) Research competitor brands within your industry III)Determine your brand’s target audience IV)Establish brand mission and vision statements V) Outline the key qualities & benefits your brand offers
Select one:
Everything from your logo to your tagline, voice, message, and personality should reflect your mission and vision.
Select one:
What is/are the mass marketing disadvantages? I) Lowadaptability II)Low-profit margins III) Low switching costs IV)High competitive pressure V) High entry barriers
Select one:
A___________ represents a part of the main market withspecific customer needs.
Select one:
The__________ volume allows the company to enjoy__________ of scale. Therefore, they tend to enjoy significantly lower average production costs.
Select one:
Brand creation relies on truly understanding the buyer persona.
Select one:
The high sales volume allows the company to enjoy_______________ .
Select one:
A pro of mass-market advertising is_____________ , and a con is that it can be expensive for the_________ .
Select one:
“To bring inspiration and innovation to every athlete in the world“ is a mission statement of __________.
Select one:
The goal of______________ is to deliver a more personalized message and tailored experience to each segment of your audience.
Select one:
What are the examples of differentiated marketing? I) Lilly Pulitzer II) Bumble III) Justice IV) Munch kin
Select one:
_________________ occurs when the marketer ignores the apparent segment differences that exist within the market and uses a marketing strategy that is intended to appeal to as many people as possible.
Select one:
_____________ is a strategy which targets very defined and specific segments of the consumer population.
Select one:
3rd Module Assessment
What is/are the objectives of Societal Marketing Concept? I) To maintain a long-term relationship with customers. II) To create a better image in the society for the company than its competitors III) To carry out its social responsibilities IV)Developing community awareness towards its brands V) To carry out its social responsibilities VI) To increase the consumer base and market share
Select one:
_______________ presents the collaboration between two or more partners or companies to achieve common or distinct goals.
Select one:
Brands rely on _______________ to drive sales and awareness at the local level
Select one:
When building a personal brand, it is important that your ____________ channels are consistent across every platform, visually appealing, and represent the type of influential person you want to be.
Select one:
_______________ occurs when two or more businesses advertise themselves as fitting naturally with each other.
Select one:
____________ occurs when two or more distinct brands contribute funds or resources to a joint marketing end eavor.
Select one:
_____________ occurs when two or more businesses participate in joint advertising or promotional campaigns.
Select one:
Companies should balance considerations in setting their marketing strategies: I) Company profits II) Consumer wants III)Society’s interests.
Select one:
A strategy focused on _________________ , the cooperative marketing is also known as fusion marketing.
Select one:
A customer database is generally used by companies which have ____________.
Select one:
The holistic approach not only affects the _____________but also the employees of a brand.
Select one:
The ROI aspect of marketing is maintained absolutely transparently via holistic marketing techniques, is known as:
Select one:
____________ is an approach to create a unified and seamless experience for the consumer to interact with the brand by designing and directing all communication.
Select one:
Things to consider when promoting the value of your co-oppro gram: I) Consolidate all co-op program details into a simple package that local partners can decipher quickly II) Include digital offerings in your co-op program and talk to affiliates about the benefits of digital III) Track performance of your best co-op marketers and use their successes to spread the word -ask them to talk to their peers about how they're hacking those co-op dollars
Select one:
___________ agreements are popular among companies with small- to medium-sized customer bases.
Select one:
_________provides easily replicable enterprise opportunities with proven operation concepts to help alleviate poverty, enhance individual economic self-reliance, and stimulatein dividual, community and country economic development.
Select one:
A _________ is a graphic mark, emblem or symbol commonly used by commercial enterprises, organisations and even individuals to aid and promote instant public recognition.
Select one:
4th Module Assessment
Rural marketing involves delivering manufactured or processed inputs or services to rural producers or consumers so as_______________ I. To dump the goods to be liquidated later II. To soak up the huge size of the untapped market III. To get rid of the unsold or out of demand products IV. To sell the products to a segment of ill-informed consumers
Select one:
Which type of market buys goods and services for further processing or for use in the production process? I. Business II. Consumer III. Retail IV. Reseller
Select one:
The greatest problem in the rural market is ____________ I. To sell the product II. To identify customer needs III. The resources To manage IV. To reach the customers & retailers
Select one:
Which of the following represents the most dramatic force shaping a modern marketer's destiny? I. The natural environment II. Deregulation III. The technological environment IV. The political environment
Select one:
he company’s mission, objectives, broad strategies, and policies are set by __________ management. I. Mid-level II. Top III. Both I & II IV. Marketing
Select one:
While preparing marketing environmental analysis, it is important to understand the ______________factors that affect your small business decision-making and performance.
Select one:
The way________________ and adapts over time, and the differences in communities across the country and the world, are all important considerations when planning your business.
Select one:
__________ include all the various taxes and duties you are obliged to pay, as well as wider fiscal decisions on things like central bank interest rates and international exchange rate volatility.
Select one:
Restrictions on the import or export of certain goods might limit your market or hamper your ability to obtain raw materials, is the example of:
Select one:
What is/are the Socio-cultural factors? I)Age distribution II)Education levels III)Income level IV)Consumerism V) Diet and nutrition VI) Life expectancies
Select one:
Which of the subsequent BEST describes the environment that contains the larger social group forces that have an effect on the company-level environment—demographic, economic, natural, technological, political, and cultural forces? I. macro environment II. microenvironment III. Both I & II IV. Global environment
Select one:
What is/are the political factors? I) Government policies II)Taxes laws and tariff III) Stability of government IV) Entry mode regulations
Select one:
In a company’s macro environment all of the following would be considered to be a part EXCEPT: I. marketing channel forces. II. demographic forces. III. Both I & II IV. technological forces.
Select one:
What is/are the economic factors ? I) The inflation rate II) The interest rate III) Disposable income of buyers IV) Credit accessibility V) Unemployment rates VI) The monetary or fiscal policies VIII) The foreign exchange rate
Select one:
Legislative changes take place from time to time. What is/are the factor(s)? I)Product regulations II) Employment regulations III) Competitive regulations IV) Patent infringements V) Health and safety regulations
Select one:
________________ are an important link within the company’s overall “value delivery system” since they supply the resources required by the company to produce its merchandise and service. I. Competitor networks II. Marketing intermediaries III. Both I & II IV. Suppliers
Select one:
In a company’s microenvironment all of the following would be considered EXCEPT: I. political forces. II. marketing channel firms. III. Both I & II IV. publics.
Select one:
5th Module Assessment
The term Digital Marketing was first used in ____________.
Select one:
What is/are some examples of digital marketing?
Select one:
Artificial Intelligence is about_____.
Select one:
AI is intelligence demonstrated by ________.
Select one:
The application/applications of Artificial Intelligence is/are:
Select one:
Who is known as the Father of AI?
Select one:
Which of the following is the correct depiction of Digital Marketing?
Select one:
ABI stands for ________.
Select one:
Digital marketing is often referred to as___________.
Select one:
AI was coined by ________.
Select one:
What is the name of the process in which marketing is achieved by incorporating tools, techniques, electronic devices, technologies, or systems?
Select one:
Which of the following does not play a role in you tube SEO?
Select one:
What is the best way to promote a business with social media?
Select one:
Digital marketing revolves around these 5Ds:
Select one:
The below statements is/are the example of - 1) A customer receiving a SMS message about a sale or promotion while shopping in-store 2) A customer receiving a cart abandonment email 3) A customer receiving retargeting ads for a band on cart products
Select one:
___________ refers to the ability to interact with potential customers on various platforms.
Select one:
Which of the amongst options is not present in You tube Studio analytics tab?
Select one:
Assignment 2
Case study:
Mass marketing is very effective in advertising products that are rendered as necessities and are guaranteed that people will
shop for it anyway. Mass marketing products have some common elements which include: Product Development: Usually
mass marketing is associated with general purpose products that have an appeal to a broad base of customers; Designing:
Designs in mass marketing strategy intends to be highly accessible; Pricing: Pricing element involves affordable options for a
very broad customer base; Promotion: Broadcasting media is usually associated with mass marketing as it can reach a wider
range of audience. Some core features of mass marketing are: It generally focuses upon a big portion of the audience, The
objective includes the scattergun approach. Companies need to hit as many people as possible to get some return, Mass
media is used to spread the undifferentiated message of the product, Majority of companies use this strategy to create a
brand image and branding recall efforts or to introduce new products in the market. Marketing is pervasive in nature as it
applies to all organisations. It is applicable not only to business organisations, but also to organisations such as educational,
medical, government, non-government, social, religious and cultural organisations. All organisations market their products
and services to accomplish their goals and ensure their survival and growth.
For instance, educational institutions are marketing knowledge packed courses, character building and all round
development, hospitals are selling total health care, family welfare, child welfare, etc. and social organisations are selling their
programs like child education, up lift ment of rural masses, spread of literacy, and health care of people living in slums and so
on."
Question: When a company strives to appeal to multiple well defined market segments with a strategy tailored to each
segment, it is applying:
Select one:
Sachet marketing was designed to specifically target the '___________ market'.
Select one:
When the focus is to meet the needs of a specific customer group, it is:
Select one:
When an organization attempts to develop a different marketing mix for each of its customers, it is using which type of strategy?
Select one:
When Hallmark designs kiosks for use in shopping malls so that customers can design personalized greeting cards, this is an example of:
Select one:
Amity MBA Solved Assignment For Consumer Behaviour all modules Solved Assignment
Module 1: Introduction to Consumer Behaviour
________ is a branch which deals with the various stages a consumer goes through before purchasing products or services for end use.
Select one:
ADF Garments rolled out different communication campaigns for north, south, east and west zones. They have done a market____.
Select one:
Understanding of consumer needs and then developing a marketing mix to satisfy these needs is called as the________.
Select one:
If you buy a chair for your office, you may be termed as a________ consumer.
Select one:
Identify the Non-probability Sampling technique.
Select one:
An individual who purchases goods and services from the market for their end use is called as ______.
Select one:
Amy bought an ice cream for Jason. In this case Amy is a______ and Jason is a _______ .
Select one:
ABC Machinery Ltd. lays a great deal of emphasis on performance and features of their machines. This relates to the_________ orientation.
Select one:
Basic approaches to collect data in quantitative study are______.
Select one:
A sample design addresses which of the following questions:
Select one:
An economic circumstance that can greatly affect any productor brand choice is ________.
Select one:
The price of products and services often influence whether__________, and, if so, which competitive offering is selected.
Select one:
________ factors affect consumer behaviour.
Select one:
In recent years _______ has become increasingly important for developing a marketing strategy.
Select one:
If a company makes products and services for the purpose of reselling or renting them to others at a profit or for use in the production of other products and services, then the company is selling to the __________.
Select one:
The greatest barrier in effectively marketing to the Asian American market is considered to be ________.
Select one:
Understanding of consumer buying behaviour is not easy. The answers are often locked deep within the consumer’s head. The central question for marketers is _____.
Select one:
2nd Module Assessment
Product involvement refers to ____________ or personal relevance of an item.
Select one:
xA strong internal stimulus that calls for action is _____.
Select one:
_______ describes the changes in an individual’s behaviour arising from experience.
Select one:
______ refers to the information a consumer has stored in their memory about a product or service.
Select one:
Brand name and logo of the company can also act as ____.
Select one:
________ develops on the basis of wealth, skills and power.
Select one:
The selection of stimulus depends on an individual's past experiences and his _____.
Select one:
The process by which people select, organize, and interpret information to form a meaningful picture of the world is_________.
Select one:
______ is one of the most basic influences on an individual’s needs, wants, and behaviour.
Select one:
______ refers to the activities which influence consumer behaviour.
Select one:
When a consumer describes a car as being the “most economical car on the market,” then this descriptor is ______.
Select one:
_______ refers to the information a consumer has stored in their memory about a product or service.
Select one:
In consumer behaviour culture, social class, and reference group influences have been related to purchase and_______.
Select one:
________ puts people into a frame of mind of liking or disliking things, of moving towards or away from them.
Select one:
One of the key tasks of the marketers is ____________ and to create consumer perceptions that the product is worth purchasing.
Select one:
If the purchase is for a high-involvement product, consumer sare likely to develop a high degree of ________ so that they can be confident that the item they purchase is just right for them.
Select one:
People can form different perceptions of the same stimulus because of three perceptual processes. These processes are best described as being:
Select one:
3rd Module Assessment
Synonym for motive can be _______.
Select one:
According to Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs, the highest order of
needs are _____.
Select one:
_______ reflects that people’s possessions contribute to and
reflect their identities i.e. “we are what we have.”
Select one:
_____ portrays the "whole person" interacting with his or her
environment.
Select one:
Consumers often choose and use brands that have a brand personality consistent with how they see the mselve. This is known as ________.
Select one:
A need that is sufficiently pressing to direct the person to seek satisfaction of the need is called ____.
Select one:
According to Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs, the lowest order of needs are _____.
Select one:
The energizing force that activates behaviour and provides purpose and direction to that behaviour is known as _____.
Select one:
A person’s unique psychological characteristics that lead to relatively consistent and lasting responses to their own environment is _____.
Select one:
__________ is a person’s pattern of living as expressed in their activities, interests, and opinions.
Select one:
Many sub-cultural barriers are on a decline because of mass communication, mass transit, and a ______.
Select one:
Marketers who target consumers on the basis of their________ believe that they can influence purchase behaviour by appealing to people's inner selves.
Select one:
The theory of motivation which views people as responding tourges that are repressed but never fully under control was developed by ___________.
Select one:
Smoke detectors, preventive medicines, insurance, retirementinvestments, seat belts, burglar alarms, and sunscreen are all examples of products to satisfy consumers' _____ needs.
Select one:
“I'm comfortable being the greatest that ever was or will be. Be comfortable. Uncompromised. Start with your feet.” This ad shows a picture of Muhammad Ali, world famous boxer. In terms of Maslow's hierarchy, this ad was designed to appeal to the consumer's _______________.
Select one:
Changes in consumer values can be recognized by many business firms for expanding their emphasis on _______products.
Select one:
When Ben was a high school student, he enjoyed rock music and regularly purchased hip clothing sported by his favourite rock band. However, five years later, when he became an accountant, his preference shifted toward formal clothing. Which of the following personal characteristics is likely to have had the most influence on Ben's preferences during his high school days?
Select one:
4th Module Assessment
According to the buyer decision process suggested in the text, the first stage is ____.
Select one:
Problem recognition is ______ process.
Select one:
_________ is a person within a reference group who, because of special skills, knowledge, personality, or other characteristics, exerts influence on others.
Select one:
The stage in the buyer decision process in which the consumers are aroused to search for more information is called _____.
Select one:
For the marketing manager, social class offers some insights into consumer behaviour and is potentially useful as a ______.
Select one:
Which of the following would be the best illustration of a subculture?
Select one:
______ consists of the activities people are expected to perform according to persons around them.
Select one:
______ develops on the basis of wealth, skills and power.
Select one:
Individuals and households who buy goods and services for personal consumption are _____.
Select one:
In large nations, the population is bound to lose a lot of its homogeneity resulting into _________ .
Select one:
________ (is) are transmitted through three basic organizations: the family, religious organizations, and educational institutions. In today’s society, education all institutions are playing an increasingly greater role in this regard.
Select one:
Consumer purchases are influenced strongly by cultural, social, personal, and __________ characteristics.
Select one:
Even though buying roles in the family keeps on changing constantly, the ___________ has traditionally been the main purchasing agent for the family.
Select one:
As per the stimulus-response model of buyer behaviour , the place where consumers process marketing stimuli prior to making purchase decision is called as _______.
Select one:
Which of the following is NOT one of the five stages of the buy erdecision process?
Select one:
Which of the following can be considered as the most valuablepiece of information for determining the social class of your best friend's parents?
Select one:
In terms of the consumption decisions, middle class consumers prefer to _________.
Select one:
5th Module Assessment
Ambient communication:
Select one:
Which of the following is not a standard in online advertising?
Select one:
Paid advertising based on a per-click model is called _____.
Select one:
Mobile marketing has innovative ways to reach the consumer .Which of the following is not one of them?
Select one:
Big Data is:
Select one:
A field of computer science that uses statistical techniques to give computer systems the ability to ‘learn’ with data, with out being explicitly programmed, is called ______.
Select one:
Geo-pricing enables:
Select one:
What is unique about social media marketing?
Select one:
Mobile marketers are able to reach audiences:
Select one:
Social media complaints are:
Select one:
Consumer analysis should include _____.
Select one:
“Only the customer can fire us all” implies that _____.
Select one:
Which of the following areas can be better understood by studying consumer behaviour?
Select one:
Which of the following is not an example of de marketing activities aimed at consumers?
Select one:
Whereas a ____ focuses on how an organization adapts to consumers, a ____ extends this focus to how all organizations in a demand chain adapt to changing consumer lifestyles and behaviours.
Select one:
As the mother of the groom, Mary was willing to wear the subdued-coloured, tailored suit that the bride had selected forher for the wedding. Later the sales clerk showed her a red off-shoulder cocktail dress. The sales clerk kept telling Mary how great the dress looked on her and the price of the dress was substantially lower than the suit. Assuming Mary really likes her son's fiancée and does not want to do anything to damage her relationship with him or his bride, Mary's decision to buy the red dress was a result of _______ influences.
Select one:
Which of the following is a situation in which consumer behaviour occurs?
Select one:
b .purchase situation
Case Study
The influence of Reference Groups varies according to the nature of the product and/or service. Reference groups have varied influence on consumers depending upon the type of the product, whether a luxury or a necessity, and whether it used in public and viewed by others or whether it is used in private .Bearden and Etzel have examined the issue from two perspectives, viz., a) the decision to purchase the type of product; and b) the choice of the brand. They concluded that reference group influence varied by 1) the type of product ;whether it is a luxury or a necessity; and 2) its visibility; whether it is used in public or private settings or environment.
According to Bearden and Etzel, reference group influence is strong both for the purchase decision as well as for the brand in case of public luxuries, like expensive carpets, paintings ,antiques etc. The consumer does not possess a need for such products, but requires them for social approval and acceptance, and finds these purchases as crucial for avoidance of social embarrassment, and ridicule. Because of the lifestyle and the social class that a consumer belongs to, he is conscious towards the purchase of such products as well as the brands that he buys.
Thus, reference groups influence both the consumer's need for the product in general as well as the choice of brand. On the other hand, when in case of products which are public necessities, like a car or a cell phone, reference group in fluenceis weak with respect to the purchase decision, but strong with respect to the choice of the brand. The reference group does not affect the decision to make a purchase as the product is already regarded as one of necessity and will be purchaser gardless of what the members of the reference group have to say; the only impact that a reference group can make is with respect to the brand.
Further Bearden and Etzel also conclude that reference group influence is weak both for the purchase decision as well as for the brand in case of private necessities, like towels, soaps and detergents etc. The consumer is aware of such necessities, and will purchase them irrespective of what the reference group has to say. Further, he would not be conscious of social approva land/or embarrassment as these products are not viewed publicly, and so the influence of reference groups with respect to the brand will also be low. Finally, in case of products which hare private luxuries, like sauna baths, body massagers etc. ,reference groups influence is strong with respect to the purchase decision, but weak with respect to the choice of the brand. This is because the product is not used publicly and the brand purchased would not cause any social embarrassment.
The impact of reference groups depends on _____.
Select one:
Which of the following is true about Bearden and ETZEL’s Model?
Select one:
Which of the following are commonly used reference group appeals?
Select one:
Based on the regularity of contact and the importance given to subsequent interaction, groups may be classified as _____and ______.
Select one:
Reference group appeals are useful for a marketer in the following ways:
Select one:
Amity MBA Solved Assignment For Direct Marketing all modules Solved Assignment
1st Module Assessment
________ should be the guiding force for development of the overall marketing communications strategy and of objectives for each element of the promotional mix.
Select one:
The sales orientation assumes aggressive selling is what is
needed to ___________.
Select one:
When a company distributes its products through a channel
structure that includes one or more resellers, this is known as
________.
Select one:
A religion would be the best illustration of a
_______________.
Select one:
Marketing activities help the exchange to take place, but___________ can occur without an exchange.
Select one:
The first step in the IMC planning process is ________.
Select one:
Adding new features to a product is advocated by which of the following approaches?
Select one:
Convenience products are ______________.
Select one:
The term marketing refers to:
Select one:
Integrated marketing communication is a way of looking at the whole marketing process from the viewpoint of the customer. Who said these words?
Select one:
Market expansion is usually achieved by _________.
Select one:
The extended Ps of service marketing mix are:
Select one:
___________ creates profit by creating value to the buyer.
Select one:
The four unique elements to services include:
Select one:
_____ are wants for specific products that are backed up an ability and willingness to buy them.
Select one:
Which of the following best identifies how marketing must be understood today?
Select one:
All companies strive to build __________ strength.
Select one:
2nd Module Assessment
______________ refers to gifts given to dealers or to sale force to push the manufacturers product.
Select one:
A researcher should:
Select one:
Research is:
Select one:
When the advertisement is to create an image or reputation of the firm, it is called _______________ advertising.
Select one:
Which one is the first step in starting the research process?
Select one:
CRM is a business philosophy that aims at maximizing____________ in the long run.
Select one:
According to ______________, CRM is an iterative process that turns customer information into positive customer relations.
Select one:
Sending a birthday card to consumer is an example of____________.
Select one:
Communication sent to invite customers to respond by mail ,telephone, Internet, redeemable retail vouchers, etc. is known as ___________.
Select one:
Online marketing and E-marketing are examples of__________ type of marketing.
Select one:
Direct Marketing is continuing to become more __________oriented.
Select one:
Which of the following aspects are of Mass marketing?
Select one:
c. Standard Products
Main benefit of a Customer Relationship Marketing system is that it smoothens _________ process.
Select one:
The following are the decision variables in direct marketing: Offer, Creative, Media, Timing/sequencing, ______.
Select one:
__________ can help marketers turn the following types of events into opportunities for media attention, community relationship building, and improving the organization’s public image.
Select one:
___________ involves heavy spurts of advertising, followed by periods with no advertising.
Select one:
Media objectives are normally stated in terms of:
Select one:
3rd Module Assessment
Which of these is not a sales promotion technique?
Select one:
Magazines add credibility to the message because of there pultation in the eyes of ___________.
Select one:
The first printed advertisements were single sheets, printed on one side, that today would be called ___________.
Select one:
Digital marketing is the same as:
Select one:
_____________ involves managing demand, which in turn involves managing customer relationship.
Select one:
Advertisement is a mass communication. It addresses to masses and it is a form of _____________ communication.
Select one:
________ is personalized to the individual consumer, based on whatever a company knows about that person’s needs, interests, behaviours, and preferences.
Select one:
Important people who influence the opinions of others are known as ___________.
Select one:
A new window which opens in front of the current one ,displaying an advertisement is a ____________.
Select one:
Which of the following is not an example of persuasive advertising?
Select one:
Traditional Direct selling methods include:
Select one:
Ponzi schemes are popularly known as ____________.
Select one:
___________ marketing rewards the sellers for their personal sales activity.
Select one:
Direct selling through party plan mostly uses______________ .
Select one:
MIS helps managers to:
Select one:
Press release, press kit, and interview leading to a news article about a new product launch; press conference is the example of:
Select one:
Companies need information about their_______________.
Select one:
4th Module Assessment
________ is not one of the trappings of marketing.
Select one:
A major difference between consumer marketing and business-to-business marketing is reflected in:
Select one:
What is/are the popular Mobile Application Platforms?
Select one:
According to __________ , the aim of marketing is ‘to make selling superfluous; to know and understand the customer so well that the product or service fits . . . and sells itself’
Select one:
Direct marketing is a discipline, a subset of marketing, which permits us to carry out certain marketing tasks more efficiently. It does this by _____________ .
Select one:
Direct Marketing is a type of ____________in which companies communicate directly to the customers through formats like online advertisements, direct mail, text messaging and telemarketing.
Select one:
Modern direct selling can be considered to have been kick-started in India in __________ .
Select one:
Cabinets, desks, workstations, drawers are the examples of:
Select one:
Who are the Industrial Customers?
Select one:
In ____________, marketers deal with lesser number of individuals as compared to consumer marketing.
Select one:
__________ , who was the chairman of the company’s advertising agency, suggested that it should offer a 10-year,unconditional, replacement or full-money-back guarantee one very duvet it sold.
Select one:
Businesses need a constant , but with limite dres ___________our ces it is important not to generateen quiries you cannot handle quickly and efficiently.
Select one:
What are the main ways of using incentives?
Select one:
As a marketing tool, the Internet has several benefits:
Select one:
The World Federation of Direct Selling Associations (‘WFDSA’),which is the global direct selling body that has the membership of _______________ national associations and one regional federation, defines direct selling as “the marketing of products and services directly to consumers in a person-to-person manner, away from permanent retail locations”.
Select one:
Direct market is the umbrella for al forms of media that operate in the market place: (I) to get a lead (II) to build traffic (III) to raise funds (IV) to sell a product or service.
Select one:
Majority of the direct sales around the globe take place through___________ .
Select one:
5th Module Assessment
________________ is the most commonly used encryption and is built into all recent Web browsers.
Select one:
b .SSL
______ is a private company network based on Internet technology.
Select one:
The Global Market Intelligence Study was first carried out in____________ and received much interest.
Select one:
Direct response television was very popular with many mail order advertisers in the _______________ , largely because of the availability of the per inquiry deal.
Select one:
What are the barriers to using the Internet?
Select one:
________ is an aspect of marketing intelligence that handle information about an organization operation system, sales data, core competence and other strategies which include their strength, weakness, opportunities and threat.
Select one:
If we wanted to sell decorating materials such as wallpaper or paint by direct marketing, the first requirement would be________________ .
Select one:
Market Intelligence activities are mainly conducted to support_________________, while sales and marketing remain an other typical user group of the collected business information.
Select one:
____________ offers greater creative freedom than any other medium as a whole range of enclosures can be used to attract the attention of the recipient, for example some companies have mailed bricks, shoes and footballs.
Select one:
The use of direct response television is/ are to:
Select one:
Your Web site should be mentioned in ________________forms of communication and all stationery.
Select one:
Site traffic can be built up by using ______________.
Select one:
___________ refers to a thing that comes between something else. In the case of online advertising, this is a message that pops up between two pages of editorial content.
Select one:
On a regular basis, all site statistics should be________________ .
Select one:
Companies and shoppers can reduce the risks by taking the following measures.
Select one:
The main Internet-related use of smart cards is to provide a secure place to _________________ keys needed to produce digital signatures, instead of on the computer hard disk which is at risk to hackers.
Select one:
A new generation of _______________ , multi-application smart cards is at the forefront of the fight to eliminate Internet fraud.
Select one:
Assignment 2
Case Study
:
The most recent form of direct marketing is online marketing. It uses Internet technology to attain marketing objectives. It is one of the recent developments in the field of marketing. It has increased the horizon of the marketers and has provided them with a broader platform to operate. It can be defined as achieving marketing objectives through the use of electronic communications technology such as: Internet, e-mail, E-books, database, and mobile phone. Direct marketers can use a number of tools for reaching prospects and customers .E-mailre mains the most important direct marketing tool used for building customer relationships. E-mail or in other words electronic mail allows users to send a message or file from one computer directly to another with the help of Internet connectivity. These are word-of-mouse tools through which consumers communicate about products with each other. These are being sent regularly by marketers to their customers announcing sales, discount offers, promotional schemes and other messages. E-mailers are being used to build a buzz about products. Some of the companies send periodic e-mail newsletters. These are effective tools for communicating with clients, as they provide detailed news about the company, its products or other latest developments. There are various benefits of sending email newsletters Mobile phones are increasingly being used by marketers to send messages across to millions of people. SMS and MMS and What s app are being used to send marketing messages to present and potential customers. Short message services (SMS) are up to 160characters text sent by one user to another over the Internet, usually with a cell phone or a smart phone. It is different from instant messaging (IM)-short messages sent across users who are online at the same time with the help of what's App, Twitter or Facebook. Multimedia message service (MMS) involves multimedia content, but is not commonly in
use because handheld receiving appliances are generally not MMS capable.
Question: When recipients forward email to friends, co-workers, family members, and others on their email lists, they are using word-of-mouse technique. This is known as___________.
Select one:
____________ in this case, various mobile users can all engage in one conversation.
Select one:
Up-to-date news, stock quotes, and other information can be displayed in the client application. This is known as:
Select one:
_______beats the speed of email and maintains all of its other handy features.
Select one:
Consumers can do comparative shopping through direct marketing by__________________.
Select one:
Amity MBA Solved Assignment For Pricing Strategies all modules Solved Assignment
Module I: Pricing, Costs & Profitability Analysis
Selling a product at a price that is lower than the variable costs to produce the product can lead to charges of ___________.
Select one:
___________ uses misleading or false statements in advertising and promotion and is usually illegal.
Select one:
Pricing can be the most challenging - I) Due to different market forces II) Due to pricing structures III) Transportation taxes and duties
Select one:
____________ is a false statement of fact made by one party to another party, which has the effect of inducing that party into the contract.
Select one:
As you develop your export pricing strategy, these considerations will help determine the best price for your product overseas:
III) Is the foreign government going to view your prices as reasonable or exploitative?
IV)Do the foreign country’s antidumping laws pose a problem?
Select one:
The value stick is -
Select one:
A versioning strategy may be legal if a product is differentiated by way of ____________ .
Select one:
A comprehensive ____________ is comprised of many layers creating a foundation for price setting that minimise serosion and maximises profits over time.
Select one:
Pricing power is especially important when:
Select one:
What is a value based pricing strategy ?
Select one:
Strategic pricing is a ____________, which means it should be informed by dialogue with your customers.
Select one:
A marketing practice based on the theory that nominally different prices may be perceived differently
Select one:
Poor communication of value results in __________ and more intense price negotiations.
Select one:
In Value-Based Pricing, the list prices are mostly driven by the balanced consideration of - I) Customer’s ability and willingness to pay II) Competitor’s price levels III)Company’ sown cost structure and current price levels
Select one:
___________ is a pricing strategy in which a marketer sets are latively high price for a product or service at first, then lowers the price over time.
Select one:
___________ is a marketing strategy that involves offering several products for sale as one combined product.
Select one:
______ is the pricing technique of setting a relatively low initial entry price, often lower than the eventual market price, to attract new customers.
Select one:
Module 2: Managing Competitive Dynamics
Business strategy has a _________ than a compete tivestrategy.
Select one:
Some organizations have been successful in their end eav0r to improve quality through instituting _________ programs and___________.
Select one:
In the short-run a firm’s initial objective is to cover______________ .
Select one:
The break-even point is the point where___________ , or___________________.
Select one:
____________ refers to the difference between total revenue and total variable cost.
Select one:
The competitive strategy includes those approaches that prescribe various ways to build_______________ .
Select one:
There is a close relationship between ___________________, because the price charged affects sales volume by increasing or decreasing the overall demand.
Select one:
Managers have to develop ____________ to sustain a competitive advantage.
Select one:
A profit-maximizing firm’s initial objective is to cover all_____________, and thus to reach the break-even point, and make net profit thereafter.
Select one:
______________of the product include depreciation of equipment, building rental and business rates.
Select one:
____________ offers unique features and attributes to appeal its target segment.
Select one:
____________ is difficult to implement for small scale businesses as it involves making long term commitment for offering products and services at lower prices in the market
Select one:
A promotional campaign is profitable if the ___________ from _____________ exceeds the marginal cost of the campaign and supplying an increase in output.
Select one:
_________ divided competitive strategy in four different types of strategies.
Select one:
___________ is a marketing strategy “in which one firm tries to distinguish its product or service from competing product son the basis of attributes like design and workmanship”.
Select one:
What is/are the BOGOF techniques I) Loyalty cards, free delivery II) Online ordering, free gifts III) Guarantees
Select one:
____________ means improving the product with the help of unique features that will differentiate the company on the market.
Select one:
Module 3: Segmented Pricing
A ___________ is a reduction in price because of a product’s inability to sell at its original price, while a discount is are education in price for a specific purpose.
Select one:
_________ is a comparison of alternative cost and revenueestimates in order to determine acceptability of each price.
Select one:
___________ , it is not only a region which customer comes from, but it might be location in cinema, airplane or theatre.
Select one:
Market segmentation has many applications, such as - I)Developing focused marketing programs II) Prioritizing new product development III) Forecasting demand across fragmented markets
Select one:
__________ is based on previous interactions your customer has had with your brand.
Select one:
Value-based segmentation helps to identify customers who:
Select one:
___________ , it is a form where, the price is depend on different version of the same product, which comes from the same source.
Select one:
A balanced portfolio strategy for products help analyse the potential in the market, but it may lack clear answers to questions like:
Select one:
Two types of cost must be understood that are __________and ___________ .
Select one:
Prices can be segmented in the following ways-
Select one:
_______ is centrally governed by a customer relationship management (CRM), sales, or marketing department in order for it to be owned by a department that is close to the customers and is interested in optimizing the total customer lifetime value across the whole customer base.
Select one:
Airlines, for example, face greater demand for seats on Mondays, Thursdays, and Fridays than on other days, is the example of-
Select one:
In__________ price segmentation, the customer decides what price they will pay based on the product’s observable characteristics.
Select one:
What are the types of quantity discount tactics?
Select one:
Steel manufacturers grant auto companies substantially lower prices than they offer other industrial buyers because auto manu facturers use such large volumes that they could easily operate their own mills, is the example of-
Select one:
The important factor in segmenting by product design is differences in value driven by differences in alternatives, uses, or income. To make this tactic work, one must offer a___________________.
Select one:
Restaurants ____________ foods into fixed-price dinners, generally a cheaper alternative to the same items served.
Select one:
Module 4: Theories of Consumer Behaviour
Consumer decision-making models offer many advantage sine cluding:
I)The possibility to grasp visually what happens as variable sand circumstances change
III) Offering the possibility to understand different consumer decision processes and marketing strategies
Select one:
When someone you admire greatly espouses a particular attitude, you are more likely to develop the same beliefs, is the example of-
Select one:
Operant conditioning can also be used to influence____________.
Select one:
Social roles and social norms can have a strong influence on_______________ .
Select one:
Psychologists define attitudes as a ___________ to evaluate things in a certain way.
Select one:
Your thoughts and beliefs about the subject is known as -
Select one:
How the object, person, issue, or event makes you feel is known as -
Select one:
__________ can be used to create positive emotional reactions to an object, person, or event by associating positive feelings with the target object.
Select one:
__________ states that the decision maker (DM) chooses between risky or uncertain prospects by comparing their expected utility values, i.e., the weighted sums obtained by adding the utility values of outcomes multiplied by the irrespective probabilities.
Select one:
According to __________ , it is an extremely difficult task to uncover the reasons why people buy, as they are subject to many influences. One reason is that humans are greatly influenced by their psyche, which eventually leads to over tpurchase responses.
Select one:
In the____________ , we find the specificity of the concept of the object and also the degree of differentiation of an attitude as to how many beliefs and concepts are associated with the object.
Select one:
_____________ estimate future demand based on their knowledge about the competitive landscape, who are in close relationship with consumers and sensitive to their needs
Select one:
People can also change their attitudes when they have conflicting beliefs about a topic, is the example of -
Select one:
How to measure willingness to pay? I)Market data an alysis II)Experiments III) Direct Surveys
Select one:
People develop favourable attitudes towards one political party. These may be expressed either by voting on Election Day, or by long heated discussions with others or by actively participating in political campaign, is the example of -
Select one:
People eat at McDonald f s, continue to use AT&T, lodge at Marriott and shop at JC Penny because they are familiar with these offerings and perceive them to be less risky than unknown alternatives, is the example of-
Select one:
___________ is a measure that shows how the prices for products or services influence consumers' purchasing behaviours.
Select one:
5th Module Assessment
The _______________ model is often used when a new business enters the market, or an existing business wants to dominate the market.
Select one:
Consumers can spend less time comparing prices among different stores and searching for the best deal. _________promises consumers consistency in their prices.
Select one:
If your product is easy to compare with other products since it doesn’t have any special benefits, the price sensitivity will be___________ .
Select one:
How to reduce price sensitivity? I)Create a strong brand II)Show the quality and value of your products III) Let customers explore the benefits of your goods
Select one:
What is EDLP?
Select one:
Consider, healthcare provision or medicine that only your company has. Moreover, when the association of the se products with your brand is very strong, people won’t compare your goods with alternatives.
Select one:
If you want to find out the change in demand for your product if the price for it increases or decreases, you should calculate_____________.
Select one:
A__________ is a type of price discrimination that tries to find the optimum price point at any time.
Select one:
What are the factors that affect price sensitivity ? I) Product type II) Reference price III) Switching costs IV) Product uniqueness V) Brand’s fairness
Select one:
A ___________ strategy can potentially increase averagerevenue per user (ARPU) and user engagement, although each item is technically sold at a reduced price.
Select one:
When you create a ____________ , you’re giving customers the option to purchase each feature together, or individually for a higher price.
Select one:
Consider, if a customer considers the possibility of changing a trusted brand that has served faithfully for years on a company that has recently appeared on the market. After all, a customer is more likely to stick to an established brand to avoid possible complications the new brand might bring, is know as-
Select one:
If competitors are offering goods or services at a substantially higher price, then a ___________ strategy can be used to maximise profits.
Select one:
___________ helps stores reduce demand fluctuations that would normally occur during sales promotions. Demand forecasting becomes much easier.
Select one:
Wal mart Inc. is a company that has gained significant success due to their ___________ strategy.
Select one:
Firm typically have ________ that are low at low levels of production but that increase at higher levels of production.
Select one:
__________ based pricing strategy removes time from the conversation, allowing both client and creative service provider the freedom to explore options and be creative inside the sets cope.
Select one:
Assignment 2
Case Study
Companies segment their markets to improve their competitiveness and profitability in fundamental ways:
By focusing product development, marketing, and servicere sources on segments with the most potential, companies literally can multiply their marketing and service efficiency. By developing products, services, and marketing messages that address those segments’ specific needs, they can greatly improve their share of the most desirable business. At the same time, by focusing on the needs of the most desirable customers, companies can improve retention of those customers. Very often, companies shape their market segmentation using the results of market research and analysis. Market segmentation research is not designed to shape the market. Rather, it reveals underlying divisions in the market and characteristics of the market segments that can be used for effective and profitable marketing. At the very least, segmentation research places the steps companies take on a firm factual foundation. Often, it also uncovers characteristics of the market that are not obvious and identifies ways of dividing and approaching the market that will be particularly effective. If these ways are not evident to competitors, the marketing impact of segmentation research can be even more beneficial. At a more tactical level, market segmentation can make the choices a company faces in developing products, services, and marketing messages easier. Often, market segmentation shows that many conceivable combinations of interest in product features, combinations of service needs, or combinations of attitudes are actually very rare in the marketplace. As a result, there is no need for the company to be prepared to deal with these combinations. For example, a company that is relatively large in its market might view as egment constituting 10% of the market as too small to serve as the foundation for a marketing strategy, no matter how desirable that segment is. A smaller firm in the same market, however, might see pursuit of the same segment as an exceptionally fruitful strategy.
Why is market segmentation carried out?
Select one:
The ________________method is one of the main approaches to segmenting markets by adopting the view that the market consists of customers that are essentially the same, so the task is to identify groups which share particular differences.
Select one:
Measurable means that your segmentation variables are directly related to purchasing a product. You should be able to calculate or estimate how much you segment will spend on your product.
Select one:
Understanding your customers and being able to reach the mare two different things. Your segment’s characteristics and behaviour should help you identify the best way to meet them.
Select one:
The market segment must produce the differential response when exposed to the market offering. This means that each of your segments must be different and unique from each other.
Select one:
Amity MBA Solved Assignment For Product and Brand Management all modules Solved Assignment
Module I- Introduction to Product Management
Developers are focused on the technology and not the overall____.
Select one:
A Company can expand its product line in which way?
Select one:
The ________ concept holds that consumers will favor those products that offer the most quality, performance, or innovative features.
Select one:
Product mix ________ refers to the number of different product lines the company carries.
Select one:
Effective ____ is a practical, purposeful and positive approach of improving the company results.
Select one:
Which of the following statements about product-mix strategy is true?
Select one:
________ means that services cannot be seen, tasted, felt, heard, or smelled before they are bought.
Select one:
A ___________ is a specific item that different organisationssell in the market to their consumers with the sole purpose of making profits.
Select one:
____ is the process of distinguishing the differences of a product or offering from others.
Select one:
Colour and size of the product, brand and packaging are considered as ______.
Select one:
________ can be produced and marketed as a product.
Select one:
____ buys products and _____ uses products.
Select one:
Bread and milk are ____________.
Select one:
Anything that can be offered to a market for attention, acquisition, use, or consumption that might satisfy a want or need is called a(n) _____.
Select one:
_______ are consumer products and services with unique characteristics or brand identification for which a significant group of buyers are willing to make a special purchase effort.
Select one:
Companies selling mass consumer goods and services such as soft drinks, cosmetics, air travel, and athletic shoes and equipment spend a great deal of time trying to establish a superior brand image in markets called ________.
Select one:
Adding new features to a product is advocated by ____.
Select one:
Module 2 :New Product Development and PLC
In ________ stage of the product life cycle profits peak.
Select one:
Which is the next stage after “Idea Generation” in “New Product Development Process”?
Select one:
In “Product Life Cycle” the stage that represents rapid growth of product sales is ______.
Select one:
In ____ stage of the product life cycle, advertising and promotion are aimed at retaining existing customers and persuading customers to switch from competitor products.
Select one:
When a company retains the product but reduces marketing support costs it is in what stage of the PLC?
Select one:
The marketing objective for the maturity stage of the PLC is to____.
Select one:
The product life cycle describes the stages a new product goes through in the _____.
Select one:
In _____stage of the product life cycle sales are at its peak.
Select one:
Which of the following is not a characteristic of “Market Introduction Stage” in PLC?
Select one:
Price competition starts to occur in ___________ phase of the product life cycle.
Select one:
Question mark products in the Boston Consulting Group matrix are usually in ________ stage of their product life cycle.
Select one:
What is the producer's strategic objective at the start up and production stage of the product life cycle?
Select one:
Developing a unique superior product with high quality, new features, and high value in use is _____ in new product development strategy.
Select one:
With reference to the product life cycle management, the term technological risk refers to ____.
Select one:
All of the following are accurate descriptions of new product ideas, except which one?
Select one:
Increased competition leads to price decrease, increasing public awareness, sales volume increase significantly are the characteristics of _____ in PLC.
Select one:
Which of the following is/are product life cycle extension strategies?
Select one:
3rd Module Assessment
A brand is defined as an _________ asset.
Select one:
____ is a measure of the attachment that a customer has to a brand.
Select one:
_________ helps make purchasing decisions easier.
Select one:
The offering of all brands and the brand lines by a particular company is considered as _____.
Select one:
One of the jobs of marketers is ____________ and to create consumer perceptions that the product is worth purchasing.
Select one:
It is used to identify the brand, to enhance brand awareness and to facilitate unique brand associations.
Select one:
____ is as if ' making the brand come alive'.
Select one:
_____________ is the difference between what a brand promises to deliver in its communications and what it actually does.
Select one:
Nike has the distinctive "swoosh" logo, the "Just Do It" slogan, and the "Nike" name based on a mythological goddess. These items are called _____.
Select one:
____ may be tested in two forms: Aided recall & Unaidedre call.
Select one:
This is a scenario in which the customers have too limited a awareness of the brand.
Select one:
3 C's of branding are ___________ , consistency and constancy.
Select one:
Advertising campaigns can help to create name recognition, brand knowledge, and maybe even some brand preference. Brands are maintained not only by advertising but by the________.
Select one:
Careful brand management look for to build product or services related to the _____.
Select one:
Which of the following is not an objective of Brand management?
Select one:
A clothing marketer is planning to launch an existing brand name into a new product category. Which brand development strategy should be implemented?
Select one:
Clearness regarding proportions of brands is clarity in _____.
Select one:
4th Module Assessment
Brand knowledge refers to brand ________.
Select one:
Achieving the right brand identity means creating brand___________ with customers.
Select one:
Brand feelings are customers’ emotional responses and__________ with respect to the brand.
Select one:
Brand personality is a set of _________ characteristicsassociated with the brand.
Select one:
Creating and securing a brand name in the physical world requires extensive marketing ____ .
Select one:
Over a period of time, brands are built through marketing activities and _______.
Select one:
Branding makes _____ comparisons difficult.
Select one:
Brand awareness consists of brand recognition and brand________.
Select one:
A _________ is a graphic mark, emblem or symbol commonly used by commercial enterprises, organisations and even individuals to aid and promote instant public recognition.
Select one:
Brand __________ is a customer’s personal opinion about a brand.
Select one:
The strategic brand management process starts with understanding what the brand represents and how it is__________ with respect to its competitors.
Select one:
A _____ brand may be kept around despite dwindling sales because they still manage to hold on to a sufficient number of customers and maintain profitability with little or no marketing support.
Select one:
In ancient Roman and Greek society, shopkeepers hung pictures above their shops of the products they sold. There was a high degree of illiteracy in those days, the pictorialre presentation did help the buyers. Each retailer then started developing symbols to represent his speciality. This concept is called _____.
Select one:
All products marketed by Heinz carry the brand name 'Heinz'. This is an example of ___________.
Select one:
Vehicles dealing with particular areas of interest, such as sports, hobbies or finance, are the ones most likely to have lifestyle and product - usage data in addition to _____profiles.
Select one:
Dan non Yogurt offers several types of new yogurts, Fruit on the Bottom, Natural Flavours, and Fruit Blends to name a few. This is an example of a _____.
Select one:
Many brick-and-click competitors became stronger contenders in the marketplace than the pure-click firms because they had a larger pool of resources to work with and________.
Select one:
5th Module Assessment
_____ is important for creating and sustaining brand equity.
Select one:
Managing ____ involves managing brand within the context of other brands.
Select one:
Brand personality is seen as a valuable factor in increasing____ and brand attachment, in much the same way as people relate and bind to other people.
Select one:
What is more important in brand equity?
Select one:
_____ often involves a specification of the appropriate core brand values and brand mantra.
Select one:
___ is based on premises that a product can be branded indifferent ways depending on how many new and existing brand elements are used and how they are combined for any one product.
Select one:
Pick the odd one.
Select one:
_____ majorly focuses on maintaining the Brand Equity.
Select one:
A brand in the memory is a node which is connected with other and nod nodes signifying various associations. It is this network which refers to ____.
Select one:
Out of the following which one is a type of brand audit?
Select one:
A structured approach to assessing the sources and out comes of brand equity and the manner in which marketing activities create brand value is called ____.
Select one:
Under Keller’s Brand Equity Model For Building A Strong Brand" What do I think or feel about you?" means _____.
Select one:
Brand __________ are a means to provide in-depth information and insights essential for setting long-term strategic direction for the brand.
Select one:
Nivea, a strong European brand, has expanded its scope from ask in-cream brand to a skin-care and personal-care brand through carefully designed and implemented brand extensions. This is an example of _____.
Select one:
Which of the following statement is TRUE?
Select one:
Building brand equity through leveraging secondary brand associations is an ___________ approach.
Select one:
Brand Asset Valuator (BAV) provides _____ measures of the brand quity of thousands brands across different categories.
Select one:
Assignment 2
Case Study
The value of choosing brand elements strategically to build brand equity can be seen by considering the advantage of having chosen g Apple h as the name for a personal computer. Apple was a simple but well-known word that was distinctive in the product category-factors facilitating the development of brand awareness. The meaning of the name also gave the company a g friendly shine h and warm brand personality. Moreover, the name could be reinforced visually with a logo that could easily transfer across geographic and cultural boundaries. Finally, the name serve as a platform for sub-brands (e.g., as with the Macintosh), aiding the introduction of brand extensions. Thus, as the Apple example illustrates the judicious choice of a brand name can make an appreciable contribution to the creation of brand equity.
What would an idea brand element to be liked? Consider brand names-perhaps the most central of all brand element. Ideally, a brand name would be easily remembered, highly suggestive of both the product class and the particular benefits that served as the basis of this positioning, inherently fun or interesting. Rich with creative potential, transferable to a wide variety of product and geographic settings, enduring in meaning and relevant over time, and strongly protectable both legally and competitively.
Unfortunately, it is difficult to choose a brand name, or any brand element for that matter, that would satisfy all of these different criteria. As noted earlier, the more meaningful the brand name, the more likely is it
that the brand name will not be very transferable to other cultures due to translation problems. Moreover, brand names are generally less adaptable over time. Because it is virtually impossible to find one brand element that will satisfy all the choice criteria, multiple brand elements are typically employed.
A variety of brand elements can be chosen that in her entlyenhance brand awareness or facilitate the formation of strong, favorable, and unique brand associations.
Certain factors should be considered before selecting a brand name. Which one is not one of these factors?
Select one:
Which option is not one of Benefits of Logos?
Select one:
Which option is not one of Benefits of Slogans?
Select one:
Elements of a Good Logo are:
Select one:
C .Legible - This seems pretty obvious but many people use typefaces and images that can ft be printed or carried to al arge sign. Your logo should clearly identify your company and it can ft do that if people don ft understand it.
Select the Tactics to Create a Strong Brand.
Select one:
Amity MBA Solved Assignment For Capacity Planning and Management all modules Solved Assignment
Module 1 : Dimensions of capacity /
The output measures count the finished units from the process such as mobile phones produced in a day or cars
manufactured per week.
Select one:
A systematic approach to capacity decisions includes which of the following steps:
Select one:
Larger capacity cushions, to buffer against uncertainty in demand, may be avoided by:
Select one:
Output measures of capacity are preferred for:
Select one:
Lead time is the sum of queue, setup, run, wait, and move times.
Select one:
Operation at peak capacity involves:
Select one:
Capacity can be measured with respect to:
Select one:
Utilisation is measured by:
Select one:
Capacity includes which of the following functional area:
Select one:
Input information can be obtained from which of the following?
Select one:
Capacity management is responsible for determining the capacity needed to achieve the priority plans as well as providing, monitoring, and controlling that capacity so the priority plan can be met.
Select one:
Capacity required is the capacity of a system or resource needed to produce a desired output in a given time period.
Select one:
Capacity planning is the process of determining the resources required to meet the priority plan and the methods needed to make that capacity available.
Select one:
The function of establishing, measuring, monitoring, and adjusting limits or levels of capacity in order to execute all manufacturing schedules is known as:
Select one:
Capacity is a rate of doing work, not the quantity of work done.
Select one:
Which of the following is the process of capacity planning?
Select one:
Resource planning involves long-range capacity resource requirements and is directly linked to production planning.
Select one:
Module 2 : Economics of Capacity /
Capacity requirements plan is the process of determining in detail the amount of labour and machine resources needed to achieve the required production.
Select one:
Economies of scale are achieved when:
Select one:
_____capacity requirements are more difficult to determine as future demand and technologies are uncertain.
Select one:
Capacity planning normally involves which activities.
Select one:
A routing file should contain which the following information?
Select one:
By looking ahead up to 12 months, managers anticipate output requirements for different products or services.
Select one:
Which of the following is the component of work effort?
Select one:
Long-term capacity is dependent on marketing plans, product and life cycle of the products.
Select one:
Capacity available is the capacity of a system or resource to produce a quantity of output in a given time period.
Select one:
The importance of capacity decisions relates to their potential impact on the ability of the organization to meet future demand for products and services.
Select one:
Capacity needs to be measured on which of the following levels?
Select one:
The load on a work center is the sum of the required times for all the planned and actual orders to be run on the work center in a specified period.
Select one:
Measurement and calculation are the two different way to calculate the capacity available.
Select one:
The term _________ means that the work center is overloaded.
Select one:
Capacity requirements planning takes planned orders from the MRP and open shop orders from the open order file and converts them to a load on each work center.
Select one:
A timetable for planned occurrences is known as ___________.
Select one:
The term _________ means the work center is under loaded.
Select one:
Module 3 : Optimizing Capacity /
Capacity value is the contribution that a plant makes toward the planning reserve margin.
Select one:
_________ is the measure of time a specific operation will take for a resource to complete.
Select one:
________ refers to the number of units of a particular resource available for any length of time.
Select one:
Time in which a machine’s utilization is affected is known as ______.
Select one:
The _____ pillar includes the ability to run systems to deliver business value at the lowest price point.
Select one:
_________ can guide manufacturers on how much raw materials, equipment, labour, and investment in facilities need to be acquired over a period of time to meet the future demand over products.
Select one:
The variables you need to keep in mind while creating a manufacturing capacity plan.
Select one:
__________ refers to the capacity usage measurement.
Select one:
If capacity is too small, an organization may:
Select one:
If capacity is too large, an organization may :
Select one:
Human factor that determine effective capacity include which of the following sub factors:
Select one:
Operational factor that determine effective capacity include which of following the sub factors:
Select one:
Facility in determining effective capacity majorly include which of the following sub factors:
Select one:
Product factor that determine effective capacity include which of the sub factors.
Select one:
Which of the following factors influence Effective Capacity?
Select one:
The under capacity is preferred when:
Select one:
The over capacity is preferred when:
Select one:
Module 4 : Capacity Management & Control /
Which of the following is the step in standardising of 5S?
Select one:
Which of the following is the step in sorting?
Select one:
Which of the following is the step in simplifying process of 5S?
Select one:
__________ focus on Proactively clean work areas and perform maintenance on equipment on a regular basis.
Select one:
Which of the following is the step in systematic cleaning of 5S?
Select one:
Posting instructions, assigning tasks, and creating schedules can help create a standard routine for employees to follow and help these practices become habits is known as ___________.
Select one:
The core idea of lean manufacturing is to work on eliminating waste from the manufacturing process.
Select one:
Ensure that everyone in your organization is involved, from people on the shop floor to office workers and management will lead to ____.
Select one:
The 5S program has a which of the following benefits.
Select one:
while set in order we need to keep following points in mind.
Select one:
When "5S" is applied systematically, it fosters better __________ and enthusiasm.
Select one:
Determine what should be kept and what should be removed is known as ________.
Select one:
While set in order we need to keep following points in mind:
Select one:
Which of the following is the benefit of " 5 S"?
Select one:
In firms manufacturing many products (a product line or a product-mix) the load on different machines and enquipments vary due to changes in product-mix.
Select one:
When the output rates of different machines do not match with the required output rate for the products to be produced, there will be an _____ between the work loads of different machines.
Select one:
______ will be limiting the plant capacity which will in-turn increase the production costs per unit.
Select one:
Module 5 : Recent Trends /
Which of the following is the drawback of outsourcing?
Select one:
Subcontracting is when a company hires another individual or company to complete a specialized task that typically cannot
be done internally.
Select one:
Outsourcing requires a direct chain of command between the hiring company and the service provider.
Select one:
Outsourcing is primarily a cost-cutting measure where tasks done in-house are now being completed by individuals or businesses outside of the firm and not affiliated with it.
Select one:
Which of the following is drawback of subcontracting?
Select one:
Subcontracting does not involve permanently allocating out entire jobs or departments within a firm and the job is agree dupon on a contract basis.
Select one:
Subcontracting is Mostly prevalent in the construction industry and IT sector, and usually in the form of large-scale projects.
Select one:
Outsourcing strategy is to reduce labour costs.
Select one:
Which of the following is the benefit of outsourcing?
Select one:
Outsourcing activities are in various fields, ranging from IT, data entry outsourcing, back office outsourcing, digital marketing, customer support, and more.
Select one:
Outsourcing and subcontracting both involve allocating jobs outside of a firm but have important differences.
Select one:
The outsourcing contract is largely set by the service provider with little room for negotiation and control over the work.
Select one:
Subcontracting requires a higher level of control as you can negotiate and specify everything regarding the end-product.
Select one:
Outsourcing is considered a comprehensive cost-cutting strategy by a business that seeks to allocate out entire jobs ordepartments within a firm to an external firm, permanently.
Select one:
A flexible manufacturing system (FMS) is a manufacturing system in which there is some amount of flexibility that allows the system to react in case of changes, whether predicted or unpredicted.
Select one:
Subcontracting refers to off loading, some of the jobs to outside vendors thus hiring the capacity to meet the requirements of the organisation.
Select one:
The major advantage of Subcontracting is cost.
Select one:
Assignment 2
Case Study
The City of Manchester Stadium
The stadium used by Manchester City football club was originally designed to be the central arena for the Manchesterbid to host the 1996 Olympics. When the games were awarded to Atlanta, the City of Manchester refocused their efforts on the Commonwealth Games bid for 2002, which they won.
The stadium was originally planned as an 80,000 seat arena for the Olympics. This was revised down to a 60,000 capacity stadium for the Commonwealth games. However, the Council’s main concern was that the stadium should have a sustainable future so the plan was revised down again to accommodate a future for the stadium as the new ground for Manchester City football club to replace their Main Road Stadium in Moss Side. The revised plan meant that the capacity for the Games in 2002was 38,000 which then rose to 48,000 in 2003 when it was handed over to Manchester City football club. Construction of the stadium took 3,000 workers just over 2 years to complete and was handed over to
the organisers four months ahead of the games. The Commonwealth Games was a spectacular success both for British athletes and the City of Manchester. However, there was no sentiment shown when the bulldozers moved in just hours after the closing ceremony. The track was removed, a third tier of seating was added and the central pitch was lowered. The conversion costs of £30 million were met by the football club.
This plan was not without criticism, as there were many calls by leading athletes for a large athletics stadium to be kept. However, the stadium from both Sydney and Atlanta Olympics became rugby and baseball grounds respectively. The Manchester Stadium has also been used as a concert venue and has a capacity for 60,000 fans, one of Europe’s largest open air concert venues.
In 2010, an application was granted to expand the capacity to60,000 for football fans. In 2002 the Manchester Commonwealth stadium had two tiers of seating, but after the stadium’s conversion to a football ground, it had three tiers of seating. There are 2,000 parking spaces at the stadium itself with a further 8,000 spaces provided locally, there are 2 train stations within a half hour walk of the ground and for concerts and special events a bus service is set up. The stadium is usedtwice weekly during the football season, hosts conferences, major sporting events and even weddings.
The original capacity for the Commonwealth Games stadium reduced from 60,000 to 38,000 in year 2002.
Select one:
Construction of the stadium took 3,000 workers just over 2 years to complete and was handed over to the organisers four months ahead of the games.
Select one:
Application was granted to expand the capacity of Manchester Stadium to 60,000 for football fans in the year 2010.
Select one:
The stadium from both Sydney and Atlanta Olympics became baseball and rugby grounds respectively.
Select one:
The stadium is used twice weekly during the football season, hosts conferences, major sporting events and even weddings.
Select one:
Amity MBA Solved Assignment For Operations Planning, Scheduling and Control all modules Solved Assignment
Module 1 Role of operations planning, scheduling and control
____________ is a task or activity that precedes or comes before another task or activity.
Select one:
The planned dates for performing activities and the planned dates for meeting milestones is collectively termed as __________.
Select one:
The act of revising the project’s scope, budget, schedule, or quality in order to reduce uncertainty on the project.
Select one:
An uncertain event or condition that, if it occurs, has a positive or negative effect on a project’s objectives is called ___________.
Select one:
____________ is a quantifiable difference, deviation, or divergence away from the known baseline or expected value.
Select one:
Something that lies ready for use or that can be drawn upon for aid or to take care of a need.
Select one:
Individuals and organizations who are involved in or may be affected by project activities.
Select one:
PERT stands for Program Evaluation and ____________ Technique.
Select one:
Total costs incurred (direct and indirect) in accomplishing work during a given time period is a _____________.
Select one:
___________ is the elapsed time from project start date through to project finish date.
Select one:
______________ is a project management methodology characterized by building products that customers really want, using short cycles of work that allow for rapid production and constant revision.
Select one:
A general list of planned expenses is called ____________.
Select one:
The act of assigning available resources is known as ____________.
Select one:
___________ is a condition where a task or milestone relies on other tasks to be completed (or started) before it can be performed.
Select one:
Grade of a product:
Select one:
Conformance to the requirements:
Select one:
Quality can best be defined as:
Select one:
Module 2 Forecasting and aggregate planning /
In level scheduling, what is kept uniform from month to month?
Select one:
A project is anything which is:
Select one:
___________ is a provision in the project plan to mitigate cost and/or schedule risk.
Select one:
Functional type of structure is divided into departments based on ___________.
Select one:
Which of the following aggregate planning methods does not work if hiring and layoffs are possible?
Select one:
Which of the following aggregate planning strategies might direct your client to a competitor?
Select one:
Which of the following is consistent with a pure chase strategy?
Select one:
Which of the following statements about aggregate planning is true?
Select one:
Dependence on an external source of supply is found in which of the following aggregate planning strategies?
Select one:
Which of the following is not consistent with a pure level strategy?
Select one:
___________ is the methodology that focuses on streamlining and cutting out waste. The goal is to do more with less: i.e. ,deliver value to the customer using less manpower, money, and time.
Select one:
Which American mechanical engineer and management consultant, developed the Gantt chart in the 1910s?
Select one:
ACWP stands for Actual Cost of Work …………….
Select one:
Cost ____________ is defined as excess of actual cost over budget.
Select one:
The interpretation of quality can vary from person to person due to differences in:
Select one:
Which of the following does not constitute the role of a project manager:
Select one:
The following are the possible Interfaces:
Select one:
Module 3 Job-shop, flow-shop, and service sequencing /
Which of the following is true regarding service scheduling?
Select one:
Which of the following statements regarding project management is false?
Select one:
activities.
Which of the following techniques does not contribute to increasing throughput at a bottleneck?
Select one:
The inventory record file gives the following information:
Select one:
Which of the following statements regarding PERT times is true?
Select one:
Which of the following statements regarding critical paths is true?
Select one:
_____________ is the most appropriate sequencing rule to use if the goal is to dynamically track the progress of jobs and establish relative priority on a common basis.
Select one:
The assignment method is:
Select one:
Factory X is trying to use level use scheduling. If their first target were to cut the current lot size in half, by what proportion must setup cost change?
Select one:
Which of the following statements concerning CPM activities is false?
Select one:
_____________ is a graphical representation of a sequence of events.
Select one:
____________ is a statistics-based methodology that seeks to improve the quality of a process by measuring the defects or bugs present and getting it down as close to zero as possible.
Select one:
_________ is the method used to model projects that includes all tasks, time estimates, task dependencies, and final deliverables.
Select one:
Which of these statistical tools is/are used to visualize a project’s schedule, sequence of tasks, and even the critical path of tasks that must be completed on time in order for the project to meet its deadline?
Select one:
Which of the following is not related with JIT implementation?
Select one:
Appraisal cost is:
Select one:
Cost of quality categories are:
Select one:
Module 4 Resource Management and JIT /
Just-in-Time technique was successfully implemented by ____________.
Select one:
In the Just-In-Time system:
Select one:
Which of the following is not a goal of materials requirements planning?
Select one:
Materials requirement planning (MRP) sometimes results in:
Select one:
The first step in preparing an MPS is to:
Select one:
JIT does not believe in _____________.
Select one:
The manufacturing concept that relates demand forecasts to specific dates for completion is called:
Select one:
MRP-I stands for:
Select one:
Which one of the following is not an expected benefit of implementing a just-in-time (JIT) production system?
Select one:
The basic difference between MRP and MRP-II is ___________.
Select one:
……………. is part of a set of actions which accomplish a job, problem or assignment.
Select one:
BCWS is the abbreviated form of Budgeted Cost of Work ______________.
Select one:
The professional in charge of planning and executing a project and leading a project team is known as _____________.
Select one:
Six Sigma is a business management strategy, originally developed by …………
Select one:
Program engineering is an interdisciplinary field of engineering that focuses on how complex engineering projects should be___________ and managed.
Select one:
Which of these is not an example of cost of conformance to quality?
Select one:
The company has to repair or replace a product. This will be taken as a ____________.
Select one:
Module 5 Recent Trends /
Modern Just-in-Time manufacturing philosophy emphasizes on ___________.
Select one:
Establishing general production levels for product for next year is known as ___________.
Select one:
In Just-In-Time system, the vendor is to be viewed by the company as a ____________.
Select one:
Determining the sequence of manufacturing operations required to produce a certain product is known as ______________.
Select one:
Activity involving listing of the products to be produced, when they are to be delivered, and in what quantities, etc. is known as _____________.
Select one:
Predicting future sales activity is known as _____________.
Select one:
In the modern era, forecasting is used for:
Select one:
A recent advance in short term scheduling that makes use of expert systems and simulation in solving dynamic scheduling problems is termed as _________ scheduling.
Select one:
POK stands for:
Select one:
The following is (are) the prerequisite(s) for JIT.
Select one:
Quality, Cost, ………….. (QCD) as used in lean manufacturing measures a businesses activity and develops key performance indicators.
Select one:
A ___________ is a temporary end eavor undertaken to create a unique product, service, or result.
Select one:
……………. are what is required to carry out a project's tasks.
Select one:
……………….. breakdown structure (PBS) in project management is an exhaustive, hierarchical tree structure of components that make up an item, arranged in whole-part relationship.
Select one:
In continuous (make-to-stock) operations, the master production schedule is usually expressed in terms of _____________.
Select one:
_____________ is an MRP input detailing which end items to produce, when they are needed, and in what quantities.
Select one:
Low level coding means that:
Select one:
Assignment 2
CASE STUDY
What it takes to be a great project manager?
Many challenges confront today's project managers – new technologies, remote workforces and a global market to name a few. To take a project from inception to finish can be gruelingand you've got to have great dedication and skills if you're going to be successful. But what sets apart good project managers (PMs) from the truly great ones? What does it take to go from being the manager of projects to a game-changing leader? Here are six skills the great PMs share?
Become a customer relationship management expert. Develop positive mutually aligned connections with stakeholders: The first thing any project leader should work on is developing a positive relationship or connection with key stakeholders and project sponsors within an organization. Simply jumping into a project and bypassing this step can elevate risks right out of the gate and could further increase communication gaps down the road. Being able to understand the perspective, experience and resulting behaviors of the primary players helps to create a platform for improved communication and reduces friction.
Develop an understanding of a specific business and its needs: It's not important to know every detail about a customer's industry; however, making an effort to research key facts, norms and challenges demonstrates sincere interest as it relates to potentially unique business needs. After all, how can you sell any company on the benefits of your skills as a PM without understanding potential challenges, opportunities and impacts to their business? Once you are able to clearly articulate that you understand their obstacles and their needs, it's less of an uphill battle selling the benefits of a project and alleviating fears.
Pay attention to the big picture, but don't miss the details: The ability to see the broader picture yet not skip over the details is another skill that enables good project leaders to become great project leaders. Being able to connect the dots from start to finish, all the while keeping the higher-level end goal in sight is a valuable skill that offers organizations peace of mind. Organizational leadership simply doesn't have time to ensure project leaders are on top of things. These leaders rely he avilyon a project manager to understand their business needs and goals, and also navigate project tasks and milestones with minimal guidance.
Don't just manage teams -- motivate and influence them
Be an effective project leader by leading people, not managing them: Teams need to be able to rely on a project manager to provide them with sufficient guidance when needed and to excel in areas like motivation and communication. As a PM you can't be everywhere or do everything, and this highlights the need to trust the knowledge, skills and abilities of team members. Establishing trusting relationships with stake holders and team members provides smoother navigation through difficult situations and creates a greater degree of transparency.
Help to build respect among teams and stakeholders: Projects offer opportunities for a diverse set of individuals to bring unique skills, experiences and ideas to the table and helps to build better solutions. Problems often arise when individuals are in conflict and demonstrate a lack of respect for difference or override the contributions of others. This is where tact and skill as a project manager can alleviate tension and encourage team members to refocus on what's best for the stakeholder(s),rather than remaining self-focused. A strong PM is always able
to shed light on key factors and help individuals to see the merits of both sides. The need for mutual respect should be expected and communicated from the start, and ground rules and applicable consequences should be laid out to avoid disruption and lost productivity.
Influence individuals and teams to optimize their contributions .A large part of the role of a project leader is to influence each team member to give their best regardless of personal views, obstacles, and conflicts. Influence is both an art and learned behaviour that is often undervalued and overlooked. It's important to note that influence shouldn't be confused with manipulation. The real value in positive influence is the ability to translate this soft skill into action that results in a win-win for the stakeholders and team. Further, it's imperative individual team members and the team as a whole not only understand their role and how it fits within the project goals, but also that they are committed to continuous improvement for optimal results that benefit the customer.
Putting it all together
Companies are increasingly seeking well-rounded project leaders who exhibit the technical know-how and leadership prowess required to see things and execute from different vantage points. A project manager who has the underlying training combined with these core soft skills can uniquely position him or herself to stand out in their field, achieveoptimal results and become a sought after thought leader.
The first thing any project leader should work on is developing a______________ relationship or connection with key stake holders and project sponsors within an organization.
Select one:
Companies who exhibit the technical know-how and leadership prowess are required to see things and execute from……………..vantage points.
Select one:
The real value in positive influence is the ability to translate soft skill into ………… .
Select one:
A large part of the role of a project leader is to influence each team member.
Select one:
A strong PM is always able to shed light on the key factors and help __________________ to see the merits of both sides.
Select one:
Amity MBA Solved Assignment For Service Operations Management all modules Solved Assignment
Module 1 : Understanding Service Operations
It results in the practice of too narrowly defining one’s business.
Select one:
Fixing the right price for services offered is difficult because of_____________.
Select one:
The service industry has several emerging trends that organisations need to be aware of. Which of these should organisations keep a lookout for?
Select one:
____________ is a tool for simultaneously depicting the service process , the points of customer contact and the evidence of service from the customers point of view.
Select one:
________ is not an element of People.
Select one:
Services are characterized by all of the following characteristics except for:
Select one:
A useful way to distinguish between goods and services is to place them on a continuum from ____________ to____________.
Select one:
Which of the following businesses would be characterized as a pure service?
Select one:
Services marketing become difficult because of:
Select one:
y all of the following except____________.
Select one:
A movie the after seat is an example of _____________.
Select one:
The three additional Ps of services marketing that extend theoriginal four Ps of marketing are _____________,_____________, and _____________.
Select one:
A buyer’s perception of value is considered a trade-off between:
Select one:
Marketing problems caused by inseparability include all of the following except for ________________.
Select one:
Which of the following statements pertaining to heterogeneityis false?
Select one:
Which of the following statements is not true?
Select one:
The demand strategy in which service providers utilize their downtime by marketing to different segments with different demand patterns is associated with which of the following?
Select one:
Module 2 : Service Operation Infrastructure /
In the services marketing triangle, _____ marketing refers to communications a firm uses to make promises to customers
regarding service delivery.
Select one:
The ________________ is defined as a bundle of goods and services.
Select one:
A process-oriented layout:
Select one:
Which of the following approaches is also called a "job shop"?
Select one:
_____ are means of delivery value to customers by facilitating outcomes customer need to achieve without owning specific costs and risks.
Select one:
Which of the following is an example of a Service Business?
Select one:
Product layout is preferably used for:
Select one:
The arrangement of service delivery system is called as _________________.
Select one:
_________ is a set of specialized organizational capabilities for providing value to customers in the form of services.
Select one:
The perceived quality of service is determined by customer ____________________.
Select one:
Which of the following would not be an operations activity in a fast-food restaurant?
Select one:
A university campus with different department where students can take different classes is an example of ___________ layout.
Select one:
To provide better access and possibly reduce the numbers of workers needed, work cells may be designed in the shape of what letter of the alphabet?
Select one:
The object while locating a retail out let is to maximize _____________________.
Select one:
Service strategy development begins by selecting which of the following as an operating focus or performance priority?
Select one:
To obtain flexibility in layout, managers may implement all except which of the following tactics?
Select one:
Service process redesign can be categorized into all EXCEPT which of the following types?
Select one:
Module 3 : Service Process Management /
Most services are characterized by an ____________________between a service provider and a customer.
Select one:
_____ refers to the ability to perform the promised service dependably and accurately.
Select one:
________ is the difference between customer expectations and perceptions.
Select one:
SST in service encounter stand for ______________.
Select one:
The zone of tolerance of a customer is defined as:
Select one:
Customer participation in services increases the degree of ____________________.
Select one:
Service blueprint is the first step in developing a ____________________.
Select one:
_____ refers to the willingness to help customers and to provide prompt service.
Select one:
The interaction which defines the quality of service in the mind of the customer is called as:
Select one:
The doctor-patient encounter is an example of ____________________dominated encounter.
Select one:
Elimination of labour cost is the prime driver for __________________.
Select one:
Which of the following is an example of a gap between management perception and the service-quality specifications?
Select one:
The zone of tolerance is defined by the difference between :
Select one:
Services cape essentially means _____________environment.
Select one:
A hotel may feel that its customers prefer comfortable rooms, when, in fact, the majority of the hotel's customers spend little time in their rooms and are more interested in on-site amenities such as the pool, spa, and restaurants. This hotel is suffering from a:
Select one:
Service process redesign efforts typically focus on achieving all EXCEPT which of the following key performance measures?
Select one:
Which of the following statements is correct?
Select one:
Module 4 : Improving Service Delivery Propositions /
Having a 'happy hour' in a pub or restaurant is an example of which type of capacity management?
Select one:
Which of the following is not true for forecasting?
Select one:
Revenue management is a technique often used by hotels and airlines to manage demand. It is also known as_____________________.
Select one:
Which of the following is not a forecasting technique?
Select one:
____________ can help a service company to inventory demand until capacity becomes available.
Select one:
The distance between a customer’s expectations of a service and perception of the service actually delivered is called:
Select one:
Which of the following is not one the five dimensions that is measured by the SERVQUAL SCALE?
Select one:
Customers who hold reservations should be able to count on avoiding a _____________.
Select one:
Delphi method is used for:
Select one:
The ____________ model is a conceptual tool used to identify and to correct service-quality problems.
Select one:
For a hospital, which of the following is NOT an output measure of capacity?
Select one:
Short term regular variations related to the calendar or time of day is known as:
Select one:
Operations generated forecasts often have nothing to do with _____________.
Select one:
In demand management approaches, the objective of promotions and price reductions is usually to:
Select one:
An event that occurs when a customer interacts directly with a service is called_____.
Select one:
For a sports equipment manufacturer the long-term outlook is that demand will exceed capacity and in the short-term demand equals capacity. What decision should the operations manager take about recruitment and training of new operatives?
Select one:
An organisation that aims to transfer customer demand from peak periods to quiet periods is likely to adopt:
Select one:
5th Module Assessment
The main objective(s) of Industrial robot is to:
Select one:
The application/applications of Artificial Intelligence is/are :
Select one:
Which one of the following is not an IoT device?
Select one:
Which of the following statistical methods are commonly used to analyze simulation results?
Select one:
What is a Block chain?
Select one:
Artificial Intelligence is about_____.
Select one:
Which of the following statements are NOT true of simulation?
Select one:
What is the impact of information leak for an organization?
Select one:
What is meant by a private key?
Select one:
Is block chain fully public?
Select one:
How does block chain improve supply chains?
Select one:
What is the main benefit of block chain?
Select one:
Select the valid reasons for using simulation.
Select one:
Block chain is same as bit coin.
Select one:
Which of the following statements concerning the implementation of robotic systems is correct?
Select one:
How can block chain technology best help securing identity data?
Select one:
Which of the following is important for Block chain?
Select one:
Assignment 2
Case Study
The Gap Model of Service Quality (aka the Customer Service Gap Model or the 5 Gap Model) is a framework which can help us to understand customer satisfaction. The model shows the five major satisfaction gaps that organizations must address when seeking to meet customer expectations. The model was first proposed by A. Parasuram an, Valarie Zeithaml, and Leonard L. Berry in 1985. In terms of this Service Gap Model , If Netflix were to suffer from Gap 1: Knowledge Gap, then it could be because they don’t offer the right amount of newer titles to their customer. If Pizza hut were to suffer from this gap then it could be because they don’t offer pecan pie. In both cases ,customers expect these things but they simply aren’t offered. Interms of Gap 2: The Policy Gap, If Netflix were to suffer from this gap then it could be that they offer all the right shows but the streaming quality level isn’t high enough. If Pizza hut where to suffer from this gap then it could be they offer pecan pie but the quality isn’t as good as people expect. This gap causes customers to seek a similar service elsewhere but with better service. In Gap 3: The Delivery Gap, If Netflix were to suffer from this gap then it could be because when the customer selects the show they want to watch it takes five minutes before it starts to play. In this case, the product isn’t performing as it should. If Pizza hut were to suffer from this gap then it could be that when the customer orders the pecan pie they are informed that the kitchen has run out. In this case, supply hasn’t been adequately matched to demand. In Gap 4: The Communication Gap, If Netflix were to experience this gap then it could be because that although the service is good it isn’t as good or as easy to use as depicted in the advert. If Pizza hut were to suffer from this gap then it could be because the pecan pie was good but it wasn’t as large or delicious as it looked in the advert. In Gap 5: The Customer Gap, customers do not always understand what the service has done for them or they misinterpret the service quality. Many organizations can be completely blind to this gap. Although the company thought there was no gap, the reality was that their customers were just waiting for someone to fill their perceived gap.
What is the topic of the discussion in the passage?
Select one:
The Gap 1 arises because_____________.
Select one:
The Communication Gap refers to ____________.
Select one:
The Delivery Gap can occur when ________________.
Select one:
The difference between customer expectations and customer perceptions is called as __________________.
Select one:
Amity MBA Solved Assignment For Supply Chain Management all modules Solved Assignment
Module 1 : SCM concepts. Sourcing Process and Managerial Issues. 1st Module Assessment
Lean production is typically associated with which of the following company's production systems?
Select one:
Which of the following acronyms is NOT paired with its correct
"translation?"
Select one:
Supply chain is made up of a series of processes that involve
an input, a ________________________ and an output.
Select one:
Inbound and outbound logistics is _______________________________ in the generic value chain of logistics.
Select one:
FOUR important elements of the supply chain are:
Select one:
Which of the following statements about e-procurement is not correct?
Select one:
Which of the following is not a part of supply chain management system?
Select one:
VMI stands for____________________________________.
Select one:
The purpose of supply chain management is :
Select one:
Transportation management, customer relationship management, network design, and service response logistics are all important issues that are most closely related to:
Select one:
Financial leverage is an organization’s total assets divided by its ___________.
Select one:
Efficient supply chains:
Select one:
Supplier selection involves a number of steps. Which of the following steps is not part of the supplier selection process?
Select one:
According to the DuPont strategic profit model, management controls three factors that influence return on net worth:________, asset turnover, and financial leverage.
Select one:
Which of the risks listed below is not an example of risks related to outsourcing?
Select one:
Consider the statements below about the reason underlining the decision of a company to outsource an activity:
Select one:
.
In which of the following buying situations is the use of are versed e-auction the least appropriate?
Select one:
Module 2 : Logistics Management
Which of the statements below is not a characteristic of the' Just in time' purchasing philosophy?
Select one:
A fishbone diagram is also known as a__________________.
Select one:
Which of the following is not an inventory?
Select one:
Lean production involves:
Select one:
“Kaizen” is a Japanese term meaning :
Select one:
Which among the following is a computerized system that controls the kind of items to be purchased and also decides on the quantity that needs to be purchased?
Select one:
The most common form of quality control includes:
Select one:
According to conventional approach, inventory is ______ and according to JIT, inventory is ______.
Select one:
Zero defects in manufacturing is :
Select one:
The bullwhip effect:
Select one:
Which of the following is NOT a benefit of SCM Purchasing?
Select one:
Which of the following is not a component of 4 PL?
Select one:
Marketing logistics involves getting the right product to the right customer in the right place at the right time. Which one of the following is not included in this process?
Select one:
Contract Logistics Providers
Select one:
According to the manufacturing-based definition of quality:
Select one:
The total logistics cost includes expenses associated with transportation, materials handling and:
Select one:
Sourcing involves :
Select one:
Module 3 : Managing the Supply Chain Performance
Lean production involves:
Select one:
Zero defects in manufacturing is :
Select one:
According to conventional approach, inventory is ______ and according to JIT, inventory is ______.
Select one:
Which of the following is not an inventory?
Select one:
Which of the statements about JIT (Just In Time) and MRP(Materials Requirements Planning) is most correct?
Select one:
Which of the statements below is not a characteristic of the' Just in time' purchasing philosophy?
Select one:
Which among the following is a computerized system that controls the kind of items to be purchased and also decides on the quantity that needs to be purchased?
Select one:
A fishbone diagram is also known as a__________________.
Select one:
“Kaizen” is a Japanese term meaning :
Select one:
The bullwhip effect:
Select one:
The cost of insurance and taxes are included in____________________________.
Select one:
In the retail sector, several concepts of the modern supply chain are used to improve the efficiency. Which of the statements below is not correct?
Select one:
The expense of shifting the packed orders into vehicles that would ship them is known as _______.
Select one:
Shortage costs of inventory include:
Select one:
Assume that you are responsible for managing inventory in your organisation. As a result of an increase in the demand for your company’s products, you have purchased lots of inventory at a time. On what basis will you categorise the huge inventoryac cumulated in your firm?
Select one:
The order cost per order of an inventory is R s. 400 with an annual carrying cost of R s. 10 per unit. The Economic Order Quantity (EOQ) for an annual demand of 2000 units is________________________.
Select one:
What is a perfect order?
Select one:
Module 4: "Supply chain performance measurement systems "
Quality is both quantitative and _____________________.
Select one:
Which supply chain obstacle would best describe the situation when an organisation decide to use the cheapest suppliers, paying little attention to the needs of customers and assigning few resources to new products and service design?
Select one:
Which of the following is NOT one of the four perspectives of the Balanced Scorecard Framework?
Select one:
Which functional role does IT not play in SCM?
Select one:
Which of the following Balanced Scorecard Frame work perspectives deals with new product development, in novativeelements of processes, and time-based measures?
Select one:
Lean production involves :
Select one:
All of the following are components of inventory decisions except ____________________.
Select one:
SCOR stands for _____.
Select one:
Which of the following are technologies that share and analyse information in the supply chain?
Select one:
The inventory held in case demand exceeds expectation in order to counter uncertainty is called :
Select one:
Which of the following wastes is not eliminated by implementation of continuous flow?
Select one:
The various stakeholders include vendors, employees, distributors, customers, stockholders and society. According to Norton and Kaplan, which of these should be represented on the balanced scorecard?
Select one:
A worker operates a shear press. She notices that the metal sheets she is cutting have curled edges. Who should get the first "shot" at solving the problem?
Select one:
Bottleneck analysis ______.
Select one:
To reduce inventory management costs, many companies use a system called ________, which involves carrying only small linventories of parts or merchandise, often only enough for a few days of operation.
Select one:
Which one of the following phrases best describes supply chain environmental performance as a specific supply chain performance measure?
Select one:
Julie New mar recognizes that her company needs to provide better customer service and trim distribution costs throught eam work, both inside the company and among all the marketing channel organizations. Julie will begin the practice of________.
Select one:
b .integrated logistics management
5th Module Assessment
How are businesses hoping block chain will help SCM?
Select one:
The letters RFID are most closely associated with_________________.
Select one:
EDI stands for :
Select one:
Which of the following is not an impact that under pins corporate social responsibility?
Select one:
The has made it possible for other companies to eliminateintermediaries and sell directly to the end consumer.
Select one:
Artificial Intelligence is about_____.
Select one:
What are the benefits of block chain technology?
Select one:
Which of the following is a risk management tool available to enterprises today?
Select one:
Which of the following statement is true about block chain?
Select one:
_________________ refers to supply chain practices that strive to reduce energy and environmental footprints in terms of freight distribution.
Select one:
The companies will realize the benefits of implementing IT when which of the following is undertaken?
Select one:
Ethical sourcing policies should NOT include determining where all purchased goods come from and how they are made
Select one:
Which one of these is not necessarily a requirement of effective supply chain management?
Select one:
Real time communication of information regarding equirements and availability of logistics service is the core of___________.
Select one:
An important feature of supply chain management is its application of electronic commerce technology that allows companies to share and operate systems for:
Select one:
Companies should formulate ethical supply chain codes that cover such issues as the:
Select one:
IS can be used to reduce cycle time by:
Select one:
Assignment 2
Case Study
The new office supply discounter, Paper Clips, Etc. (PCE), sells a certain type of ergonomically correct office chair which costs$300. The annual holding cost rate is 40%, annual demand is900, and the order cost is $20 per order. The lead time is 4 days. Because demand is variable (standard deviation of daily demand is 2.4 chairs), PCE has decided to establish a customer service level of 90%. The store is open 300 days per year.
What is the optimal order quantity?
Select one:
What is the safety stock?
Select one:
What is the reorder point?
Select one:
_____________ is extra stock that is carried to serve as a buffer.
Select one:
Which of the following statements about the basic EOQ model is true?
Select one:
1000700